# Welcome Welcome to the BurgerPrints Help Center! This site will help you understand our services and platform basics and complete essential first steps. **Not sure where to start?**\ Start here: [Find Answers Quickly (search, ChatGPT & Claude)](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-find-answers-quickly-in-the-help-center-search-chatgpt-and-claude) **Still need help?** \ Contact our Support team [HERE](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-contact-the-burgerprints-support-team). ### Browse Help Center by Category
Cover image
Getting StartedFor new users setting up their account and learning the basics./files/snmot7obEbNAtsMDQO0J/pages/PbYb0GukRhiS4qCHdRal
Integrations & Store ConnectionsConnect your online stores and sync products automatically./files/3Y3uFbhSUsqwyhlOMnV3/pages/aOjs4gC5WzIpifbjuGsn
Design & ProductPrepare your designs and products for the best print quality./files/gb9vHr9A5eos29zgeYx0/pages/573lFtuCEvpQFO1LJdV3
Orders, Production & FulfillmentLearn how your orders move through production and shipping./files/OSyobW2wS2CmpyofoErP/pages/apYImhsLHJit15AQffPU
/pages/8YHkgH0Dpaqk2sii4jo3/pages/AE2sinuBbXa44FI7wGAf/pages/ZF0cLWfIEHMQvoGZnQXe
/pages/NieViRzjGC0iRd60Z5pC/pages/0zZWZwdSFthME1BtETsV
# Settings ### About Account Settings Category Welcome to the Account Settings Category! This category provides quick access to everything you need to manage your account preferences and security. Here, you’ll find guidance on updating personal details, changing your password, adjusting notification and privacy settings, and reviewing connected devices and sessions. Use these resources to tailor your account to your needs and keep your information safe and up to date. ### Related Resources * [How to create a BurgerPrints account](/getting-started/settings/how-to-create-a-burgerprints-account) * [Understanding Team manangement and create sub-account](/getting-started/settings/understanding-team-manangement-and-create-sub-account) * [Understanding multi-channel notification feature](/getting-started/settings/understanding-multi-channel-notification-feature) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints fulfillment process](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/understanding-the-burgerprints-fulfillment-process) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints Dashboard](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/understanding-the-burgerprints-dashboard) # How to create a BurgerPrints account ### Overview This article explains how to create your BurgerPrints account and set up your basic profile information. It is for new users who want to access the Dashboard, manage orders, and start using BurgerPrints fulfillment.You learn how to sign up, verify your account, change your password, and update your profile information.Before you begin, make sure you have an active email address and access to your inbox. ### How To Sign up/in BurgerPrints Account #### Step 1: Open the BurgerPrints register page Open the [BurgerPrints register page](https://dash.burgerprints.com/authentication/register), you will see the form below:
#### Step 2: Fill in your email and sign up * Type your email into the Email field. * Tick "**Verify you are human**". * Click **Sign up**. Then, please wait a few minutes, you receive a verification email:
* Use the OTP code to finish the sign up process #### Step 3: Log in your account * After signing up for an account on BurgerPrints, you return to the login page. There are 2 ways to sign in your account: * Fill in your email and password directly. * Click **Log in**. * Sign in with Google. You now access the **Dashboard**. ### How To Configure BurgerPrints Account You can update your account settings in these places: #### Step 1: Access and update **Account setting**
* Click your avatar in the top-right corner. * Select **Account setting**. **Change password** Fill in your current password and new password and click **Save**. * Use 8 characters or more for your password * Please choose a stronger password. Try a combination of letters, numbers, and symbols.
**Turn on Two step verification** Two-Step Verification adds an extra layer of security to your account. After you login with your username and password, you will enter a security code an extra security code before proceeding to your account. * Choose the tab **Two step verification** * Click **Secure Your Account Now** and the Google Authenticator progress is appear * Scan the barcode and fill in verification code * Click **Submit** form
#### Step 2: Update your information * On **BurgerPrints Dashboard**, go to the tab **Setting**.
* Choose tab **Affiliate Info.**
* You can edit: * General info: email, full name, business name, phone number, and your birthday. * Your address: country, city, provinces, street address, APT/ Suite/ Other, and postal code. * Language and Timezone * Click **Save** to update your changes. ### Tips and Best Practices * Use an email you check frequently to avoid missing verification or notifications. * Complete your profile to ensure smooth order processing. * Keep your password secure and update it regularly. * If you don’t receive a verification email, check your spam folder or resend the email from the login page. * If you are working as a team, create sub-accounts and assign permissions for team members. ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Why didn’t I receive the verification email?**\ Please wait a few minutes to check again or check your spam folder. If you still cannot find it, open the login page and click Resend verification email. 2. **Can I change my email address later?**\ Yes. Go to Settings, choose Affiliate info, then update your email. 3. **Is Google sign-in supported?**\ Yes. You can select Sign in with Google on the login page. ### Related Articles * [Understanding Team manangement and create sub-account](/getting-started/settings/understanding-team-manangement-and-create-sub-account) * [Understanding multi-channel notification feature](/getting-started/settings/understanding-multi-channel-notification-feature)
# Understanding Team manangement and create sub-account ### Overview The Team Management feature allows you to create and manage sub-accounts so you can assign fulfillment tasks or manage different stores with your team, while still keeping full visibility from your main account.Instead of creating multiple independent accounts for different team members, all users can be managed under one Seller ID. This helps the system consolidate the total number of fulfilled items and apply the appropriate pricing tier, which is more beneficial for users. Team Management is especially useful when you work with fulfillment staff, virtual assistants, or multiple store managers but still want centralized control from one Dashboard. ### How to Create and Manage Sub-Accounts #### Step 1: Access Team Management Log in to your main account. In the Dashboard, go to Settings and choose Team Management.
#### Step 2: Add a New User Click **Add User**.
#### Step 3: Configure Sub-Account Settings Enter the user’s email address (this will be the **sub-account**). Fill in the required information and configure permissions, such as: * Which store(s) the user can access * What actions the user can perform across the Dashboard, including orders, products, and media (for example, view-only access or the ability to create, edit, or delete data....)
After adding the email, the sub-account will appear in the list with the status **“Pending”** until the user completes the email confirmation.
#### Step 4: Email Confirmation A confirmation email will be sent to the assigned email address.The user needs to: * Open the email * Click the confirmation link * Set up their password
#### Step 5: Account Activation Once the confirmation is completed successfully, the sub-account status will appear as **“Active”** in your main account. After the account is activated, you can still edit the sub-account’s permissions/ detele this sub-account at any time from the Team Management section.
#### Step 6: Log In and Start Using The user can log in at: They can then start using the **Dashboard** based on the permissions you have assigned. ### Important Notes About Sub-Accounts * Sub-accounts do not need to be created in advance. You only need to add the user’s email in Team Management and complete the confirmation via email. * If a user creates an account manually using their email before being added as a sub-account, the system will treat it as an independent account and assign a separate Seller ID. Once an email is linked to a Seller ID, it cannot be added as a sub-account. ### Tips and Best Practices * Make sure the invited email address is entered correctly when adding a sub-account. * If the invited user does not receive the confirmation email, please contact the support team. The team will help verify the email and resend the invitation if needed. ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Why can’t an email be added as a sub-account?**\ If you see a message indicating that the account already exists when adding a sub-account, it usually means that the email address has already been registered as an independent account and assigned its own Seller ID.\ Once an email is linked to a Seller ID, it cannot be added as a sub-account. Please use a different email address or contact the support team for further assistance. ### Related Articles: * [How to create a BurgerPrints account](/getting-started/settings/how-to-create-a-burgerprints-account) * [How to contact the BurgerPrints Support Team](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-contact-the-burgerprints-support-team) \ \ \
# Understanding multi-channel notification feature ### **Overview** The Multi-channel Notification feature in the BurgerPrints Dashboard helps users stay updated on essential activities related to orders, production, shipping, payments, and system operations. This feature ensures users can: * Monitor business activities in real time * Respond quickly to issues * Operate smoothly across multiple sales channels * Track production and delivery progress without missing key updates ### **Settings Overview** #### **Notification Channels** Within the Notifications page, users can configure how they receive alerts. BurgerPrints currently supports the following channels: * Website Notifications * Telegram * Email * Webhook
#### **Types of Notifications** BurgerPrints provides four main types of notifications: 1. **Successful Order Creation**\ Alerts when new orders enter the BurgerPrints system. 2. **Tickets**\ Updates when a new support ticket is created or an existing one is updated. 3. **Fulfillment Payment Notifications**\ Includes balance deductions, low balance alerts, and top-up confirmations. 4. **Shipping Status Updates**\ Real-time updates on delivery progress, including successful delivery and error statuses ### **How to Use the Multi-Channel Notification Feature Effectively** #### **Available Notification Channels and How to Use** Users can manage all notification preferences in the Notifications section of the Dashboard. **Website Notifications** Website Notifications appear directly in the Dashboard and serve as the central hub for all official updates from BurgerPrints. All notifications are organized into three categories: * **Commercial** – announcements about new bases, pricing updates, promos, seasonal notices * **System** – maintenance alerts, fulfillment center updates, operational changes * **Ticket** – updates related to your support tickets **How to Access Website Notifications** * Select the **notification bell icon** in the top-right corner of the Dashboard. * Choose **“View all”** to open the full notification center. * Switch between the three categories (Commercial, System, Ticket) depending on what information you want to view. **Example of the Website Notifications interface:**
Each notification entry displays a title, date, time, category, and read status. Users may mark all messages as read or access notification settings from the same page. **Email Notifications** **Enabling Email Notifications** * Go to Settings and open the Notifications page. * Enable the Email channel. * Add email addresses using the “Add new email…” field. * Press Enter to save any new email address. Users can add up to ten email addresses using the “Add new email…” field and remove them using the delete icon. All added email addresses will receive the same notifications.
**Email Notification Types** Email alerts may include: * Order creation confirmations * Ticket updates * Balance or payment-related notifications * Shipping status notifications based on the user’s tracking preference * System-wide operational updates **Telegram Notifications** **Enabling Telegram Notifications** **Step 1: Enable the Telegram Channel** * Open the Notifications page in Settings. * Enable the Telegram option. * Select “Join group” to access the user’s private Telegram channel link. **Step 2: Join the Private Channel** Users will be redirected to a Telegram channel specifically created for their account.
To activate Telegram notifications: * Select “**Join Channel**” on Telegram. * Open the Telegram app on a mobile device or desktop. * The notification channel will appear in the user’s Telegram list. **Types of Telegram Notifications** After joining, users will receive real-time notifications, including: * Order creation updates * Ticket responses or resolutions * Errors during order synchronization or processing * Shipping status updates based on tracking preferences
Each notification message includes the event title, time, summary, and a link to view details in the Dashboard. **Webhook** * Allows users to input a webhook endpoint to forward structured event data to an external system. * Documentation is provided for webhook payload structure. ### **Tracking Notification Preferences** #### **Where to Configure Tracking Notifications** Users can configure tracking-related alerts under the “**Tracking notifications**” section within the Notifications page.
#### **Available Tracking Notification Options** **None (Default)** No shipping notifications will be sent.\ Suitable for users who prefer to check tracking details manually in the Orders page. **Receive All Notifications** Sends notifications for all shipping statuses including in transit, out for delivery, delivered, pending, failed, undelivered, exception, return, and more. **Only Receive Error Notifications** Notifies users only when a shipment encounters issues such as pending, failed, undelivered, exception, or return.\ Recommended for users who want meaningful alerts without excessive messages. **Receive Notifications for Shipped and Completed Orders** Notifies users when: * An order is delivered * An order encounters any error status Ideal for users who primarily monitor final delivery outcomes.\ Users can stay updated through Website, Telegram, and Email channels for seamless and real-time order tracking. For assistance during setup or troubleshooting, contact the BurgerPrints Support Team. ### **Tips and Best Practices** * **Enable at Least Two Notification Channels:** Using more than one channel (for example, Website + Telegram) ensures you don’t miss urgent updates such as ticket responses, balance alerts, or shipping exceptions. * **Use Telegram for Time-Sensitive Alerts:** Telegram delivers the fastest notifications. It is recommended for users who manage multiple storefronts or need quick responses to order issues. * **Keep Email Notifications for Record Keeping:** Email helps maintain a permanent log of important events like ticket updates, payment confirmations, and system announcements. This is useful for operations, customer support, or finance teams. * **Use Webhook for Automation:** If your workflow includes internal tools or automated dashboards, set up a webhook to instantly push order and tracking events into your system. * **Adjust Tracking Notifications Based on Volume** * Low-volume users: “Receive all notifications” provides full visibility. * High-volume users: “Only receive error notifications” helps avoid overload. * Customer-service teams: “Delivered and completed” keeps focus on final outcomes. * **Review System Notifications Daily:** Website notifications include essential updates such as center suspensions, cutoff changes, and product availability. Checking them regularly helps prevent unexpected delays. ### **Frequently Asked Questions** 1. **How many email addresses can I add?**\ You can add up to **ten** email addresses for receiving notifications. 2. **Why am I not receiving Telegram notifications?** Make sure you have: Enabled Telegram in Notification settings Joined the private Telegram channel Not muted or left the channel 3. **Can I select different types of notifications for different channels?**\ No. All enabled channels receive the same notification types based on your configured preferences. 4. **What happens if I disable Web notify?** Website notifications will no longer appear in your Dashboard’s notification center, but other enabled channels (Email, Telegram, Webhook) will still receive updates. 5. **Does changing tracking notification preferences affect historical orders?**\ No. Tracking preferences only apply to future shipping updates, not past orders. 6. **Can I stop receiving shipping notifications entirely?**\ Yes. Select “None” under Tracking notifications to disable shipping updates across all channels. 7. **Why do some notifications arrive later in Email than in Telegram?** Telegram messages are delivered instantly, while Email may experience minor delays depending on your email provider. 8. **Do I need a Telegram account to use this feature?**\ Yes. A Telegram account is required to receive updates through the Telegram channel. 9. **Can I use Webhook and Email together?**\ Yes. You can enable any combination of channels based on your workflow. 10. **Do system maintenance notifications appear in all channels?** System announcements typically appear in Website and Email notifications. Telegram may send only urgent operational updates. ### Related Articles * [How to create a BurgerPrints account](/getting-started/settings/how-to-create-a-burgerprints-account) * [Understanding Team manangement and create sub-account](/getting-started/settings/understanding-team-manangement-and-create-sub-account) * [How to contact the BurgerPrints Support team](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-contact-the-burgerprints-support-team) # Quickstart & Support ### About Quick Start & Support Category The Quickstart & Support category helps you get up and running quickly while providing access to essential guidance and direct help when you need it. It includes concise Quick Start articles to get new users through the initial setup, along with practical tips to navigate common tasks. Besides, you’ll also find a dedicated article that explains how to contact the support team for personalized assistance. This category is designed to get you productive fast and ensure you can reach help easily whenever you run into questions or issues. This is a great starting point for anyone new to BurgerPrints, giving you all you need to get started. ### Related Resources * [Common questions/ issues of new users](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/common-questions-issues-of-new-users) * [How to contact the BurgerPrints Support team](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-contact-the-burgerprints-support-team) * [How to find answers quickly in the help center (search, ChatGPT & Claude)](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-find-answers-quickly-in-the-help-center-search-chatgpt-and-claude) # Understanding the BurgerPrints fulfillment process ### Overview This article explains the end-to-end BurgerPrints fulfillment process, from when your customer places an order to when the product is delivered successfully. It is for new users who want to understand how BurgerPrints handles order processing, production, packaging, and shipping. By understanding the full fulfillment flow and required setup, you can operate correctly, coordinate effectively with the system, and scale your business with confidence on BurgerPrints. ### About the BurgerPrints Fulfillment Process The BurgerPrints fulfillment process defines how an order moves through the system from creation to final delivery. Each step in the process depends on the previous one being completed correctly.For new sellers, understanding this flow is critical. Missing steps such as payment setup or insufficient balance can stop orders from entering production. The standard fulfillment flow includes: 1. Creating a BurgerPrints account 2. Creating orders 3. Setting up payment and adding funds 4. Paying for orders (manual or automatic) 5. Production and packaging 6. Shipping, tracking, and delivery #### Step 1: Create a BurgerPrints Account Creating a BurgerPrints account is the first required step to start using the fulfillment system. Your account identifies you in the BurgerPrints system and allows orders, payments, and fulfillment actions to be processed under your business.
**Related article:** [How to create a BurgerPrints account](/getting-started/settings/how-to-create-a-burgerprints-account) #### Step 2: Create Orders on BurgerPrints After setting up your account, the next step in the fulfillment flow is creating orders. Orders are the trigger that starts payment verification, production, and shipping. BurgerPrints provides **4 order creation methods**, allowing you to choose the approach that best fits your workflow and order volume: * **Create orders directly on the BurgerPrints Dashboard**\ Suitable for beginners, testing products, or low to medium order volume.
* **Create orders using CSV import**\ Suitable for batch order uploads and higher volume operations.
* **Create orders using the API**\ Suitable for advanced users who want to automate order creation programmatically.
* **Connect eCommerce stores to sync orders automatically**\ Suitable for sellers who want orders to flow directly from their sales channels into BurgerPrints with minimal manual work. Supported store connections include: * Shopify * TikTok Shop * WooCommerce * Etsy * Walmart * Order Desk **Prepare a fulfillment store** Each order must be associated with a fulfillment store. Before creating orders, you need to have a store set up.
You can: * Use an existing BurgerPrints store * Create a new fulfillment store with your preferred name * Connect your marketplace store to BurgerPrints You can manage your stores in the **Store Management** section of the Dashboard. **What information order must include** Regardless of the creation method, every order must contain complete and valid information, including: * Product variants and SKUs * Valid design files * Shipping address details or shipping label, depending on fulfillment type * Correct quantities and product specifications After an order is created, BurgerPrints automatically validates the order data. Only orders that pass validation move forward to the **Unpaid** status and become eligible for payment. **Related articles:** * [How to create an order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-create-an-order-on-burgerprints) * [How to connect your store(s) to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections) (section) * [How to use the API and developer guide](/integrations-and-store-connections/integrations/how-to-use-the-api-and-developer-guide) #### Step 3: Set Up Payment and Add Funds Payment setup is required before any order can enter production. **Add payment methods** Adding a payment method allows you to manage billing and fund your Wallet. Payment methods **do not automatically charge orders by default**. They are used for top-ups.
BurgerPrints supports multiple payment methods, such as: * B-Wallet * Payoneer * Credit cards **Top up via B-Wallet** There are currently **8 supported methods** to add funds to the B-Wallet, allowing sellers to choose based on region, fee structure, and processing speed:
* **Payoneer** * Auto top-up (instant, 1% transaction fee) * Manual transfer (credited within 24 hours, Payoneer fees apply) * **PingPong** * Manual transfer * Credited within 24 hours * 0% transaction fee * **LianLian** * Auto top-up * Credited within 24 hours * 0% transaction fee * **PayPal Mass Payment** * Manual transfer * Credited within 24 hours * 0% transaction fee * **WorldFirst** * Manual transfer * Credited within 24 hours * 0% transaction fee * **Credit Card** * Auto top-up * Funds added instantly * Transaction fees apply based on card type * **Bank Transfer (USD)** * Manual transfer * Processing time depends on the bank * **Online Banking** * Redirected to Tazapay payment flow * Funds added after successful payment * 0% transaction fee {% hint style="info" %} **Note**: For manual transfer methods, using the **correct transaction note** is required to ensure successful payment verification. {% endhint %} **How Wallet balance affects fulfillment** * Orders with complete information appear in the **Unpaid** status * Orders move to production only after payment is completed * Maintaining sufficient Wallet balance helps prevent production delays, especially during peak order periods **Related article:** * [How to set up Payment integration](/integrations-and-store-connections/integrations/how-to-set-up-payment-integration) * [How to top up your balance and pay for orders](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/how-to-top-up-your-balance-and-pay-for-orders) #### Step 4: Pay for Orders (Manual or Automatic) After an order passes system validation, it requires payment before entering production.BurgerPrints supports: * **Manual payment**, where you review and pay orders yourself * **Automatic payment (Auto Fulfillment),** where eligible orders are paid automatically using your Wallet balance **Manual payment**
With manual payment, you control when each order is paid. * Orders appear in the **Unpaid** status after validation * You review orders and pay them manually from the Dashboard This method is suitable for low order volume or when you want to review orders before production. **Automatic payment (Auto Fulfillment)** Auto Fulfillment automatically pays eligible orders using your Wallet balance, helping orders move to production without manual action.
To enable Auto Fulfillment: * Go to **Wallet**, then select **Auto Fulfillment** * Choose a payment mode: * **Automatic mode:** the system pays orders every **1, 2, or 6 hours** * **Set time mode:** the system pays orders once daily at a fixed time * Click **Active now** to turn it on There are some important notes for Auto Fulfillment: * Make sure your **B-Wallet balance is sufficient**, or orders will not be paid automatically * You can change settings or turn Auto Fulfillment off at any time in **Wallet → Auto Fulfillment** * Auto Fulfillment only pays orders that pass system validation and meet payment conditions **Choosing the right payment method** * Use **manual payment** if you want full control or have low order volume * Use **Auto Fulfillment** if you run high order volume, connect marketplaces, or want to avoid fulfillment delays **Related article:** * [How to set up Payment integration](/integrations-and-store-connections/integrations/how-to-set-up-payment-integration) * [How to top up your balance and pay for orders](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/how-to-top-up-your-balance-and-pay-for-orders) #### Step 5: Production and Packaging Once an order is paid, it enters the production stage at the assigned fulfillment facility. An order starts production when its status is **Processed**. During this stage: * Design files are prepared according to product specifications * Products are produced based on confirmed order details * Quality checks are completed before packaging After production, items are packaged securely and prepared for shipping. #### Step 6: Shipping, Tracking, and Delivery After packaging, the order ships with a supported carrier.At this stage: * A tracking number becomes available in the Dashboard
* You can monitor delivery progress * You can share tracking information with your customer The fulfillment process completes when the order is delivered successfully. **Related article:** [Where can I find my order tracking number?](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/where-can-i-find-my-order-tracking-number) ### Tips and Best Practices * Always add funds before order volume. * Monitor your Wallet balance daily if you run active campaigns. * Complete account and billing setup before connecting sales channels. * Review order status regularly to catch issues early. * Keep design files and product information accurate to avoid production delays. ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Why does my order not move to production?** An order starts production when its status is **Processed**.\ To check this, go to **Orders** in the Dashboard and find orders with the **Processed** status. **Processed** means the order is currently in production at the fulfillment facility.\ If an order does not move to **Processed**, check these common issues: * The order is still **Unpaid** * Wallet balance is insufficient * Design files are missing or invalid * Product data needs review (the order may appear as **Incompleted**) After fixing the issue, the order continues automatically to production. 2. **Do I need to add funds before receiving orders?**\ Yes. Orders require available balance to enter the production stage. 3. **Where do I track fulfillment progress?**\ You can track each order’s status directly in the Orders section of the Dashboard. ### Related Articles * [How to create a BurgerPrints account](/getting-started/settings/how-to-create-a-burgerprints-account) * [How to create an order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-create-an-order-on-burgerprints) * [How to set up Payment integration](/integrations-and-store-connections/integrations/how-to-set-up-payment-integration) * [How to top up your balance and pay for orders](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/how-to-top-up-your-balance-and-pay-for-orders) # Understanding the BurgerPrints Dashboard ### **Overview** This article helps new users understand the BurgerPrints Dashboard - your central workspace for managing products, orders, fulfillment, payments, and store integrations. By mastering how the dashboard works, you can follow the entire fulfillment flow at BurgerPrints: from the moment a customer places an order, through system validation, production, packaging, shipping, and final delivery. When you understand how each feature connects to the fulfillment process, you can operate your business more efficiently, avoid common errors, and scale with confidence. ### Understanding the BurgerPrints Dashboard (Homepage) The Home page serves as your starting point every time you log in. Here, users can quickly access key insights and system updates, including: #### **Sidebar Navigation – Main Menu**
The sidebar contains all essential sections used throughout the fulfillment and store management process. This is where users interact most frequently while operating on the platform. The primary menu groups include: * **Home :** The main overview of your account activities and important updates. * **Catalog:** Browse the full list of available BurgerPrints products. * **Orders:** Manage and monitor all orders currently being processed. * **Products:** View and manage created products. * **Billing:** Access wallet balance, payment methods, and all financial transactions. * **Stores:** Connect and manage your sales channels and storefronts. * **Report:** View detailed reports on sales, costs, production performance, and shipping metrics. * **Media:** Central storage for all design files, mockups. * **Logs:** Track all historical activities such as import, export, sync logs, and auto payment status. * **Setting:** Configure account preferences, team access, notifications, and affiliate details. * **Need Help:** Access help articles, FAQs, and support resources. * **Document:** A hub for all policies, guides, and operational documentation. * **Referrals:** Share referral links and track referral revenue and performance. * **Feature Requests:** Submit suggestions or request new features to improve the platform. #### **User Toolbar – Quick Access Tools**
This toolbar provides quick access to essential user information: * Wallet balance * Auto-fulfillment status * System notifications * User profile (name & avatar) This area allows quick checks without navigating through menus. ### **Main Functional Categories & Their Purpose** Below is a breakdown of all primary sections inside the BurgerPrints Dashboard and how they support your fulfillment workflow. #### Home The Home page is the first interface that users see when they log into the BurgerPrints Dashboard. This is where all the most important information related to fulfillment activities, account performance, and promotions is gathered.
* **Total Sales**\ Displays overall sales performance: * **Total orders / Items** Shows the total number of orders and fulfilled items within the selected timeframe. * **Total amount** Shows total revenue generated from fulfilled orders. * **Fulfillment Overview**\ Tracks order processing status in real time: * **Unpaid** – Orders waiting for payment * **Processed** – Orders in production * **Shipped** – Orders dispatched * **Delivered** – Orders successfully delivered This section helps you quickly identify bottlenecks in the fulfillment flow. * **Production Time** * Shows the **average production time** by product type. * Calculated in business days * Reflects actual factory processing speed * Helps users forecast fulfillment timelines accurately * **First Tracking Update Time**\ Displays the average time required to generate the **first tracking number** after order processing begins. This metric indicates how fast buyers receive shipment updates. * **Shipping Time**\ Shows average delivery time by product and fulfillment center. * Calculated from dispatch to final delivery * Helps users set realistic delivery expectations for buyers
#### Catalog The Catalog section is where users can view all the products currently offered on the BurgerPrints system. It serves as a product lookup hub, helping users quickly search, filter, and select suitable items for design creation, mockup generation, or fulfillment processes. The Catalog interface is designed intuitively with a category bar, product type filters, and a product layout organized into groups. * **Main Category Tabs** At the top of the page, users can choose to view products by category through the category tabs, including: * **All Products** – Displays all products available on the system * **Home & Living** – Home decor and household products (blankets, pillows, etc.) * **Printed Apparel** – Printed clothing lines (T-shirts, Hoodies, Tank tops, etc.) * **Printed in EU** – Products fulfilled in the EU * **Full Printed Apparel** – Full print, all-over print clothing lines * **Accessories** – Various accessories such as bags, hats, ornaments, etc. * **Footwear** – Footwear products * **Decoration** – Decorative products * **Order With Label** – Product lines that support marketplace labels (especially for Etsy/Amazon/TikTok Shop UK users, etc.) * **Printed in UK** – Products fulfilled in the UK * **DTF Printing** – Product categories suitable for DTF printing technology * **Walmart Optimized** – Products are optimized specifically for Walmart Marketplace This category bar helps users easily navigate and find products according to their business purpose or desired fulfillment market.
* **Product Search Bar**\ In the upper right corner is a "**Search products**" box, allowing users to enter the product name or related keywords to quickly find the desired item.This function is especially useful when users already know exactly what product they need or want to check multiple models at once.\ The catalog supports users in: * Exploring all products that BurgerPrints currently offers * Filtering products based on actual needs (location, type, specific marketplace, etc.) * Previewing sample images of each product * Checking base cost and fulfillment information before listing products on the store * Selecting products to create mockups or designs in the Products section * Through the Catalog, users can make listing decisions faster and build a clear product strategy based on market needs. #### Orders The Orders section is the central hub for managing all users' orders on BurgerPrints. This is where the system aggregates, categorizes, and displays detailed information for each order, allowing users to accurately monitor fulfillment progress. The Orders section comprises three main functions, each serving a different stage in the order processing procedure. 1. **Orders**
**a. Main Functions** * **Create order:** Create orders manually\ On the Create Order screen, users have two ways to add products to an order: * *Browse Product:* * This allows users to select from a list of previously created products in the Products section. * To reuse existing mockups and product information. * Saves time and reduces errors when re-entering product data. * Maintains consistency across orders and sales channels. * Users must have previously designed and saved products. Orders must match the existing mockup and SKU. * *Add Custom Product:* * This allows users to quickly create a new product directly within an order by uploading one or more designs, selecting a base product, and manually entering the information. * Create new products not already in the Products library. * Process special orders or custom designs according to customer requirements. * No need to leave the Create Order page to create new products. * Customers request personalized design changes. Users want to fulfill small orders without creating a fixed product. * **Label Order – Platform shipping label** (From Etsy, TiktokShop, Amazon, Walmart...)
Create shipping labels for orders using the Order with Label service. Users upload their labels, BurgerPrints handles printing, and only fulfills fulfillment.To support users in purchasing their own labels and optimizing shipping costs. Helps users control carriers, shipping fees, and delivery speeds according to their own strategies. * **Import – Bulk Order Listing**\ Load CSV or Excel files to create multiple orders at once. The system will check the data and create corresponding orders.Saves time when processing a large number of orders. Reduces manual errors thanks to a standardized file structure.
* **Export – Export Order Data Function**\ Download a CSV file containing a list of orders based on the current filtering criteria. Analyze sales data. Store information for reconciliation or reporting. **b. Secondary function** * Displays a list of all orders from linked stores or manually created orders. * Allows searching by Order ID, time, payment status, fulfillment status
**This function will help users:** * Track the entire order process from creation to payment and fulfillment. * Reduces errors by clearly displaying Payment, Cost, and Fulfillment status for each order. * Allows for quick processing of unpaid or unfulfilled orders. 2. **Tracking Management** * **Main Functions** * Concentrates all tracking information for shipped orders. * Allows searching by Order ID or Tracking number. * Displays details: tracking date, shipping status, and shipping events. * ```
``` * **Purpose** * Helps users track delivery progress and proactively assist customers when needed. * Reduces manual tracking time on carriers. * Minimizes complaints through timely tracking and monitoring. 3. **Ticket** Tickets – Order Support Request Management * **Main Features** * Create and track tickets related to fulfillment errors, remakes, refunds, etc. * Categorize tickets by status: New, Awaiting, Responded, Approved, Rejected. * Display detailed Order ID, request type, response notes, etc. * **Purpose** * Help users work with the support team in a transparent and systematic way. * Track processing progress when order errors occur. * Optimize the time taken to resolve refund or remake issues. **Related article:** * [How to create an order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-create-an-order-on-burgerprints) * [How to manage an order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-manage-an-order-on-burgerprints) * [How to change your order](/policies-and-quality-assurance/policies/how-to-change-your-order) #### Product The Products section allows users to create custom products, upload mockups, save their own product library, and sync them to affiliated stores. This is where users prepare to design and create product prototypes before selling. 1. **All Products** **a. Create Product**
The Create product button in the upper right corner allows users to start creating a product from scratch. * Select a base product from the catalog * Upload the design * Customize the print location * View a sample mockup * Save the product to sync to the store or download the mockup for use **b. Export**
* Allows users to download products in bulk from BurgerPrints. * Supports export formats compatible with Shopify, WooCommerce, Klaviyo, and Google Shopping. * Helps reuse existing product listings to scale across multiple sales channels. * Reduces manual listing work and minimizes data entry errors. * Supports exporting selected products, all products, or specific product variants. 2. **Template Export (if the user uses multiple designs)**
The Template Export feature allows users to export pre-created product data and designs from BurgerPrints to CSV files for use on other sales platforms. **Users can:** * Export standard templates for the following platforms: Shopify, WooCommerce, Klaviyo, Google Shopping * Download CSV files containing: Product information, Variant, Price, Mockup images, Listing description (if any) **This feature helps users:** * Reuse existing listings built on BurgerPrints * Upload multiple products to different channels * Save time compared to manually creating listings * Scale sales across multiple stores/marketplaces simultaneously * Ensure product information consistency across sales channels **Purpose of Products Section** * It allows creating custom product prototypes * It enables quick mockups for posting on the store * It allows proactively editing templates without affecting the original catalog * It saves the product library by campaign * It helps prepare listings before running ads or launching new products **Related article:** * [Understanding Product Design and BurgerPrints' design standard](/design-and-product/designs/understanding-product-design-and-burgerprints-design-standard) * [How to create, edit, delete or sync products on BurgerPrints](/design-and-product/products/how-to-create-edit-delete-or-sync-products-on-burgerprints) #### Billing The Billing section is the financial management hub for users on BurgerPrints. This is where you top up your account, manage payment methods, view transaction history, and tax-related information – all in one central location. Billing comprises four main sub-sections, each serving a specific role in the payment process. 1. **Wallet – Balance and Payment Transaction Management** * Displays the current balance in the B-Wallet. * Tracks Pending approval credit and total outstanding fulfillment costs. * Add fund button to deposit funds through various channels: Payoneer, Pingpong, Lianlian, PayPal, credit card, online banking, WorldFirst, and banking transfer. * Displays the entire Transaction History: amount, fees, and transaction status.
**This Wallet subsection helps users:** * Ensure their account always has sufficient balance for the system to automatically fulfill orders. * Easily reviews deposit transactions and fulfillment costs. * Reduces payment errors or orders held due to insufficient funds. 2. **Payment Method – Setting up payment methods** **B-Wallet** is the only default payment method on the BurgerPrints system. Users cannot change the default payment method to any other option. **This Payment Method subsection helps users:** * To centralize all fulfillment payments through one unified wallet (B-Wallet) for easier tracking and reconciliation. * To allow users to securely connect external payment accounts for funding their wallet. * To minimize payment errors by standardizing the payment flow and avoiding multiple default payment methods. 3. **Rewards Credit – System-granted credits and incentives** * **Main Function** * Allows users to manually enter and apply coupon codes provided by BurgerPrints. * Displays coupon status after applying (valid/invalid/expired). * **Purpose** * Helps users activate promotional offers or discounts when they have a valid coupon code. * Ensures promotions are applied correctly before proceeding with payment or order fulfillment. 4. **Taxes – Managing Taxes Related to Orders** * **Main function** * Applies to orders delivered within the European Union (EU). * Allows you to submit your business VAT ID, so BurgerPrints can calculate VAT correctly and issue invoices properly. * **What you can do on this page** * View current VAT info under Account Details (Business name, VAT ID(s)). * Submit a VAT ID by selecting: * Country * VAT ID Number (e.g., DE123456789) * Confirm the VAT ID belongs to your business, then submit the VAT ID. * Check VAT ID validation status: * Valid / Invalid * **Important note** * Submitting a VAT ID is not the same as providing an IOSS number (they serve different tax purposes). * **Purpose** * Ensures your EU orders are handled with the correct VAT treatment based on your VAT registration. * Helps prevent invoicing/tax calculation issues for EU deliveries. **Related article:** * [How to set up Payment integration](/integrations-and-store-connections/integrations/how-to-set-up-payment-integration) * [Understanding customs, tax and international charges](/payments-billing-and-taxes/taxes/understanding-customs-taxes-and-international-charges) #### Store The Stores section allows users to connect BurgerPrints with sales platforms such as Shopify, Etsy, WooCommerce, OrderDesk, Amazon, TikTok Shop US/UK, and Walmart. Here, users can create new fulfillment stores or link existing stores to synchronize products and orders.
**The purpose of the Stores section is to:** * Automatically synchronize both **products and orders** from connected e-commerce platforms to the BurgerPrints system for fast and accurate fulfillment. * Reduce manual operations and minimize errors related to order entry, product mapping, or missing information. * Enable centralized management of all connected sales channels in one place, helping users optimize multi-channel operations and scale efficiency. **Related article:** [How to connect your store(s) to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections) (section) #### Report The **Report** section provides an overview of your business performance on BurgerPrints. It consolidates key metrics into one place, helping you monitor order results, production efficiency, and shipping performance over time.
The Report includes multiple groups of metrics that users can view, such as: * **Sales Metrics** * **Total Fulfilled Orders** – Total number of orders successfully fulfilled. * **Total Cost** – The overall production and fulfillment cost. * **Average Order Value** – Average revenue per order. * **Paid Orders** – Number of orders that have been successfully paid. * **Remake Orders** – Number of orders that required remakes. * **Refund Orders** – Number of orders refunded. * **Product Performance Metrics:** Insights on product-level performance to help evaluate best-users and slow-moving items. * **Production Time Metrics: Actual Production Time** – Tracks how long it takes to produce orders from each fulfillment center. * **Shipping & Destination Metrics: Shipping Time & Delivery Area** – Displays shipping duration and the regions where orders were delivered. #### Media The Media section allows users to manage all design and mockup files used to create products. * **File Groups** * Design – Original design file * Mockup – Uploaded mockup file * **Main Operations** * Import by URL – Upload files via link * Add image – Upload files from your computer * Search for files by name * Delete or edit files * **Purpose of Use** * Store and manage designs by campaign * Reuse files for multiple products * Reduce file reload time when creating new products
#### Logs The **Logs** section records all essential system activities, helping users monitor operations, detect errors quickly, and ensure smooth order processing. All actions, such as import, export, order sync, and automatic payment are stored here with detailed history. * **Import** * Tracks all uploaded order files (CSV/Excel). Displays **upload time**, **file type/template**, and **processing status** for each upload. * Status options include: * **Done** – The file has been processed successfully. * **Failed** – The system could not process the file. * Provides **detailed error messages** (if any), such as missing data, invalid format, or incorrect SKUs. * **Export** * Stores the full history of exported order data files. * Shows export type, timestamp, and downloadable files. * Allows users to revisit previous exports whenever needed. * **Sync** * Tracks the order synchronization process from connected stores (Shopify, Etsy, Amazon, TikTok Shop, etc.) into the BurgerPrints Dashboard. * Displays each sync event with its corresponding status: successful or failed. * Shows specific error messages if syncing fails. * **Auto Payment** * Records all automatic payment transactions for each order. * Displays order ID, payment amount, timestamp, and status (Success / Failed). * Shows the reason for failure (e.g., insufficient wallet balance). * **Purpose of the Logs section:** * Identify and troubleshoot errors in import, export, sync, and automatic payment. * Monitor all operational activities related to order processing in one centralized place. * Reduce risks of missed, delayed, or incorrect orders, especially during peak seasons. * Speed up customer support resolution, as all required activity details are already available.
**Related article:** [How to use the Logs feature for order tracking](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/tracking/how-to-use-the-logs-feature-for-order-tracking) #### Setting – Account Settings The Settings section allows users to set up users, notifications, and affiliate information for their accounts. * **Team Management** * Add members to co-manage the account * Grant permissions and monitor activity status
* **Notifications** * Set up notifications via email, Telegram, etc. * Customize desired notification types
* **Affiliate Info** The Affiliate Info section allows users to update their personal and business information to participate in the affiliate program and ensure they receive the correct benefits from BurgerPrints. Instructions for Filling Out Information Please provide the following information completely and accurately: * Basic Information * Email: The email address you use to receive notifications and benefits. * Full name: The full name of the program participant. * Business name (if applicable): The name of the business/brand you are operating. * Phone number: Your contact phone number. * Birthday (optional): Your date of birth (not required). * Address Information * Country: Your country of residence. * City: Your city. * Province/State: Your state/province. * Street address: Your detailed address. * APT/Suite/Other (if applicable): Your room/apartment number. * Postal code: Your postal code.
* **Benefits of providing complete information:** * Ensures accurate affiliate account verification. * Receive commissions, bonuses, and benefits as intended. * Enables the BurgerPrints team to contact and support you faster when needed. * Avoid payment errors or delays during reconciliation. #### Documents – Important Documents & Policies The Documents section compiles all policies and guidance documents of BurgerPrints. * **Key Documents** * Fulfillment Policy – Production, shipping, refund/remake * Term & Condition – Terms of Use * **Purpose of Documents section:** * Understand the support process and conditions * Reduce errors due to policy misunderstandings * Ensure users operate according to system standards **Related article:** [Understanding the BurgerPrints' shipping policy](/shipping-and-delivery/general/understanding-the-burgerprints-shipping-policy) #### Referrals – Refer a Friend
The Referrals section allows users to share their referral link to receive rewards from BurgerPrints. **The displayed information includes:** * Personal referral link (Copy 1 click) * Number of people who have registered via the link * Revenue – revenue generated from referrals * Points – accumulated reward points * Unit Sales – number of orders generated from referrals * List of accepted users #### Feature Requests – Feature Suggestions This section allows users to submit suggestions for improving the Dashboard, request new features, or provide feedback on user experience. **The purpose of this section is:** * Send feedback directly to the Product team * Track submitted requests * Help BurgerPrints develop features that meet users' needs ### Tips and Best Practices * Always review your order statuses daily so you can resolve Incompleted or Unpaid orders before they cause production delays. * Make sure every shipping address includes complete details such as apartment number, ZIP code, and customer contact information to prevent delivery issues. * Use store syncing through API whenever possible because it reduces manual errors and keeps product data consistent across platforms. * Upload orders in bulk using the Import feature when handling high volume, since CSV/Excel imports save time and lower the chance of mistakes. * Check the Logs section regularly to detect import, sync, or payment issues early and avoid disruptions to your workflow. * Keep your Media Library organized with clear filenames so you can quickly locate the correct design files during product creation. * Maintain enough Wallet balance to ensure that orders proceed to fulfillment without interruption. * Take advantage of Rewards Credit and vouchers whenever available to reduce your overall fulfillment costs. ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Why is my order showing as “Incompleted”?**\ This status appears when required information - such as product details, shipping address, print files, or shipping options - is missing or invalid. It may also occur if the synced marketplace order does not provide complete data. 2. **When does an order change to “Paid”?**\ An order becomes “Paid” once payment is successfully processed through your Wallet or another supported payment method. If your Wallet balance is insufficient, the payment will not go through. 3. **Can I edit an order after it has been paid?**\ No. Once an order is paid, it immediately moves into production and cannot be edited. Always double-check product details and shipping information before paying. 4. **Why don’t I see a tracking number for my order?**\ Tracking becomes available only after the fulfillment facility creates a shipping label and hands the package to the carrier. Orders still in production will not show tracking information yet. 5. **Can I upload multiple orders at once?**\ Yes. The Import feature allows you to upload multiple orders using a CSV or Excel file. Make sure the file follows the required BurgerPrints template to avoid errors. 6. **Why is my design file not uploading to the Media Library?**\ Your upload may fail if the file exceeds the maximum allowed size or resolution for the selected product category. Adjust the file accordingly and try again. 7. **What should I do if I cannot connect to my store?**\ Store connection issues usually occur due to missing permissions, expired tokens, or incorrect API credentials. Verify your store’s access settings, and reconnect. If the issue persists, contact Support for assistance. ### Related Articles * [How to create a BurgerPrints account](/getting-started/settings/how-to-create-a-burgerprints-account) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints fulfillment process](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/understanding-the-burgerprints-fulfillment-process) * [How to use the Logs feature for order tracking](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/tracking/how-to-use-the-logs-feature-for-order-tracking) # Common questions/ issues of new users ### Getting Started With BurgerPrints If you’re new to BurgerPrints, start here to set up your account, understand the dashboard, and get familiar with how the platform works day to day. * [How to create a BurgerPrints account](/getting-started/settings/how-to-create-a-burgerprints-account) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints Dashboard](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/understanding-the-burgerprints-dashboard) * [Understanding Team management and create sub-account](/getting-started/settings/understanding-team-manangement-and-create-sub-account) * [Understanding multi-channel Notification feature](/getting-started/settings/understanding-multi-channel-notification-feature) * [How to contact the BurgerPrints Support Team](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-contact-the-burgerprints-support-team) ### How To Order With BurgerPrints #### Connect your store To start receiving orders, you’ll need to connect at least one sales channel. Follow the guide that matches your platform. * [How to connect your Shopify store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-shopify-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your TikTok Shop to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-tiktok-shop-us-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your WooCommerce store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-woocommerce-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your Walmart store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-walmart-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your Etsy store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-etsy-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your BurgerShop store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-burgershop-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to integrate Order Desk with BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-integrate-order-desk-with-burgerprints) #### Choose products and prepare designs Learn how to find products, download templates, and follow basic design rules to avoid common printing mistakes. * [Understanding the BurgerPrints Product Catalog](/design-and-product/products/understanding-the-burgerprints-product-catalog) * [How to download design templates from the Catalog](/design-and-product/designs/how-to-download-design-templates-from-the-catalog) * [Understanding Product Design and BurgerPrints' design standard](/design-and-product/designs/understanding-product-design-and-burgerprints-design-standard) #### Create and place your first order Once your products are ready, these guides walk you through creating an order and understanding what happens after checkout. * [How to create an order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-create-an-order-on-burgerprints) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints fulfillment process](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/understanding-the-burgerprints-fulfillment-process) * [How to track the status of your order after payment](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/tracking/how-to-track-the-status-of-your-order-after-payment) #### Payments and shipping basics Before placing orders, make sure you understand how payments and shipping fees work. * [How to top up your balance and pay for orders](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/how-to-top-up-your-balance-and-pay-for-orders) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints's shipping policy](/shipping-and-delivery/general/understanding-the-burgerprints-shipping-policy) * [How do I check shipping fees on BurgerPrints?](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/how-do-i-check-shipping-fees-on-burgerprints)
# How to contact the BurgerPrints Support team ### **Overview** This article explains all available support channels you can use to contact the BurgerPrints Support team and how to reach them quickly from the website, Help Center, or Dashboard. It is for all users who need assistance during setup, order management, design editing, or general Dashboard usage. You learn which channels BurgerPrints provides and the steps to access them directly when you need help. ### **About BurgerPrints Contact Channels** BurgerPrints provides multiple support channels to ensure you receive assistance as quickly as possible. You can choose any channel that best fits your situation. BurgerPrints is always ready to support you and ensure your operations run smoothly.
ChannelsContact information
Live chatUse the chat bubble to reach the Support team instantly from the BurgerPrints website, Help Center, or Dashboard.
Telegram
  • Follow product updates and announcements via the Telegram channel: BurgerPrints POD Channel
  • From the website, you can contact our Sales lead: @lanii_da
  • Some users have a personal Account Manager who can support business inquiries, bulk orders, or integrations. Please contact them via personal account/group chat.
Support emailEmail the Support team at support@burgerprints.com for detailed questions or when sending documents or attachments.
Contact us formSubmit your question directly through the Contact form for structured or non-urgent requests: https://burgerprints.com/en/contact-us/
Social Networks

You also can follow, contact or join the community for updates and discussions:

  • Facebook Fanpage: https://www.facebook.com/BurgerPrintsPOD
  • Facebook Group: https://www.facebook.com/groups/BurgerPrints
  • LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/burgerprints
  • Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/burgerprints_inc/

You can find these channels on the website footer.

### **How To Access Support Channels** #### **From Website/ Help Center/ Blog** **Use the live chat bubble** You see a chat bubble at the bottom-right corner of the BurgerPrints website or Help Center. * Step 1: Click the chat bubble and then click the "**Let's chat**"
* Step 2: Firstly, please provide your name and email address so we can email the answer to your inbox if you are not online anymore
* Step 3: Type your question and send your message. You receive a response as soon as an agent is available The same action is available on other sites, the blog and help center,..., so you can contact our team via live chat. **Use Telegram icon** * Step 1: Click the Telegram icon in the bottom-right corner
* Step 2: Allow the link to open Telegram and connect with our Sales Lead and chat with her to get an answer to your question. **Submit the Contact us form** On the BurgerPrints website footer, you can find the Contact Us page: . From there, you can send a request directly to the Support team: * Step 1: Scroll down to section **Contact us** form * Step 2: Enter your information and describe your issue, feedback or any improvement suggestions * Step 3: Click **Send** You will receive a reply in 24 hours.
#### **From the Dashboard** There are 2 methods to access support channels:
**Use the live chat bubble** It's the same as the bubble livechat on the website above. You see a chat bubble in the bottom-right corner of the Dashboard and inside the editor. * Step 1: Click the chat bubble and the button "**Let's chat**" * Step 2: Firstly, please provide your name and email address so we can email the answer to your inbox if you are not online anymore * Step 3: Type your question and send your message. You receive a response as soon as an agent is available
**Check "Need help?" tab** On the left-side menu, you can access "Need helps?" tab. From there, you can: * Visit the help center * Visit the blog * Ask the community * Join Telegram group * Leave feedback This helps you approach our documents, group to contact and discuss your problem. #### From your social networks Besides our sites and dashboard, you also can use your own social networks to contact our team to get support directly and fast: * Telegram: Join Telegram channel: **BurgerPrints POD Channel** or add Sales lead: **@lanii\_da** * Facebook: * Facebook Fanpage: * Facebook Group: * Email: Email the Support team at * LinkedIn: * Instagram: ### **Tips and Best Practices** * Use live chat or Telegram for the fastest response. * Provide screenshots, SKU codes, or order IDs to help Support understand your issue quickly. * Use email or the Contact us form when your request is detailed or requires attachments. * Contact your Account Manager for business-level questions or optimization advice. ### **Frequently Asked Questions** 1. **What channels can I use to contact BurgerPrints?**\ You can reach the Support team via live chat, support email, contact us form, account manager/ sales's Telegram, Facebook fanpage, and Facebook group. 2. **Which channel offers the fastest response?**\ Live chat typically provides the quickest support. 3. **When should I use the Contact us form?** \ Use the form for non-urgent issues, detailed explanations, or when submitting feedback. ### **Related Articles** * [Understanding multi-channel notification feature](/getting-started/settings/understanding-multi-channel-notification-feature) * [How to create a BurgerPrints account](/getting-started/settings/how-to-create-a-burgerprints-account) # How to find answers quickly in the help center (search & GitBook assistant) Use Search and GitBook Assistant to find the right BurgerPrints guide fast, even if you ask in your preferred language. ### Overview This article explains how to find answers quickly in the BurgerPrints Help Center using **Search and the GitBook Assistant**. You can ask the GitBook Assistant **in any language**, and it will reply in the **same language**, even though Help Center articles are written in English. This article helps users understand when to use Search or the GitBook Assistant, how to ask effective questions, and how to locate the most relevant guides. Using these tools helps you understand BurgerPrints features faster and complete tasks in the Dashboard more efficiently. ### How To Use Search To Find The Right Article #### Step 1: Open the Help Center search * Open the BurgerPrints Help Center: * Click the search field at the top of the page.
#### Step 2: Search using BurgerPrints keywords * Type 2–6 keywords related to your question. {% hint style="warning" %} ***Tips:*** Use the same terms you see in the **Dashboard** and **Help Center.**\ Good keywords include: * Feature names: **Orders**, **Products**, **Stores**, **Billing**, **Logs** * Statuses: **Unpaid**, **Paid**, **Processed**, **Shipped** * Common actions: connect, sync, top up, refund, tracking {% endhint %}

Terms used in the Dashboard

* Open the most relevant result.

Results that appear under the search section

{% hint style="success" %} ***Note:*** Scan section headings before reading details. {% endhint %} ### How To Use GitBook **Assistant** To Get An Answer Faster #### Step 1: Open GitBook Assistant * Open the BurgerPrints Help Center: * Click the **GitBook Assistant** icon in the top-right corner or **Ctrl/Cmd + I** to open the Assistant panel.
#### Step 2: Ask your question in your preferred language * Type your question in the Ask GitBook Assistant box. {% hint style="warning" %} ***Tips***: To receive a more accurate answer, include helpful context such as: * Sales channel: Shopify, Etsy, TikTok Shop, WooCommerce, Walmart * Where you worked: **Dashboard**, **Orders**, **Products**, **Stores**, **Billing**, **Logs** * What happened: an error message, missing tracking, failed sync, payment issue * What you expected to happen {% endhint %}
* The **GitBook Assistant** analyzes your question and generates a response using the relevant Help Center content. {% hint style="warning" %} **Tip**: You can ask questions in any language. Even though the Help Center content is written in English, the GitBook Assistant can understand your question and reply in the same language. {% endhint %}

Example response in English and French

Example response in Vietnamese

{% hint style="success" %} **Note:** The **GitBook Assistant** often includes links to relevant Help Center articles. Open those links to follow the detailed steps. Check headings and screenshots to confirm you are in the right place. {% endhint %}
#### Step 3: **Ask a follow-up question or contact BurgerPrints support team** If the answer is still unclear or incomplete, use one of these options: * **Ask a follow-up question** * Paste the exact error text. * Tell **GitBook Assistant** where you are: **Orders**, **Products**, **Stores**, **Billing**, or **Logs**. * Add 1 line: what you expected vs what happened. * **Contact the** [**BurgerPrints support team**](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-contact-the-burgerprints-support-team) * Use live chat or email. * Attach screenshots. * Include the Order ID if the issue is order-related. #### Leave feedback to improve our Help Center We are continuously improving the **BurgerPrints Help Center**. If you have suggestions about this **article** or the **Help Center** overall, please share your feedback using the feedback section on the right.
Your **feedback** helps us improve the **Help Center** and create better resources for all **BurgerPrints users.** ### Tips And Best Practices * Start with **Search** when you know the feature name or status. * Use the **GitBook Assistant** when you are not sure which article to open or when you want a quick explanation. * Use exact status names like **Unpaid** or **Processed**. * Mention the fulfillment step you are in: payment, production stage, shipping & delivery. * If you reference an order, include the **Order ID** when you contact **Support**. {% hint style="success" %} **Note**: The **GitBook Assistant** answers based on Help Center content. If your case is urgent or needs account-specific checks, contact **Support**. {% endhint %} ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Does GitBook Assistant replace BurgerPrints Support?**\ No. **GitBook Assistant** helps you find answers faster. Contact the [**BurgerPrints support team**](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-contact-the-burgerprints-support-team) for account-specific issues, urgent cases, or exceptions. 2. **Why does GitBook Assistant not match my exact case?**\ Your question may lack context. Add your sales channel, the Dashboard area, and the exact status name. 3. **What should I do if I cannot find any answer?**\ Contact the [BurgerPrints support team](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-contact-the-burgerprints-support-team). Include screenshots and the key details you already searched for. ### Related Articles * [Common questions / issues of new users](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/common-questions-issues-of-new-users) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints dashboard](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/understanding-the-burgerprints-dashboard) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints fulfillment process](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/understanding-the-burgerprints-fulfillment-process) * [How to use the logs feature for order tracking](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/tracking/how-to-use-the-logs-feature-for-order-tracking) * [How to contact the BurgerPrints support team](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-contact-the-burgerprints-support-team) # How to find answers quickly in the help center (search, ChatGPT & Claude) Use Search, ChatGPT, or Claude to find BurgerPrints guides faster. Start with Help Center keywords, then use AI tools for quick explanations and follow-up questions. ### Overview This article explains how to find answers quickly in the BurgerPrints Help Center using **Search**, **ChatGPT**, and **Claude**. You can ask questions in **any language**. **ChatGPT** and **Claude** can reply in the same language, even when Help Center articles are in English. Use **Search** when you know the feature name, status, or keyword. Use **ChatGPT** or **Claude** when you need a quick explanation, want help understanding a guide, or want to rewrite your question more clearly. ### How To Use Search To Find The Right Article #### Step 1: Open the Help Center search * Open the BurgerPrints Help Center: * Click the search field at the top of the page.
#### Step 2: Search using BurgerPrints keywords * Type **2–6 keywords** related to your task or issue. {% hint style="warning" %} **Tips:** Search works best when you use the same terms shown in the **Dashboard** and **Help Center**. Good keywords include: * Feature names: **Orders**, **Products**, **Stores**, **Billing**, **Logs** * Statuses: **Unpaid**, **Paid**, **Processed**, **Shipped** * Common actions: connect, sync, top up, refund, tracking {% endhint %}

Terms used in the Dashboard

* Open the most relevant result. * Scan the headings first. * Confirm the screenshots and steps match your case.

Results that appear under the search section

{% hint style="success" %} **Note:** Start with **Search** when you already know the product term, page name, or status name. {% endhint %} ### How To Use ChatGPT Or Claude To Get An Answer Faster #### Step 1: Open ChatGPT or Claude from the Help Center * Open the BurgerPrints Help Center: * Click the available **ChatGPT** or **Claude** option from the Help Center. * This opens the AI tool that BurgerPrints currently links to.
#### Step 2: Ask your question in your preferred language * Type your question in **ChatGPT** or **Claude**. {% hint style="warning" %} **Tips:** To get a more accurate answer, include: * Sales channel: Shopify, Etsy, TikTok Shop, WooCommerce, Walmart * Where you worked: **Dashboard**, **Orders**, **Products**, **Stores**, **Billing**, **Logs** * What happened: an error message, missing tracking, failed sync, payment issue * What you expected to happen {% endhint %}
* Ask the AI to explain the answer in short steps. * Ask it to summarize the relevant Help Center article if needed. {% hint style="warning" %} **Tip:** The answer quality depends on your prompt. Include BurgerPrints terms, exact statuses, and the page or feature you are using. {% endhint %}

Example response in English and French

Example response in Vietnamese

{% hint style="success" %} **Note:** After you get an answer, go back to the matching Help Center article and follow the exact BurgerPrints steps there. {% endhint %} #### Step 3: Ask a follow-up question or contact support If the answer is still unclear or incomplete, use one of these options: * **Ask a follow-up question** * Paste the exact error text. * Tell **ChatGPT** or **Claude** where you are: **Orders**, **Products**, **Stores**, **Billing**, or **Logs**. * Add 1 line: what you expected vs what happened. * **Contact the** [**BurgerPrints Support team**](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-contact-the-burgerprints-support-team) * Use live chat or email. * Attach screenshots. * Include the Order ID if the issue is order-related. #### Leave feedback to improve our Help Center We continuously improve the **BurgerPrints Help Center**. If you have suggestions about this article or the Help Center, share them using the feedback section on the right.
Your feedback helps improve the Help Center for all BurgerPrints users. ### Tips And Best Practices * Start with **Search** when you know the feature name or status. * Use **ChatGPT** or **Claude** when you want a quick explanation before reading a full guide. * Use **ChatGPT** or **Claude** when you want help rewriting your question. * Use exact status names like **Unpaid** or **Processed**. * Mention the fulfillment step you are in: payment, production stage, shipping & delivery. * Open the matching Help Center article after the AI reply and follow the exact steps there. * If you reference an order, include the **Order ID** when you contact **Support**. {% hint style="success" %} **Note:** **ChatGPT** and **Claude** help you understand documentation faster. They do not replace BurgerPrints support for account-specific checks. {% endhint %} ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Do ChatGPT or Claude replace BurgerPrints Support?**\ No. They help you understand documentation faster. Contact the [**BurgerPrints Support team**](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-contact-the-burgerprints-support-team) for account-specific issues, urgent cases, or exceptions. 2. **Why does the answer not match my exact case?**\ Your question may need more context. Add your sales channel, the Dashboard area, the exact status name, and the error text. 3. **Should I use Search or AI tools first?**\ Use **Search** for exact feature names and statuses. Use **ChatGPT** or **Claude** when your question is broader or you need help understanding the result. 4. **What should I do if I still cannot find the answer?**\ Contact the [**BurgerPrints Support team**](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-contact-the-burgerprints-support-team). Include screenshots and the key details you already checked. ### Related Articles * [Common questions / issues of new users](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/common-questions-issues-of-new-users) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints Dashboard](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/understanding-the-burgerprints-dashboard) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints fulfillment process](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/understanding-the-burgerprints-fulfillment-process) * [How to use the Logs feature for order tracking](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/tracking/how-to-use-the-logs-feature-for-order-tracking) * [How to contact the BurgerPrints Support team](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-contact-the-burgerprints-support-team) # Store Connections ### About Store Connections Category Discover how the Store Connections category streamlines your multi-channel selling. Learn to connect and synchronize orders with Shopify, TikTok Shop, WooCommerce, Walmart, Etsy, BurgerShop, and Order Desk, enabling seamless fulfillment at BurgerPrints. Each integration supports listing BurgerPrints products in your store, fulfilling orders per the connection’s purpose, and managing payments and order tracking. Whether you’re syncing orders for quick fulfillment or listing products across platforms, this category guides you through setup, configuration, and ongoing management to keep your storefronts running smoothly. ### Related Resources * [How to connect your Shopify store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-shopify-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your TikTok Shop to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-tiktok-shop-us-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your WooCommerce store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-woocommerce-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your Walmart store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-walmart-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your Etsy store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-etsy-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your BurgerShop store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-burgershop-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to integrate Order Desk with BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-integrate-order-desk-with-burgerprints) * [Understanding BurgerPrints' auto mapping feature](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/understanding-burgerprints-auto-mapping-feature) # How to connect your Shopify store to BurgerPrints ### **Overview** This article explains how to connect your Shopify store to BurgerPrints and how the integration works for product listing, order fulfillment, payment, and tracking. When connecting Shopify with BurgerPrints, you can use the integration either to list products from BurgerPrints to your Shopify store or to sync orders from your Shopify store to BurgerPrints for fulfillment without syncing products. Depending on the selected purpose, orders may follow different fulfillment flows and may require additional information before payment and production can begin. This guide also helps you understand how to manage payments after orders are synced and how to track order status and shipping updates between BurgerPrints and Shopify, ensuring a smooth fulfillment process from connection to delivery. ### **How To Connect Your Shopify Store to BurgerPrints** #### **Step 1: Access the BurgerPrints System** * Go to: * On the Dashboard, find the **Stores** section. * Click the **+** icon to add a new store.
#### **Step 2: Select Shopify to Connect** * In the **Stores** section, choose the **Add new store** button.
* Click **Connect** and you’ll be redirected to the Shopify login page
Input **Store URL** to be redirected to the Shopify login page. #### **Step 3: Log In to Your Shopify Account** Sign in to your Shopify account to continue the connection process.
#### **Step 4: Authorize Access** * Select **Approve** to complete the connection. Once the connection is successful, your Shopify store will appear in the **Stores** section within BurgerPrints.
### **How To Sync Products From BurgerPrints To Your Shopify store** First, to sync products to Shopify, you need to [create the product on BurgerPrints](/design-and-product/products/how-to-create-edit-delete-or-sync-products-on-burgerprints). **Syncing products to Shopify is optional and not required.** When connecting Shopify with BurgerPrints, users can choose to: * **Connect Shopify solely to sync orders for fulfillment purposes**, or * **Sync products to Shopify** if you want to manage products directly through the BurgerPrints system This flexibility allows you to select the setup that best fits your workflow. You can sync products from BurgerPrints to your Shopify store in two ways: #### **Method 1: Sync Individual Products** * Go to the **Product Detail** page. * Select the product you want to sync and click Sync products to your Shopify store
#### **Method 2: Sync Multiple Products at Once** * Use the **Bulk Action** feature to select multiple products.
* Choose the Shopify store where you want to sync them.
{% hint style="success" %} **Notes:** Make sure all product descriptions and information are complete before syncing. Products with missing details will fail to sync, and errors will be logged in **Logs > Sync Product**. {% endhint %}
* After pushing products to Shopify, you can track their status in **Products**
### How To Sync Orders From Your Shopify Store To BurgerPrints Fulfillment 1. #### **Automatic Order Sync** * Shopify orders will automatically sync to BurgerPrints within **1 hour** after the store is successfully connected. * Autosync applies to all **Unfulfilled** orders in the seller’s Shopify store, regardless of whether the products were synced from BurgerPrints or created separately.
{% hint style="warning" %} **Note:** After an order syncs, BurgerPrints may apply Auto Mapping if this store has the feature enabled and valid mapping history exists for the same reference SKU. [Learn more about Auto Mapping and how it works HERE](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/understanding-burgerprints-auto-mapping-feature) {% endhint %} 2. #### **Processing Orders in BurgerPrints** After your orders are successfully synced, BurgerPrints will classify them into different cases based on the information provided. Please follow the instructions below for each case. To learn how to edit orders in detail and understand the design setup requirements, please refer to [How to create an order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-create-an-order-on-burgerprints) **Case 1: Complete information order – Unpaid status** Orders created from products listed directly on BurgerPrints may fall into this case when all required information is already completed. **What you need to do:** * Review the order details. * Mark the order as **Paid** to proceed with production. **Case 2: Missing information – Incomplete status** Orders created from BurgerPrints products may appear as **Incompleted** if required details are missing, such as no base product selected for a specific Location. **What you need to do:** * Select the correct **Product** and **Location**. * Complete the missing information. * Proceed with payment to move the order to **Unpaid** status. **Guide to complete order information:** * Go to **Orders,** choose **Edit** (Pencil icon) * Edit the order and complete all required information. * Once the order meets the system requirements, it will move to **Unpaid** status and be ready for payment.
{% hint style="warning" %} ***Tip**: Enable Auto Mapping to automatically fill in missing SKUs and design files based on your order history.* [*Learn more HERE*](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/understanding-burgerprints-auto-mapping-feature) {% endhint %} **Next step: Pay to start fulfillment** Once an order is **Unpaid** status, you can complete the payment to start production and shipping. Please refer to the related article [**How to top up your balance and pay for orders**](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/how-to-top-up-your-balance-and-pay-for-orders) to learn about available payment options and complete your payment efficiently. 3. #### Updating Tracking Information After an order is produced and shipped, BurgerPrints will automatically send the tracking number to Shopify. Shopify will then update the order status so your customers can follow their delivery progress.
Shopify syncs the tracking number and updates the order status for customers ### Tips and Best Practices **Always complete product attributes before syncing** * Avoid duplicate SKUs * Confirm pricing and shipping settings on Shopify after sync * Turn on auto-fulfillment in BurgerPrints to avoid delays **How fulfillment works based on your connection purpose** * If you connect Shopify **only to sync orders,** orders synced from Shopify will include basic information only and must be edited before fulfillment (Case 3) * If you sync products from BurgerPrints to Shopify, orders created from these products may already include sufficient data and follow the standard fulfillment flow (Case 1 or Case 2) **Managing payment and tracking after connection** \ After your Shopify store is connected and orders are synced, make sure to: * Set up payment methods to avoid fulfillment delays * Complete payment for **Unpaid** orders to start production * Monitor tracking updates, which are automatically sent from BurgerPrints to Shopify once orders ship ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Why can’t my Shopify store connect to BurgerPrints?** Your Shopify store may fail to connect if the required API permissions are not granted, your Shopify account is inactive, or the seller’s Shopify account does not have admin permissions. 2. **Why are some products failing to sync?** Products may fail to sync due to missing descriptions or mandatory attributes, SKU conflicts on Shopify, or specific errors shown in Logs → Sync Product. 3. **How long does order syncing take?** Order syncing typically completes within 1 hour, depending on Shopify’s API processing speed. 4. **Does a Campaign synced to Shopify get updated when changes are made in BurgerPrints ?** No. The seller must delete the campaign in the store first, then sync the updated campaign again. 5. **Why is my Shopify order still Incompleted even though Auto Mapping is enabled?** \ This usually happens when no valid mapping history exists yet, the previous mapped SKU is unavailable, or the referenced design file is no longer valid. In that case, review the order and complete the missing information manually. 6. **Will the first Shopify order for a product auto-map?** \ No. The first order still needs manual mapping. After that order is paid successfully, it can become a valid mapping history for future orders with the same store and reference SKU. ### Related Resources * [How to connect your TikTok Shop to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-tiktok-shop-us-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your WooCommerce store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-woocommerce-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your Walmart store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-walmart-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your Etsy store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-etsy-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your BurgerShop store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-burgershop-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to integrate Order Desk with BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-integrate-order-desk-with-burgerprints) * [Understanding BurgerPrints' auto mapping feature](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/understanding-burgerprints-auto-mapping-feature) # How to connect your TikTok Shop US to BurgerPrints ### **Overview** This article explains how to connect your TikTok Shop US to BurgerPrints and how the integration works for product listing, order fulfillment, payment, and tracking. When connecting TikTok Shop US with BurgerPrints, you can use the integration either to list products from BurgerPrints to your TikTok Shop US or to sync orders from your TikTok Shop US to BurgerPrints for fulfillment without syncing products. Depending on the selected purpose, orders may follow different fulfillment flows and may require additional information before payment and production can begin. This guide also helps you understand how to manage payments after orders are synced and how to track order status and shipping updates between BurgerPrints and TikTok Shop US, ensuring a smooth fulfillment process from connection to delivery. ### **How To Connect Your TikTok Shop US to BurgerPrints** #### **Step 1: Access the BurgerPrints System** * Go to: * On the Dashboard, find the **Stores** section.
#### **Step 2: Select TikTok Shop US to Connect** * In the **Stores** section, choose the **Add new store** button.
* Click **Connect** and you’ll be redirected to the TikTok Shop US login page.
Input **Store URL** to be redirected to the TikTok Shop US login page. #### **Step 3: Log In to Your TikTok Shop US Account** Sign in to your TikTok Shop US account to continue the connection process.
#### **Step 4: Authorize Access** * Select **Approve** to complete the connection. Once the connection is successful, your TikTok Shop US will appear in the **Stores** section within BurgerPrints.
### **How To Sync Products From BurgerPrints To Your TikTok Shop US** First, to sync products to TikTok Shop US, you need to [create the product on BurgerPrints](/design-and-product/products/how-to-create-edit-delete-or-sync-products-on-burgerprints). **Syncing products to TikTok Shop US is optional and not required.** When connecting TikTok Shop US with BurgerPrints, users can choose to: * **Connect TikTok Shop US solely to sync orders for fulfillment purposes**, or * **Sync products to TikTok Shop US** if you want to manage products directly through the BurgerPrints system This flexibility allows you to select the setup that best fits your workflow\.You can sync products from BurgerPrints to your TikTok Shop US in two ways: #### **Method 1: Sync Individual Products** * Go to the **Product Detail** page. * Select the product you want to sync and click Sync products to your TikTok Shop US.
#### **Method 2: Sync Multiple Products at Once** * Use the **Bulk Action** feature to select multiple products.
* Choose the TikTok Shop US where you want to sync them.
{% hint style="success" %} **Notes:** Make sure all product descriptions and information are complete before syncing. Products with missing details will fail to sync, and errors will be logged in **Logs > Sync Product** {% endhint %}
* After pushing products to TikTok Shop US, you can track their status in **Products.** ### How To Sync Orders From Your TikTok Shop US To BurgerPrints Fulfillment 1. #### **Automatic Order Sync** * TikTok Shop US orders will automatically sync to BurgerPrints within **1 hour** after the store is successfully connected. * Autosync applies to all AWAITING\_SHIPMENT, PARTIALLY\_SHIPPING orders in the seller’s TikTok Shop US, regardless of whether the products were synced from BurgerPrints or created separately. {% hint style="success" %} **Note:** After an order syncs, BurgerPrints may apply Auto Mapping if this store has the feature enabled and valid mapping history exists for the same reference SKU. [Learn more about Auto Mapping and how it works HERE](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/understanding-burgerprints-auto-mapping-feature) {% endhint %} **Case 1: For orders where the seller selects the “Shipped by Seller” shipping option on TikTok Shop**
* Orders shipped by the seller will be synced to BurgerPrints as custom orders with normal base and require manual review before fulfillment. **Case 2: For orders where the seller selects the “Shipped by TTS” shipping option on TikTok Shop**
* The order is synced as a label order, with the shipping label already generated on TikTok Shop. 2. #### **Processing Orders in BurgerPrints** After your orders are successfully synced, BurgerPrints will classify them into different cases based on the information provided. Please follow the instructions below for each case. To learn how to edit orders in detail and understand the design setup requirements, please refer to [How to create an order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-create-an-order-on-burgerprints). **Case 1: Complete information order – Unpaid status** Orders created from products listed directly on BurgerPrints may fall into this case when all required information is already completed. **What you need to do:** * Review the order details. * Mark the order as **Paid** to proceed with production. **Case 2: Missing information – Incompleted status** Orders created from BurgerPrints products may appear as **Incompleted** if required details are missing, such as no base product selected for a specific Location. **What you need to do:** * Select the correct **Product** and **Location**. * Complete the missing information. * Proceed with payment to move the order to **Unpaid** status. **Guide to complete order information:** * Go to **Orders,** choose **Edit** (Pencil icon). * Edit the order and complete all required information. * Once the order meets the system requirements, it will move to **Unpaid** status and be ready for payment.
{% hint style="warning" %} ***Tip**: Enable Auto Mapping to automatically fill in missing SKUs and design files based on your order history.* [*Learn more HERE*](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/understanding-burgerprints-auto-mapping-feature) {% endhint %} **Next step: Pay to start fulfillment** Once an order is **Unpaid** status, you can complete the payment to start production and shipping. Please refer to [the related article](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/how-to-top-up-your-balance-and-pay-for-orders) to learn about available payment options and complete your payment efficiently. 3. #### Updating Tracking Information After an order is produced and shipped, BurgerPrints will automatically send the tracking number to TikTok Shop US. TikTok Shop US will then update the order status so your customers can follow their delivery progress.
TikTok Shop US syncs the tracking number and updates the order status for customers. ### Tips and Best Practices **Always complete product attributes before syncing** * Avoid duplicate SKUs * Confirm pricing and shipping settings on TikTok Shop US after sync * Turn on auto-fulfillment in BurgerPrints to avoid delays **How fulfillment works based on your connection purpose** * If you connect TikTok Shop US **only to sync orders,** orders synced from TikTok Shop US will include basic information only and must be edited before fulfillment (Case 3) * If you sync products from BurgerPrints to TikTok Shop US, orders created from these products may already include sufficient data and follow the standard fulfillment flow (Case 1 or Case 2) **Managing payment and tracking after connection** \ After your TikTok Shop US is connected and orders are synced, make sure to: * Set up payment methods to avoid fulfillment delays * Complete payment for **Unpaid** orders to start production * Monitor tracking updates, which are automatically sent from BurgerPrints to TikTok Shop US once orders ship ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Why can’t my TikTok Shop US connect to BurgerPrints?** Your TikTok Shop US may fail to connect if the required API permissions are not granted, your TikTok Shop US account is inactive, or the seller’s TikTok Shop US account does not have admin permissions. 2. **Why are some products failing to sync?** Products may fail to sync due to missing descriptions or mandatory attributes, SKU conflicts on TikTok Shop US, or specific errors shown in Logs → Sync Product. 3. **How long does order syncing take?** Order syncing typically completes within 1 hour, depending on TikTok Shop US’s API processing speed. 4. **Why does product activation fail when there are more than 9 images?** TikTok Shop allows a maximum of **9 product images**. Products with more than 9 mockup images will fail to activate. Please reduce the number of images before activating. 5. **Does a Campaign synced to TikTok Shop US get updated when changes are made in BurgerPrints ?** Yes. The updates will be synced, but the seller needs to **inactivate and then activate the Campaign again** to trigger the sync for the updated version. 6. **Why didn’t my TikTok Shop US order auto-map?** \ Auto Mapping only works when valid mapping history already exists for the same store and reference SKU. If no valid history is found, the order stays **Incompleted** and needs manual review. 7. **Does Auto Mapping work for the first TikTok Shop US order?** \ No. The first order still needs manual mapping before future repeated orders can auto-map. ### Related Resources * [How to connect your Shopify store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-shopify-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your WooCommerce store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-woocommerce-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your Walmart store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-walmart-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your Etsy store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-etsy-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your BurgerShop store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-burgershop-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to integrate Order Desk with BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-integrate-order-desk-with-burgerprints) # How to connect your WooCommerce store to BurgerPrints ### **Overview** This article explains how to connect your WooCommerce store to BurgerPrints and how the integration works for product listing, order fulfillment, payment, and tracking. When connecting WooCommerce with BurgerPrints, you can use the integration either to list products from BurgerPrints to your WooCommerce store or to sync orders from your WooCommerce store to BurgerPrints for fulfillment without syncing products. Depending on the selected purpose, orders may follow different fulfillment flows and may require additional information before payment and production can begin. This guide also helps you understand how to manage payments after orders are synced and how to track order status and shipping updates between BurgerPrints and WooCommerce, ensuring a smooth fulfillment process from connection to delivery. ### **How To Connect Your WooCommerce Store to BurgerPrints** #### **Step 1: Access the BurgerPrints System** * Go to: * On the Dashboard, find the **Stores** section. * Click the **+** icon to add a new store.
#### **Step 2: Select WooCommerce to Connect** * In the **Stores** section, choose the **Add new store** button.
* Click **Connect** and you’ll be redirected to the WooCommerce login page
Enter your WooCommerce store name and WordPress site. The system will redirect you to the WooCommerce login page. #### **Step 3: Log In to Your WooCommerce Account** Enter your WooCommerce seller account credentials and click **Log In**.
#### **Step 4: Authorize Access** * Click **Login** to continue.
* Select **Approve** to complete the connection. Once the connection is successful, your WooCommerce store will appear in the **Stores** section within BurgerPrints.
### **How To Sync Products From BurgerPrints To Your WooCommerce store** First, to sync products to WooCommerce, you need to [create the product on BurgerPrints](/design-and-product/products/how-to-create-edit-delete-or-sync-products-on-burgerprints). **Syncing products to WooCommerce is optional and not required.** When connecting WooCommerce with BurgerPrints, users can choose to: * **Connect WooCommerce solely to sync orders for fulfillment purposes**, or * **Sync products to WooCommerce**, if you want to manage products directly through the BurgerPrints system This flexibility allows you to select the setup that best fits your workflow. You can sync products from BurgerPrints to your WooCommerce store in two ways: #### **Method 1: Sync Individual Products** * Go to the **Product Detail** page. * Select the product you want to sync and click Sync products to your WooCommerce store
#### **Method 2: Sync Multiple Products at Once** * Use the **Bulk Action** feature to select multiple products.
* Choose the WooCommerce store where you want to sync them.
{% hint style="success" %} **Notes**: Make sure all product descriptions and information are complete before syncing. Products with missing details will fail to sync, and errors will be logged in **Logs > Sync Product**. {% endhint %}
* After pushing products to WooCommerce, you can track their status in **Products > All products**
### **How To Sync Orders From Your WooCommerce Store To BurgerPrints Fulfillment** 1. #### **Automatic Order Sync** * WooCommerce orders will automatically sync to BurgerPrints within **1 hour** after the store is successfully connected. * Autosync applies to all **Processing** orders in the seller’s WooCommerce store, regardless of whether the products were synced from BurgerPrints or created separately.
{% hint style="success" %} **Note:** After an order syncs, BurgerPrints may apply Auto Mapping if this store has the feature enabled and valid mapping history exists for the same reference SKU. [Learn more about Auto Mapping and how it works HERE](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/understanding-burgerprints-auto-mapping-feature) {% endhint %} 2. #### **Processing Orders in BurgerPrints** After your orders are successfully synced, BurgerPrints will classify them into different cases based on the information provided. Please follow the instructions below for each case. To learn how to edit orders in detail and understand the design setup requirements, please refer to [How to create an order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-create-an-order-on-burgerprints) **Case 1: Complete information order – Unpaid status** Orders created from products listed directly on BurgerPrints may fall into this case when all required information is already completed. **What you need to do:** * Review the order details. * Mark the order as **Paid** to proceed with production. **Case 2: Missing information – Incompleted status** Orders created from BurgerPrints products may appear as **Incompleted** if required details are missing, such as no base product selected for a specific Location. **What you need to do:** * Select the correct **Product** and **Location**. * Complete the missing information. * Proceed with payment to move the order to **Unpaid** status. **Guide to complete order information:** * Go to **Orders,** choose **Edit** (Pencil icon) * Edit the order and complete all required information. * Once the order meets the system requirements, it will move to **Unpaid** status and be ready for payment.
{% hint style="warning" %} ***Tip:** Enable Auto Mapping to automatically fill in missing SKUs and design files based on your order history.* [*Learn more HERE*](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/understanding-burgerprints-auto-mapping-feature) {% endhint %} **Next step: Pay to start fulfillment** Once an order is **Unpaid** status, you can complete the payment to start production and shipping. Please refer to the related article [**How to top up your balance and pay for orders**](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/how-to-top-up-your-balance-and-pay-for-orders) to learn about available payment options and complete your payment efficiently. 3. #### Updating Tracking Information After an order is produced and shipped, BurgerPrints will automatically send the tracking number to WooCommerce. WooCommerce will then update the order status so your customers can follow their delivery progress.
WooCommerce syncs the tracking number and updates the order status for customers. ### Tips and Best Practices **Always complete product attributes before syncing** * Avoid duplicate SKUs * Confirm pricing and shipping settings on WooCommerce after sync * Turn on auto-fulfillment in BurgerPrints to avoid delays **How fulfillment works based on your connection purpose** * If you connect WooCommerce **only to sync orders,** orders synced from WooCommerce will include basic information only and must be edited before fulfillment (Case 3) * If you sync products from BurgerPrints to WooCommerce, orders created from these products may already include sufficient data and follow the standard fulfillment flow (Case 1 or Case 2) **Managing payment and tracking after connection** \ After your WooCommerce store is connected and orders are synced, make sure to: * Set up payment methods to avoid fulfillment delays * Complete payment for **Unpaid** orders to start production * Monitor tracking updates, which are automatically sent from BurgerPrints to WooCommerce once orders ship ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Why can’t my WooCommerce store connect to BurgerPrints?** Your WooCommerce store may fail to connect if the required API permissions are not granted, your WooCommerce account is inactive, or the seller’s WooCommerce account does not have admin permissions. 2. **Why are some products failing to sync?** Products may fail to sync due to missing descriptions or mandatory attributes, SKU conflicts on WooCommerce, or specific errors shown in Logs → Sync Product. 3. **How long does order syncing take?** Order syncing typically completes within 1 hour, depending on WooCommerce’s API processing speed. 4. **Does a Campaign synced to WooCommerce get updated when changes are made in BurgerPrints?** Yes. The updates will be synced, but the seller needs to **inactivate and then activate the Campaign again** to trigger the sync for the updated version. 5. **Why did one WooCommerce order move to Unpaid automatically while another stayed Incompleted?** \ Repeat orders with valid paid mapping history can be auto-mapped. Orders without mapping history, with invalid design files, or with out-of-stock mapped SKUs still require manual updates. 6. **Does Auto Mapping apply to my first WooCommerce order for a product?** \ No. The first order usually requires manual mapping. After that order is paid successfully, it can become mapping history for future repeat orders. 7. **Should I enable design mapping for WooCommerce orders?** \ Enable it if repeat orders usually use the same design file. Disable it if your store sells personalized products with different names, photos, or custom artwork for each customer. ### Related Resources * [How to connect your Shopify store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-shopify-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your TikTok Shop to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-tiktok-shop-us-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your Walmart store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-walmart-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your Etsy store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-etsy-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your BurgerShop store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-burgershop-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to integrate Order Desk with BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-integrate-order-desk-with-burgerprints) * [Understanding BurgerPrints' auto mapping feature](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/understanding-burgerprints-auto-mapping-feature) # How to connect your Walmart store to BurgerPrints ### **Overview** This article explains how to connect your Walmart store to BurgerPrints and how the integration works for product listing, order fulfillment, payment, and tracking. When connecting Walmart with BurgerPrints, you can use the integration either to list products from BurgerPrints to your Walmart store or to sync orders from your Walmart store to BurgerPrints for fulfillment without syncing products. Depending on the selected purpose, orders may follow different fulfillment flows and may require additional information before payment and production can begin. This guide also helps you understand how to manage payments after orders are synced and how to track order status and shipping updates between BurgerPrints and Walmart, ensuring a smooth fulfillment process from connection to delivery. ### **How To Connect Your Walmart Store to BurgerPrints** #### **Step 1: Access the BurgerPrints System** * Go to: * On the Dashboard, find the **Stores** section. * Click the **+** icon to add a new store.
#### **Step 2: Select Walmart to Connect** * In the **Stores** section, choose the **Add new store** button.
* Click **Connect** and you’ll be redirected to the Walmart login page
Click **Connect** to be redirected to the Walmart login page. #### **Step 3: Log In to Your Walmart Account** Enter your Walmart seller account credentials and click **Log In**.
#### Step 4: Authorize Access * Click **Next** to continue.
* Select **Authorize** to complete the connection.
Once the connection is successful, your Walmart store will appear in the **Stores** section within BurgerPrints.
### **How To Sync Products From BurgerPrints To Your Walmart Store** First, to sync products to Walmart, you need to [create the product on BurgerPrints](/design-and-product/products/how-to-create-edit-delete-or-sync-products-on-burgerprints). **Syncing products to Walmart is optional and not required.** When connecting Walmart with BurgerPrints, users can choose to: * **Connect Walmart solely to sync orders for fulfillment purposes**, or * **Sync products to Walmart**, if you want to manage products directly through the BurgerPrints system This flexibility allows you to select the setup that best fits your workflow. You can sync products from BurgerPrints to your Walmart store in two ways: #### **Method 1: Sync Individual Products** * Go to the **Product Detail** page. * Select the product you want to sync and click Sync products to your Walmart store
#### **Method 2: Sync Multiple Products at Once** * Use the **Bulk Action** feature to select multiple products.
* Choose the Walmart store where you want to sync them.
{% hint style="success" %} **Notes:** Make sure all product descriptions and information are complete before syncing. Products with missing details will fail to sync, and errors will be logged in **Logs → Sync Product**. {% endhint %}
* After pushing products to Walmart, you can track their status in **Catalog → Activity Feed** on Walmart.
* Once Walmart approves the products, they will be published and visible to customers.
### How To Sync Orders From Your Walmart Store To BurgerPrints Fulfillment 1. #### **Automatic Order Sync** * Walmart orders will automatically sync to BurgerPrints within **1 hour** after the store is successfully connected. * Autosync applies to all Unshipped orders in the seller’s Walmart store, regardless of whether the products were synced from BurgerPrints or created separately.
{% hint style="success" %} **Note:** After an order syncs, BurgerPrints may apply Auto Mapping if this store has the feature enabled and valid mapping history exists for the same reference SKU. [Learn more about Auto Mapping and how it works HERE](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/understanding-burgerprints-auto-mapping-feature) {% endhint %} 2. #### **Processing Orders in BurgerPrints** After your orders are successfully synced, BurgerPrints will classify them into different cases based on the information provided. Please follow the instructions below for each case. To learn how to edit orders in detail and understand the design setup requirements, please refer to [How to create an order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-create-an-order-on-burgerprints) **Case 1: Complete information order - Unpaid status** Orders created from products listed directly on BurgerPrints may fall into this case when all required information is already completed. **What you need to do:** * Review the order details. * Mark the order as **Paid** to proceed with production. **Case 2: Missing information - Incompleted status** Orders created from BurgerPrints products may appear as **Incompleted** if required details are missing, such as no base product selected for a specific Location. **What you need to do:** * Select the correct **Product** and **Location**. * Complete the missing information. * Proceed with payment to move the order to **Unpaid** status. **Guide to complete order information:** * Go to **Orders,** choose **Edit** (Pencil icon) * Edit the order and complete all required information. * Once the order meets the system requirements, it will move to **Unpaid** status and be ready for payment.
{% hint style="warning" %} ***Tip**: Enable Auto Mapping to automatically fill in missing SKUs and design files based on your order history.*[ *Learn more HERE*](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/understanding-burgerprints-auto-mapping-feature) {% endhint %} **Next step: Pay to start fulfillment** Once an order is **Unpaid** status, you can complete the payment to start production and shipping. Please refer to the related article [**How to top up your balance and pay for orders**](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/how-to-top-up-your-balance-and-pay-for-orders) o learn about available payment options and complete your payment efficiently. 3. #### Updating Tracking Information After an order is produced and shipped, BurgerPrints will automatically send the tracking number to Walmart. Walmart will then update the order status so your customers can follow their delivery progress.
Walmart syncs the tracking number and updates the order status for customers.
### Tips and Best Practices **Always complete product attributes before syncing** * Avoid duplicate SKUs * Confirm pricing and shipping settings on Walmart after sync * Turn on auto-fulfillment in BurgerPrints to avoid delays **How fulfillment works based on your connection purpose** * If you connect Walmart **only to sync orders,** orders synced from Walmart will include basic information only and must be edited before fulfillment (Case 3) * If you sync products from BurgerPrints to Walmart, orders created from these products may already include sufficient data and follow the standard fulfillment flow (Case 1 or Case 2) **Managing payment and tracking after connection**\ After your Walmart store is connected and orders are synced, make sure to: * Set up payment methods to avoid fulfillment delays * Complete payment for Unpaid orders to start production * Monitor tracking updates, which are automatically sent from BurgerPrints to Walmart once orders ship ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Why can’t my Walmart store connect to BurgerPrints?**\ Your Walmart store may fail to connect if the required API permissions are not granted, your Walmart account is inactive, or the seller’s Walmart account does not have admin permissions. 2. **Why are some products failing to sync?** Products may fail to sync due to missing descriptions or mandatory attributes, SKU conflicts on Walmart, or specific errors shown in Logs → Sync Product. 3. **How long does order syncing take?** Order syncing typically completes within 1 hour, depending on Walmart’s API processing speed. 4. **Does a Campaign synced to Walmart get updated when changes are made in BurgerPrints ?** Yes. The updates will be synced, but the seller needs to **inactivate and then activate the Campaign again** to trigger the sync for the updated version. 5. **Why did one Walmart order move to Unpaid automatically while another stayed Incompleted?** \ Repeat orders with valid paid mapping history can be auto-mapped. Orders without mapping history, with invalid design files, or with out-of-stock mapped SKUs still require manual updates. 6. **Does Auto Mapping apply to my first Walmart order for a product?** 7. No. The first order usually requires manual mapping. After that order is paid successfully, it can become mapping history for future repeat orders. 8. **Should I enable design mapping for Walmart orders?** \ Enable it if repeat orders usually use the same design file. Disable it if your store sells personalized products with different names, photos, or custom artwork for each customer. ### Related Resources * [How to connect your Shopify store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-shopify-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your TikTok Shop to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-tiktok-shop-us-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your WooCommerce store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-woocommerce-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your Etsy store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-etsy-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your BurgerShop store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-burgershop-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to integrate Order Desk with BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-integrate-order-desk-with-burgerprints) * [Understanding BurgerPrints' auto mapping feature](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/understanding-burgerprints-auto-mapping-feature)
# How to connect your Etsy store to BurgerPrints ### **Overview** This article explains how to connect your Etsy store to BurgerPrints and how the integration works for product listing, order fulfillment, payment, and tracking. When connecting Etsy with BurgerPrints, you can use the integration either to list products from BurgerPrints to your Etsy store or to sync orders from your Etsy store to BurgerPrints for fulfillment without syncing products. Depending on the selected purpose, orders may follow different fulfillment flows and may require additional information before payment and production can begin. This guide also helps you understand how to manage payments after orders are synced and how to track order status and shipping updates between BurgerPrints and Etsy, ensuring a smooth fulfillment process from connection to delivery. ### **How To Connect Your Etsy Store to BurgerPrints** #### **Step 1: Access the BurgerPrints System** * Go to: * On the Dashboard, find the **Stores** section. * Click the **+** icon to add a new store.
#### **Step 2: Select Etsy to Connect** * In the **Stores** section, choose the **Add new store** button.
* Click **Connect** and you’ll be redirected to the Etsy login page
**Step 3: Log In to Your Etsy Account**Sign in to your Etsy seller account to continue the connection process.
#### **Step 4: Authorize Access and connect** Once logged in successfully, the system automatically connects and shows a success notification.
Your Etsy store will appear in the **Stores** section within BurgerPrints.
### **How To Sync Products From BurgerPrints To Your Etsy store** First, to sync products to Etsy, you need to [create the product on BurgerPrints](/design-and-product/products/how-to-create-edit-delete-or-sync-products-on-burgerprints). **Syncing products to Etsy is optional and not required.** When connecting Etsy with BurgerPrints, users can choose to: * **Connect Etsy solely to sync orders for fulfillment purposes**, or * **Sync products to Etsy**, if you want to manage products directly through the BurgerPrints system This flexibility allows you to select the setup that best fits your workflow. You can sync products from BurgerPrints to your Etsy store in two ways: #### **Method 1: Sync Individual Products** * Go to the **Product Detail** page. * Select the product you want to sync and click Sync products to your Etsy store
#### **Method 2: Sync Multiple Products at Once** * Use the **Bulk Action** feature to select multiple products.
* Choose the Etsy store where you want to sync them.
{% hint style="warning" %} **Notes:** Make sure all product descriptions and information are complete before syncing. Products with missing details will fail to sync, and errors will be logged in **Logs > Sync Product**. {% endhint %}
* After pushing products to Etsy, you can track their status in **Products > All products**
### **How To Sync Orders From Your Etsy Store To BurgerPrints Fulfillment** 1. #### **Automatic Order Sync** * Etsy orders will automatically sync to BurgerPrints within **1 hour** after the store is successfully connected. * Autosync applies to all **Paid** orders in the seller’s Etsy store, regardless of whether the products were synced from BurgerPrints or created separately.
{% hint style="success" %} **Note:** After an order syncs, BurgerPrints may apply Auto Mapping if this store has the feature enabled and valid mapping history exists for the same reference SKU. [Learn more about Auto Mapping and how it works HERE](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/understanding-burgerprints-auto-mapping-feature) {% endhint %} 2. #### **Processing Orders in BurgerPrints** After your orders are successfully synced, BurgerPrints will classify them into different cases based on the information provided. Please follow the instructions below for each case. To learn how to edit orders in detail and understand the design setup requirements, please refer to [How to create an order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-create-an-order-on-burgerprints) **Case 1: Complete information order – Unpaid status** Orders created from products listed directly on BurgerPrints may fall into this case when all required information is already completed. **What you need to do:** * Review the order details. * Mark the order as **Paid** to proceed with production. **Case 2: Missing information – Incompleted status** Orders created from BurgerPrints products may appear as **Incompleted** if required details are missing, such as no base product selected for a specific Location. **What you need to do:** * Select the correct **Product** and **Location**. * Complete the missing information. * Proceed with payment to move the order to **Unpaid** status. **Guide to complete order information:** * Go to **Orders,** choose **Edit** (Pencil icon) * Edit the order and complete all required information. * Once the order meets the system requirements, it will move to **Unpaid** status and be ready for payment.
{% hint style="warning" %} ***Tip**: Enable Auto Mapping to automatically fill in missing SKUs and design files based on your order history.* [*Learn more HERE*](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/understanding-burgerprints-auto-mapping-feature) {% endhint %} **Next step: Pay to start fulfillment** Once an order is **Unpaid** status, you can complete the payment to start production and shipping. Please refer to the related article [**How to top up your balance and pay for orders**](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/how-to-top-up-your-balance-and-pay-for-orders) learn about available payment options and complete your payment efficiently. 3. #### Updating Tracking Information After an order is produced and shipped, BurgerPrints will automatically send the tracking number to Etsy. Etsy will then update the order status so your customers can follow their delivery progress.
Etsy syncs the tracking number and updates the order status for customers ### **Tips and Best Practices** **Always complete product attributes before syncing** * Avoid duplicate SKUs * Confirm pricing and shipping settings on Etsy after sync * Turn on auto-fulfillment in BurgerPrints to avoid delays **How fulfillment works based on your connection purpose** * If you connect Etsy **only to sync orders,** orders synced from Etsy will include basic information only and must be edited before fulfillment (Case 3) * If you sync products from BurgerPrints to Etsy, orders created from these products may already include sufficient data and follow the standard fulfillment flow (Case 1 or Case 2) **Managing payment and tracking after connection** \ After your Etsy store is connected and orders are synced, make sure to: * Set up payment methods to avoid fulfillment delays * Complete payment for Unpaid orders to start production * Monitor tracking updates, which are automatically sent from BurgerPrints to Etsy once orders ship ### **Frequently Asked Questions** 1. **Why can’t my Etsy store connect to BurgerPrints?** Your Etsy store may fail to connect if the required API permissions are not granted, your Etsy account is inactive, or the seller’s Etsy account does not have admin permissions. 2. **Why are some products failing to sync?** Products may fail to sync due to missing descriptions or mandatory attributes, SKU conflicts on Etsy, or specific errors shown in Logs → Sync Product. 3. **How long does order syncing take?** Order syncing typically completes within 1 hour, depending on Etsy’s API processing speed. 4. **Does a Campaign synced to Etsy get updated when changes are made in BurgerPrints ?** Yes. The updates will be synced, but the seller needs to **inactivate and then activate the Campaign again** to trigger the sync for the updated version.\\ 5. **Why did one Etsy order move to Unpaid automatically while another stayed Incompleted?** \ Repeat orders with valid paid mapping history can be auto-mapped. Orders without mapping history, with invalid design files, or with out-of-stock mapped SKUs still require manual updates. 6. **Does Auto Mapping apply to my first Etsy order for a product?** \ No. The first order usually requires manual mapping. After that order is paid successfully, it can become mapping history for future repeat orders. 7. **Should I enable design mapping for Etsy orders?** \ Enable it if repeat orders usually use the same design file. Disable it if your store sells personalized products with different names, photos, or custom artwork for each customer. ### **Related Articles** * [How to connect your Shopify store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-shopify-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your TikTok Shop to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-tiktok-shop-us-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your WooCommerce store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-woocommerce-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your Walmart store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-walmart-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your BurgerShop store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-burgershop-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to integrate Order Desk with BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-integrate-order-desk-with-burgerprints) * [Understanding BurgerPrints' auto mapping feature](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/understanding-burgerprints-auto-mapping-feature) # How to connect your BurgerShop store to BurgerPrints ### **Overview** This guide walks you through how to connect your BurgerShop store to BurgerPrints so that all orders from your online store can be automatically synced, fulfilled, and tracked using BurgerPrints’ production system. By following this guide, you will be able to streamline your workflow, reduce manual work, and ensure that your orders move into production smoothly. ### **Purpose** Connecting BurgerShop to BurgerPrints enables you to: * Sync orders automatically from BurgerShop to BurgerPrints * Manage the entire fulfillment workflow inside the BurgerPrints dashboard * Process payments for production directly on BurgerPrints * Automatically sync tracking numbers from BurgerPrints to BurgerShop * Reduce manual errors when handling large order volumes ### How to connect your BurgerShop store to BurgerPrints #### **A. Create a BurgerPrints Fulfillment Store** 1. Log in to the BurgerPrints Dashboard. 2. Navigate to **Stores** and click **Add New Store**.
3. Enter a name for your fulfillment store, then click **Create store**
**Recommendation**: Use the same name as your BurgerShop domain for easier order management when you have multiple stores. 4. Your newly created store will be displayed on the store list screen.
#### B. Get API Key from BGP 1. Click "**Get API key**" for the store you want to connect
2. Copy the key and use it to activate BurgerPrints Fulfillment app in BurgerShop
#### **C. Activate BurgerPrints Fulfillment app in BurgerShop** 1. Log in to the BurgerShop Dashboard. 2. Navigate to Apps and turn on **BurgerPrints Fulfillment**.
3. Paste the API key you copied from BurgerPrints
4. Select **Connect Now** to complete the setup
### How Order Sync and Fulfillment Work Once your BurgerShop store is successfully connected to BurgerPrints, all new qualified orders from BurgerShop will automatically sync to the Orders page in your BurgerPrints dashboard. During the syncing process, BurgerPrints reads the product information, variants, customer details, and shipping data to prepare the order for fulfillment. For repeat orders, BurgerPrints can also use Auto Mapping to apply previously used SKU data and, depending on your store setting, the design file when valid mapping history exists. To learn how this feature works and how to configure design mapping for your store, see [Understanding BurgerPrints' auto mapping feature.](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/understanding-burgerprints-auto-mapping-feature) #### A. Order Sync Conditions An order is eligible to sync to BurgerPrints when: * The order status in BurgerShop is Paid * The BurgerPrints Fulfillment app has been successfully activated You can change the order status from Unpaid to Paid in BurgerShop by clicking the **Mark as Paid** button on the order details page.
#### B. Order Status After Syncing When an order syncs from BurgerShop (BGS) to BurgerPrints (BGP), it will appear with one of two initial statuses: * Unpaid: An order will be synced with the Unpaid status when all required order information is available and all products in the order have valid SKUs that are mapped to products in BurgerPrints. * Incompleted: An order will appear as Incompleted if: * Required order information is missing * The order contains products with SKUs that are not mapped to BurgerPrints In this case, you must update or correct the missing information so the order can move from **Incompleted** to **Unpaid**. The following order statuses will occur after the order has been successfully paid: * Paid: The order has been successfully paid * Processed: The order has entered production * Shipped: The order has been dispatched to the customer #### C. Updating Order Information **Before the seller pays the fulfillment fee in BGP, certain updates are allowed:** * Shipping info * Products * Production service * Shipping service **After the seller has paid the fulfillment cost in BurgerPrints and the order enters production:** * Once the seller has paid the fulfillment cost in BurgerPrints and the order enters production, the order can no longer be edited. * To correct any critical issue after payment, the seller must follow the BurgerPrints support flow * Updates made on BurgerPrints do not sync back to BurgerShop, except tracking information. This connection allows tracking to sync automatically, so you don’t need to update it manually. ### Tips & Best Practices * Keep two tabs open (BurgerShop + BurgerPrints) to set up faster. * Use the same name for your store on both platforms to avoid confusion. * Sync a test order to ensure integration is working properly. * Check the Available Store list carefully before connecting. * Regularly monitor the order status to promptly address any issues that may arise * The order ID in BGS is used as the Reference Order in BGP, allowing you to search for it easily. ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **How long does it take for my order to sync from BGS to BGP?**\ Order syncing usually happens within a few minutes as long as the order is in Paid status and your store is properly connected. 2. **Why hasn’t my order synced to BGP yet?**\ This may happen because the order is still Unpaid or your store connection is not active. Make sure the order is Paid and the store is successfully linked. 3. **Can I change the shipping address after syncing?**\ Yes, but with conditions. If the order is still Incomplete or Unpaid, you can edit it directly. After the order has been Paid, changes require confirmation from the production team. In this case, you must create a support ticket to submit your request. The request may be approved or rejected depending on the order’s production and shipping status. 4. **Why did one BurgerShop order move to Unpaid automatically while another stayed Incompleted?** \ Repeat orders with valid paid mapping history can be auto-mapped. Orders without mapping history, with invalid design files, or with out-of-stock mapped SKUs still require manual updates. 5. **Does Auto Mapping apply to my first BurgerShop order for a product?** \ No. The first order usually requires manual mapping. After that order is paid successfully, it can become mapping history for future repeat orders. 6. **Should I enable design mapping for BurgerShop orders?** \ Enable it if repeat orders usually use the same design file. Disable it if your store sells personalized products with different names, photos, or custom artwork for each customer. 7. **Can I edit an auto-mapped order before payment?** \ Yes. Auto-mapped orders can still be reviewed and edited before payment. This is especially important for personalized products. ### Related articles * [How to connect your Shopify store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-shopify-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your TikTok Shop to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-tiktok-shop-us-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your WooCommerce store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-woocommerce-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your Walmart store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-walmart-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your Etsy store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-etsy-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to integrate Order Desk with BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-integrate-order-desk-with-burgerprints) * [Understanding BurgerPrints' auto mapping feature](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/understanding-burgerprints-auto-mapping-feature) # How to integrate Order Desk with BurgerPrints ### **Overview** This guide explains how to connect your Order Desk store to BurgerPrints and how the integration works for syncing orders for fulfillment, payment, and tracking.With this integration, orders are sent directly from Order Desk to BurgerPrints for production and fulfillment without syncing products between the two systems. All product information is managed within Order Desk, while BurgerPrints handles manufacturing and shipping.Depending on your configuration, orders may require specific information to be completed before payment and production can begin.This guide also covers how to manage payments after orders are successfully synced and how to track order status and shipping updates between Order Desk and BurgerPrints, ensuring a smooth and efficient fulfillment process from order creation to delivery. ### **How To Connect Your Order Desk Store to BurgerPrints** #### **Step 1: Access the BurgerPrints System** * Go to: * On the Dashboard, find the **Stores** section.
* In the **Stores** section, choose the **Add new store** button.
* Click on Order Desk to **view** detailed instructions on how to integrate Order Desk with BurgerPrints.
* To integrate Order Desk with BurgerPrints, you need an existing BurgerPrints store. You may use the default store provided by BurgerPrints or create a new one. You can create a new BurgerPrints store in just three simple steps: * Click the **Add New Store** button (see the illustration image attached above for reference). * On the **Connect Store – BurgerPrints** screen, enter your store name. * Click **Create Store** to complete the setup.
Once created, your new store will appear in the store list and can be used to connect with Order Desk.
#### Step 2: Log in to your Order Desk account and follow the integration instructions provided in BurgerPrints 1. **Access and log in to your account.**
2. **Find BurgerPrints in Manage Integrations menu, then "Enable".**
3. **Get the API key from BurgerPrints**
4. **Paste the API key into Order Desk and select Connect**
After completing the steps above, Order Desk will display a confirmation screen indicating that the BurgerPrints integration has been successfully connected.
### How to Configure BurgerPrints Order Sync Settings in Order Desk The **BurgerPrints Settings** page in Order Desk allows you to control how orders are synced to BurgerPrints for fulfillment.
Configuration Options**Choose Environment** * Production: Used for real, live orders. * Sandbox: Used for testing only. Recommendation: Select Production for actual fulfillment. **Choose Default Mail Class** * Sets the default shipping method for synced orders. * Can be overridden using Shipping Class Match rules. **Choose Where Orders Are Moved After Import** * Select the folder where orders will be placed after being imported. **Choose Where Orders Are Moved After Shipment** * Select the folder where orders will be moved once shipping is completed. **Choose Address Check** * Enabled: Validates shipping addresses before syncing. * Disabled: Skips address validation. Recommendation*:* Keep this enabled to reduce delivery issues. **Product Code Match** * Product Code Match (Old Code = New Code): Map Order Desk product codes to BurgerPrints SKUs. * Product Code Skip: Specify SKUs that should not be sent to BurgerPrints. Orders will only sync successfully if all products have valid BurgerPrints SKUs. **Shipping Class Match** * Map Order Desk shipping methods to BurgerPrints shipping classes: * Select a BurgerPrints shipping class * Enter the shopping cart name * Click Add to save. Ensures orders use the correct shipping method. **Save Changes** * Click Save Changes to apply all settings. * Once saved, eligible orders will sync automatically based on your configuration. ### How To Sync Orders From Your Order Desk To BurgerPrints 1. #### **Create an order on Order Desk** * Click **New**, then select **Create New Order**
* Enter the information in the Order Details, Shipping Address, Product, etc., then click **Save New Order** to save the order
* Open the newly created order, remove the existing product, and click **Add Item** to re-enter product details.
* Fill in the corresponding information in the fields, then click **Add Item** to add the valid product to the order
* To successfully sync an order from Order Desk to BurgerPrints, all products in the order must have SKUs mapped to BurgerPrints and include all required information, such as the product design link... * Order sync status and progress are shown in the Order Desk timeline. When a sync fails, the timeline provides detailed reasons so you can fix the issue and resync the order by clicking the BurgerPrints button.
* Click **Add Internal Order Note** to save the order changes.
2. #### Sync orders from your Order Desk to BurgerPrints To sync the order from Order Desk to BurgerPrints, you need to click the BurgerPrints button.
When the notification "**Order Scheduled To Be Sent to BurgerPrints**" appears, the order has been successfully scheduled for syncing.Once synced successfully, the Order Desk Order ID will be used as the reference order in BurgerPrints, making it easy to locate and match the order in both systems.
3. #### Pay order and Updating Tracking Information **3.1 Order Synced Successfully** When an order is created successfully in Order Desk with all required information, it will sync to BurgerPrints automatically with the status Unpaid. At this stage, the seller can proceed to pay for the order in BurgerPrints as usual, without needing to take any additional steps
**3.2 Order Requires Additional Information** If an order has missing information, it will not sync successfully to BurgerPrints. The system will send a detailed email to the seller explaining why the order sync failed. In addition to email notifications, you can track the entire sync process and view error details in the order timeline in Order Desk.
At this point, you need to: * Review the missing or incorrect information. * Edit or add the required data (for example: product details,design links...). * Select the *Send to BGP* button to sync the order again.
**3.3 Order Requires Information Correction** If an order contains all required information but some details are incorrect, it will sync to BurgerPrints with the status **Incomplete**.
In this case, you need to update the incorrect information, so the order status changes to Unpaid
Once the status is Unpaid, you can complete payment and the order will proceed to fulfillment. **3.4 Tracking Updates** After the order is produced and shipped, BurgerPrints will automatically send the tracking number back to Order Desk.Order Desk will then update the order status, allowing your customers to track their shipment and follow the delivery progress. ### Tips and Best Practices * Always ensure orders contain complete and accurate information (product SKU, shipping address, and shipping method) before syncing to BurgerPrints. * Use valid and correctly mapped BurgerPrints SKUs to avoid sync failures. * Keep Address Check enabled to reduce delivery errors and returned shipments. * Review the order timeline in Order Desk to monitor sync status and identify issues early. * For testing purposes, use the Sandbox environment before switching to Production. ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Do products need to be synced from BurgerPrints to Order Desk?**\ No. This integration supports syncing orders only. Products are managed directly in Order Desk. 2. **How long does it take for an order to sync to BurgerPrints?**\ Orders that meet all requirements are typically synced within a few minutes. 3. **What happens if an order fails to sync?**\ Check the order timeline in Order Desk for error messages, correct the issue (such as missing SKU or invalid address), and try syncing again. 4. **How can I identify a synced order in BurgerPrints?**\ Successfully synced orders use the Order Desk Order ID as the reference order in BurgerPrints. 5. **Will tracking information be sent back to Order Desk?**\ Yes. Once an order is shipped, BurgerPrints automatically sends the tracking number back to Order Desk. ### **Related Articles** * [How to connect your Shopify store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-shopify-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your TikTok Shop to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-tiktok-shop-us-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your WooCommerce store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-woocommerce-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your Walmart store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-walmart-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your Etsy store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-etsy-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your BurgerShop store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-burgershop-store-to-burgerprints) # Understanding BurgerPrints' auto mapping feature ### Overview This article explains how Auto Mapping works and how to set it up for your store. It is for users who connect stores (Shopify, Etsy, TikTok Shop, WooCommerce, etc.) and manage synced orders in BurgerPrints. Auto Mapping helps you automatically assign SKU and design files to new orders based on your previous mapping history, reducing repetitive manual work. To use this feature, your store must be connected and you need at least one successfully paid order to create mapping history. ### About Auto Mapping #### What is auto mapping? Auto Mapping is a feature that automatically fills missing SKU and design file information for synced orders. When an order syncs to BurgerPrints, it requires: * A SKU - the specific product variant (size, color, style) * A design file - the print file that goes on the product If either is missing, the order stays in **Incompleted** status. **Auto Mapping** solves this by using your past mapping data to fill in missing information automatically. **Mapping data includes:** * Manual mapping * Bulk matching * Previous auto mapping * Updates during fulfillment The system always uses the most recent valid mapped order as the reference. #### What you need before auto mapping works **Auto Mapping** runs automatically when a new order syncs in and meets all conditions below: * Your store is connected and active
* The order is in **Incompleted** status * The order item is missing SKU or design file * A previous order exists with the same store and matching reference SKU * That order was successfully paid (excluding refunded orders)
System validation before mapping: * SKU is valid * Design file is valid * SKU is in stock If no valid mapping history exists, the order remains **Incompleted** and requires manual mapping.This ensures the system only learns from orders that went through production successfully, not cancelled or problematic ones. #### SKU mapping vs. design mapping Auto Mapping always maps SKUs automatically. Design files depend on your store settings. * Enable design mapping: system maps SKU and design file * Disable design mapping: system maps SKU only {% hint style="success" %} **Note**: The system copies the design file from your most recent paid order. {% endhint %} #### What if you sell both types of products? Some stores sell both standard and personalized products. For example, the same T-shirt template but with a different name printed for each order. There is no single correct setting. Choose based on how your orders typically work. **If most orders use the same design file:** * Enable design mapping * Update the design file only for orders that require customization before payment **If most orders use different design files:** * Disable design mapping * The system still maps SKU automatically * Upload the design file for each order **How to decide:** Choose the option that reduces the most manual work in your workflow. **Important:** * If you enable design mapping, the system copies the design file from the most recent mapped order. * If you change the design in your store, you still need to update the design manually in the order when needed. {% hint style="success" %} **Note:** You can update this setting anytime from **Stores**. Changes do not affect orders that are already mapped. {% endhint %} #### How auto mapping works When a new order syncs: 1. The system checks if the order is **Incompleted** and missing SKU or design 2. The system checks mapping history for the same store and reference SKU 3. If a valid record exists, Auto Mapping applies 4. If not, the order stays **Incompleted** for manual mapping #### What happens after auto mapping After Auto Mapping runs: * The system assigns: * SKU only, or * SKU + design file (based on your setting) * Order status updates: * Fully mapped → **Unpaid** * Still missing data → remains **Incompleted** * A timeline entry appears in order details: * Order auto-mapped SKU \[short code] referenced from Order \[ID] * Or with design file if applied * The mapping data is saved for future orders after the order is successfully paid #### Auto Mapping with Auto Fulfillment If you enable both **Auto Mapping** and **Auto Fulfillment**, orders can move forward automatically without manual action.
When a new order syncs: * **Auto Mapping** fills in SKU and (optionally) design file * If the order has all required information, status changes to **Unpaid** * If auto fulfillment is enabled and the order is paid, the order moves to the next production stage automatically **Important:** * This only works if all required information is correctly mapped * If design mapping is enabled, the system uses the design from the most recent mapped order * For personalized products, review the design before payment to avoid incorrect production ### How To Set Up Auto Mapping **Step 1:** Go to **Stores** on your Dashboard.
**Step 2:** Find your connected store, then click the Auto Mapping Setting icon next to it.
**Step 3:** In the popup, choose your design mapping preference. * Check Apply design from mapping history to map both SKU and design file automatically * Leave it unchecked to map SKU only
**Step 4:** Click Save. A confirmation message appears on your screen.
### Tips and Best Practices * Edit before you pay. Auto-mapped orders are not locked. Go to **Orders**, open the order, and update the SKU or design file before paying. * Editing does not change your history. Changes you make before paying only apply to that order. Your mapping history updates only when an order is paid. * Each store has its own setting. If you run multiple stores selling the same product, set up **Auto Mapping** separately for each store. * Keep your design files active. If a design file is deleted, **Auto Mapping** fails and the order stays **Incompleted**. ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Why is my order still Incompleted after auto mapping?**\ This happens when there is no mapping history yet, the SKU is out of stock, or the design file has been deleted. Open the order and fill in the missing information manually. 2. **Does my first order ever auto-map?**\ No. The first order for any product always requires manual mapping. After you pay that order, it becomes the mapping history for all future orders with the same product. 3. **Can I use the same mapping history across multiple stores?**\ No. Mapping history is store-specific. An order from your Etsy store does not apply to your Shopify store, even if the product is the same. 4. **What if the fulfillment facility changes my SKU or design file during production?**\ The system saves those changes automatically. Future orders use the updated information as the new mapping reference. ### Related Articles * [How to connect your Shopify store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-shopify-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your TikTok Shop US to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-tiktok-shop-us-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your WooCommerce store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-woocommerce-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your Walmart store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-walmart-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your Etsy store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-etsy-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your BurgerShop store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-burgershop-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to integrate Order Desk with BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-integrate-order-desk-with-burgerprints) * [How to create an order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-create-an-order-on-burgerprints) # Integrations ### About Integrations Category This section is designed to guide developers through the essential integrations and workflows needed to operate the platform smoothly. It covers how to set up API connections, understand the fulfillment process, and manage payments and tracking, along with configuring payment options such as top-ups or direct payments, linking a Payoneer account, and verifying credit cards to ensure seamless and reliable transactions. ### Related Resources * [How to use the API and developer guide](/integrations-and-store-connections/integrations/how-to-use-the-api-and-developer-guide) * [How to set up Payment integration](/integrations-and-store-connections/integrations/how-to-set-up-payment-integration) # How to use the API and developer guide ### Overview This article explains how to access BurgerPrints services through the BurgerPrints API. It is intended to help sellers build automated workflows between their stores and the BurgerPrints fulfillment system. ### Understanding API Setup And Usage #### API Connection and setup Firstly, make sure you understand our API documentation [here](https://api-docs.burgerprints.com/). To get the API key, access the **Stores** module and click on the "**Get API key**" button of the fulfillment store that you want. Make sure you save the API key securely.
BurgerPrints uses an **API key-based authentication**. To authenticate your requests, you must include your private API key in the request headers. This key acts like a password and grants full access to your account’s API features. #### Testing your API Use Postman to verify your API key and test requests before integrating into your application. To verify your API connection: 1. Access the BurgerPrints API documentation and click on the "**Run in Postman**" button
2. Create a new request 3. In the **Headers** tab, fill: 'api-key' and api key of store channel respectively to the Key and Value column
4. Click on "**Send**" button If authorized, you should receive a JSON response with code: 200 If you get an authentication error, check: * Header name spelling * API key value * That you’re using **Headers** and not query params #### Requests and responses **API endpoint** All BurgerPrints API requests must be sent to the following base URL: If your system uses a proxy, ensure that every request includes the HTTP header: api.burgerprints.com **Request structure** Some required parameters (such as object identifiers) must be provided directly in the request path. Example: `GET /order/123`For POST and PUT requests, more complex data can be submitted in the request body as JSON-encoded data. Example:`POST /order{"shipping_name":{...},"shipping_city":[...]}` **Response structure** All API responses are returned as JSON objects that contain a response status code (identical to the HTTP status code) and the result of the action. If the status code is 200, then the action was successful. Example: ``` { "code": 200, //Response status code "result":{ //API method return data //... } } ``` **Error response** If a request fails, the HTTP status code will fall outside the 2xx range, and the response body will include error details. Example: ``` { "is_success": false, "message": "Failed to authenticate.", "errors": [] } ``` In general, response codes in the 4xx range indicate an error that resulted from Client-side (e.g. a required parameter was missing, etc.), and codes in the 5xx range indicate a Server-side error within BurgerPrints's system. ### Core Workflow Overview Below is the standard sequence of actions you will follow when integrating with the API. 1. #### Preparing products for ordering Before creating an order, you must ensure your product data is ready. Each order line item must include: * The valid SKU of an item’s variant from the catalog * Design file URLs * Quantity of the item The API will validate that the SKU and print files are usable 2. #### Create order via API Once product data is prepared, you can submit an order. BurgerPrints validates the following information during order creation: * Recipient information * Shipping address format * Product line items * Shipping method * IOSS information * SKU availability * Print file accessibility **What happens after submission** * The API returns an order ID * The order appears in the BurgerPrints dashboard * Initial status is either **Unpaid** or **Incomplete**, depending on if the order’s information is complete or incomplete **Monitoring with import history** Orders submitted via the API can be viewed in the **Import** sub-menu of the **Logs** menu. API-created orders are grouped by type and include timestamps, status, and system messages. Click on an order record to view item details and messages.
**How do I debug a failed request?** Follow these steps in order: * Step 1: Verify that all required fields are included and valid, and confirm that the API key and target environment are correct. * Step 2: Review all error messages and response details returned by the API, as well as the corresponding entries in the BurgerPrints logs. * Step 3: If an order ID is returned but the order is not displayed, use the order ID to call get order details API to confirm whether the order was created or not. * Step 4: If the issue persists after these checks, contact BurgerPrints support and provide the request reference, order ID (if available), and relevant error messages so the technical team can investigate further. 3. #### Order payment BurgerPrints validates the following information during order payment: * The validity of the ID of the Order to be charged * Account’s balance If successful: * The order’s status changes to **Paid** if order id is valid and account balance is sufficient If there are issues: * The order status remains **Unpaid** 4. #### Fulfillment & production Once paid: * The order enters **Processed status** * Production begins at the fulfillment partner * The order status updates automatically as it progresses When using the API to manage orders, the following statuses are used: | Status | Description | | --------------- | --------------------------------- | | **Incompleted** | Missing or invalid data | | **Unpaid** | Order submitted, awaiting payment | | **Paid** | Payment completed | | **Processed** | Order in production | | **Fulfilled** | Order fulfilled | | **Unfulfilled** | Order unfulfilled | 5. #### Retrieve order fulfillment information BurgerPrints supports webhook notifications to deliver real-time fulfillment updates from the platform to your system. Instead of polling the API for updates, you can register a callback URL that BurgerPrints will notify when key fulfillment events occur. Once registered, BurgerPrints will send HTTP POST requests to your specified endpoint whenever a fulfillment event occurs. The list of events includes:
EventDescription
Order createdWhen an order is created via API, import csv, sync from connected store
Order cancelledWhen an order is cancelled
Order updatedWhen an order requires an information update
Order paidWhen an order is paid
Order processedWhen an order enters the production process
Order sent for printingWhen an order is sent to fulfillment facility for printing
Tracking number added to a package of an orderWhen a tracking number is added to an order
Package status updated to “In transit”When the tracking is active or the first update is available and the order’s package is on its way to the recipient
Package status updated to “Not found/Info received”When the tracking is not yet active. This is usually the status of orders with early tracking numbers, newly shipped orders, and those that have not yet been updated by the shipping company
Package status updated to “Out for delivery”When the order is being prepared for delivery to the recipient
Package status updated to “Delivered”When the order has been successfully delivered to the recipient
Package status updated to “Tracking Failed”When the shipping carrier of the order cannot be detected
Package status updated to “Undelivered”When the delivery to the recipient was unsuccessful
Package status updated to “Expired”When the tracking numbers that have not had any updates for one month or have not been updated as delivered within two months
Package status updated to “Exception”When the order that may have been damaged during transit, lost, or delayed due to exceptional issues
Package status updated to “Return”When the order has been returned to the sender due to unsuccessful delivery attempts
### **Tips and best practices** * Always validate required fields, SKUs and print file URLs before order creation * Test the full order flow before going live ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Is the API key revocable or rotatable?**\ Once the store channel is opened, the associated API key is created and can not be disabled unless the store is deleted. One account can have multiple API keys at the same time, and creating new API keys will not disable old ones. # How to set up Payment integration ### Overview This article explains how to set up payment integration on the BurgerPrints Dashboard. It helps users connect supported payment methods to add funds to the B-Wallet quickly and securely, enabling smooth order processing. After completing the integration, users can top up more efficiently without manual bank transfers, use auto top-up features, and maintain a stable balance for fulfillment activities. ### How To Access Payment Integration #### **Step 1: Access the Billing section** * Log in to your BurgerPrints Dashboard. * Go to **Billing** from the navigation menu.
#### **Step 2: View supported payment methods** In this section, you can see the payment methods that the system supports for integration, such as **Payoneer** and **Credit Card**. These methods are used when you want to top up your B-Wallet. Set **B-Wallet** as your **Primary for payment** by checking the corresponding box. ### How To Connect Payment Methods #### **Enable B-Wallet as a payment method** B-Wallet is BurgerPrints' internal balance used for: * Paying orders * Auto Fulfill * Receiving refunds Topping up adds funds to your B-Wallet for paying orders and using fulfillment services. To learn more about how B-Wallet works, top-up rules, processing times, and all supported top-up methods, refer to the detailed guide: [*How to top up your balance and pay for orders*](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/how-to-top-up-your-balance-and-pay-for-orders)
**Note:** B-Wallet is a **one-way system** - funds cannot be withdrawn. #### **Connect your Payoneer account** **When to use Payoneer** Payoneer is recommended when users want: * A convenient way to top up B-Wallet without manual transfers * Faster processing with automatic top-up * A verified and dependable funding source **Requirements** * Your Payoneer account must be **Verified**. * Your Payoneer must have **available balance** or have a **linked bank account** to allow transactions. **How to connect** To link Payoneer, you need an active account at Payoneer.com. * Click **Add account** * Select **Link Account** * Follow the on-screen steps to complete the connection. Once linked, Payoneer can be used for both manual and automatic top-up methods.
#### **Add and verify a credit card** **When to use a credit card** A credit card is suitable for: * Instant top-up * Automated funding * Preventing fulfillment delays when balance is low **Supported card types** * **Physical Card** * Debit Card * Visa * Mastercard * Others * **Virtual Card/Digital Card** **How to add a card** * Click **Add credit card** * Enter your **Email** and **Credit card number** * Click **Save.** The card displays **Pending** status and requires verification.
**Credit card verification** This identity check prevents: * Payment fraud * Stolen credit card usage * Chargeback abuse It ensures the card belongs to the actual user. To activate your card: * Click **Active** * Upload: * A photo of yourself holding your government-issued ID * A photo of yourself holding the credit card **Photo guidelines:** * Take photos in a well-lit room * Use high-quality camera settings * Hold the ID or card close to your face * Ensure your face and the ID/card details are clear * If unclear, the system asks you to upload again After uploading the photos and clicking **Active**, the system begins the verification process. This process may take up to 3 business days. * **If successful**, your credit card is **activated** and ready to use for payments. * **If rejected**, the card cannot be used in the system and you need to choose another payment method or resubmit the verification photos.
### **How To Check Transaction and Usage History** * Click the **wallet icon** to open your transaction summary.
You see the following sections: #### **Fulfillment cost** * **Paid**: Total amount already deducted * **Pending**: Total cost of orders waiting for processing #### **My Wallet – Credit Card** * **Current balance** * **Pending approval** * **Transaction history** **Important note:** * The B-Wallet is **one-way** top-ups and refunds remain in the system and cannot be withdrawn. * Top-up approvals take up to **24 hours** to ensure transaction security. ### **How To Pay for Orders** #### **Method 1: Pay an individual order** * Go to **Orders**, then click **All Orders** * Locate an order with **Unpaid** status * Hover over the order > Click **Pay**
#### **Method 2: Pay multiple orders at once** * In **All Orders**, check the orders you want to pay. * Click **Pay** above the **Order ID** column.
* Review the selected orders. Remove any order by clicking the trash bin icon.
* Click **Pay** > Confirm payment. The system redirects you to the **Payment Processing** interface.
* Paid orders change to **Paid** and move to the production stage.
### **How To Set Up Auto Fulfill** Auto Fulfillment automatically pays for eligible orders, saving time and ensuring continuous processing. #### **Step 1: Access Auto Fulfillment** * Go to **Wallet > Auto Fulfillment**
#### **Step 2: Choose an automatic mode** * **Automatic Mode (Automatically):** System checks every: * 1 hour * 2 hours * 6 hours * **Set Time Mode (Set time):** * Choose a fixed daily time (24-hour format) #### **Step 3: Activate** * Click **Active now** **Notes:** * Your B-Wallet must have enough balance * You can change or disable Auto Fulfillment anytime in the same menu
### **Tips and Best Practices** * Keep your B-Wallet topped up to avoid order delays. * Always double-check transaction notes when sending manual transfers. * Use Auto Fulfill to reduce manual workload and prevent missed payments. * Ensure uploaded verification photos are clear to avoid credit card activation delays. * Contact Support immediately if top-up funds do not appear after 24 hours. ### **Frequently Asked Questions** 1. **Why is my top-up still pending?**\ Top-ups undergo approval within 24 hours to ensure transaction security. 2. **Can I withdraw funds from the B-Wallet?**\ No. The B-Wallet is one-way and used only for fulfillment payments. 3. **What if my credit card verification fails?**\ You need to upload clearer photos or choose another payment method. 4. **Can I pay using multiple payment methods?**\ You can configure multiple methods, but only one primary method is used per payment. ### **Related Articles** * [How to top up your balance and pay for orders](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/how-to-top-up-your-balance-and-pay-for-orders) * [How to track the status of your order after payment](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/tracking/how-to-track-the-status-of-your-order-after-payment) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints' fee structure](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/understanding-the-burgerprints-fee-structure)
# Designs ### About Designs Category The Designs category provides everything you need to create print-ready artwork that meets BurgerPrints’ production standards. It covers the fundamentals of product design, including print sizes, placement rules, and exact print area dimensions for different product types such as apparel and accessories. You’ll also learn how to download and use official design templates directly from the Catalog to ensure accuracy. Beyond the basics, this category dives deeper into advanced design guidelines - from file formats and color considerations to printing methods, safe areas, bleed setup, and copyright compliance. These articles are designed to help you avoid common mistakes, reduce production issues, and communicate clearly with customers to prevent misunderstandings or disputes. ### Related Resources * [Understanding Product Design and BurgerPrints' design standard](/design-and-product/designs/understanding-product-design-and-burgerprints-design-standard) * [How to download design templates from the Catalog](/design-and-product/designs/how-to-download-design-templates-from-the-catalog) * [Understanding advanced design guidelines and best practices](/design-and-product/designs/understanding-advanced-design-guidelines-and-best-practices) * [Understanding special print areas: design guidelines](/design-and-product/designs/understanding-special-print-areas-design-guidelines) # Understanding Product Design and BurgerPrints' design standard ### **Overview** In print-on-demand, the quality of your final product starts with how your design file is prepared. A well-prepared design file helps ensure accurate print size, sharp details, and consistent results across different products and fulfillment facilities. This article explains how BurgerPrints defines product design standards and how those standards affect printing outcomes. It is for users who create products and prepare design files and want to avoid common design issues such as blurry prints, incorrect sizing, or unexpected cropping. After reading this article, you understand the core design principles BurgerPrints applies across products, how different design elements work together in production, and why following product templates is essential for achieving reliable print quality. ### **About BurgerPrints design standards** BurgerPrints applies a set of design standards across product types to ensure consistent print quality and reliable production results. These standards define how design files are prepared, processed, and printed within the BurgerPrints system.At a high level, BurgerPrints design standards are built on 4 core principles: * **DPI (dots per inch)**\ DPI defines the print resolution of a design file. It affects how sharp details, text, and edges appear on the final product. * **Design dimensions**\ Design dimensions define the exact pixel-based canvas size of a design file. Design files must be created using the required dimensions for each product to ensure correct scaling and placement. * **Print area** The print area defines the maximum printable region on a product. Content placed outside this area may be cut off, resized, or not printed. * **File format**\ File format determines how a design file is processed by the system. Supported formats preserve transparency, color information, and print-ready quality throughout production. In addition to these core principles, users must consider several supporting design factors when preparing design files: * **Color profile** (RGB, CMYK, Grayscale), which affects how colors are interpreted during printing * **Bleed**, which allows background artwork to extend beyond the trim line to prevent white edges * **Safe zone**, which protects important elements such as text and logos from being cut or distorted * **Placement**, which determines where artwork appears within the print area on the final product These requirements vary by product type and printing method. Different products use different materials, shapes, and production techniques, which means their design standards are defined individually. To account for these differences, BurgerPrints provides [**product templates**](/design-and-product/designs/how-to-download-design-templates-from-the-catalog) for each product. A product template defines the required design dimensions, print area, safe zone, bleed, and placement for a specific product to ensure accurate printing results. ### How product design works on BurgerPrints On BurgerPrints, product design works as a system where multiple design elements are directly connected to determine how a design file is printed on the final product. Because print-on-demand production does not involve manual adjustments, the system relies entirely on the accuracy of the design file provided. Design dimensions, DPI, print area, and placement do not function independently. This is why users must follow the basic design standards outlined above to achieve consistent print size and quality. #### Print area and design dimensions Each product on BurgerPrints has a defined **print area**, which represents the physical space available for printing on the product. Print area is typically defined in **inches** and is specified at the SKU level. To achieve the maximum printable size for a product, the design file must be prepared using the correct **design dimensions**, calculated from the print area and DPI. The relationship between these elements follows a simple formula: **Design dimension (in pixels) = Print area (in inches) × DPI** * *Example:* *If the target print area on a T-shirt is **14 × 16 inches**, and the required DPI is **300**, the design file should be prepared as follows:* * *14 × 300 = 4200 px* * *16 × 300 = 4800 px* *In this case, the correct design dimensions are **4200 × 4800 px at 300 DPI**.* This calculation is applied to almost all product designs and ensures that the design fills the intended print area accurately without being scaled up or down during production. BurgerPrints adjusts the actual print file based on the relationship between design dimensions and print area: * Larger design dimensions scale down to fit the print area. * Smaller design dimensions print at their original size and do not scale up. For the same product, print areas may vary by fulfillment location. Therefore, users must carefully check the [corresponding print area specifications](/design-and-product/products/understanding-the-burgerprints-product-catalog) when selecting a fulfillment location before placing an order.
#### Why DPI matters in production DPI plays a critical role in both print quality and print size accuracy. To understand the real impact of DPI, look at how the same design performs when printed at different resolutions. Even when the image size stays the same, changes in DPI make a noticeable difference in the final result.
A design prepared at 300 DPI produces a print that appears crisp, well-defined, and much closer to what you see on your screen. Lower DPI files, on the other hand, often lose clarity and fine details once they reach the production stage. Using the DPI specified in the product template ensures that the design file prints at the correct size and maintains optimal sharpness and color consistency. #### Placement, color, and layout considerations Beyond print size and resolution, other design factors also influence how the final product looks: * **Placement** determines where the artwork appears within the print area. Incorrect placement can cause designs to look off-center or be partially cut. * **Color profile** (RGB, CMYK, or Grayscale) affects how colors are interpreted during printing. Some colors may appear different in print compared to on-screen previews. * **Bleed and safe zone** define how close artwork can be placed to the edges of the print area without risking trimming or distortion. These elements are defined and visualized in the product template for each SKU. Following the template helps ensure that the artwork stays within safe boundaries and prints as intended. For more detailed guidance on color handling, bleed, safe zones, and advanced layout considerations, refer to [**Understanding advanced design guidelines and best practices**](/design-and-product/designs/understanding-advanced-design-guidelines-and-best-practices)**.** ### Design rules by product type Design standards on BurgerPrints vary by product type because each group uses different materials, product structures, and printing technologies. As a result, design dimensions, print areas, and preparation requirements are defined separately for each product group. #### Printed apparel Printed apparel products include items such as T-shirts, sweatshirts, long sleeves, hoodies, and similar garments that use flat print areas. These products are currently produced using **DTG** and **DTF** printing technologies, depending on the SKU and fulfillment location. **Standard print area** For most printed apparel products, BurgerPrints defines a **standard print area** that applies to front and back prints: * **T-shirt, sweatshirt, long sleeve:** Design dimensions: **4200 × 4800 px - 300 DPI**
* **Hoodie, kid hoodie, cropped hoodie:** Design dimensions (front): **4200 × 3000 px - 300 DPI** Design dimensions (back): **4200 × 4800 px - 300 DPI**
These design dimensions represent the standard print area and are suitable for most use cases. Print area requirements may vary by fulfillment location and garment size. Users can find [the exact print area dimensions](/design-and-product/products/understanding-the-burgerprints-product-catalog) for each SKU and location directly on the product page in the Catalog. *Note: When using **Create product**, pocket-specific print areas are not displayed. Users should create orders using **CSV**, **Add custom product** to access the correct print area.* **Max print area** In addition to the standard print area, BurgerPrints supports max print areas for selected apparel products. Max print areas allow larger print coverage, but they are **not available for all fulfillment locations**. For locations that support max print, the usable print area may be larger than the standard one. However, **max print does not use a single fixed design dimension** like the standard print area. Instead, BurgerPrints provides **recommended design dimensions** for each supported location. These recommendations help users prepare design files that can reach the maximum printable area based on that specific fulfillment location’s production standards.Because of this: * Using a larger design dimension does **not automatically guarantee** that the design prints at the maximum size. * Users must always check the **supported max print area and recommended design dimensions** on the product page in the Catalog.
Max print area availability and recommended design dimensions are defined **per fulfillment location** and may vary between locations. **Sleeve print area** Sleeve prints are available for selected apparel SKUs and use narrower print areas compared to front and back prints. Sleeve print area dimensions vary by fulfillment location and product type. Users must follow the sleeve print area dimensions displayed on the product page in the Catalog for each supported SKU. *Note: If users require design dimensions outside the standard or max print areas shown in the Catalog, they should contact BurgerPrints Support to confirm feasibility before uploading the design file.* **Printing technologies: DTG vs DTF** BurgerPrints currently supports 2 printing technologies for printed apparel: * **DTG (Direct-to-Garment)**\ DTG printing applies ink directly onto the fabric. This method is best suited for detailed designs and photographic artwork. Design files should use smooth gradients and accurate color preparation. * **DTF (Direct-to-Film)**\ DTF printing transfers the design onto fabric using a film layer. This method offers strong color coverage and durability across a wider range of fabric types. Design files should account for solid color areas and edge clarity. Each printing technology has specific design considerations. Users should review [**Understanding advanced design guidelines and best practices**](/design-and-product/designs/understanding-advanced-design-guidelines-and-best-practices) to prepare design files that match the selected printing method. #### All Over Print apparel (AOP) All Over Print (AOP) apparel products use **dye-sublimation printing** and are produced using a **cut-and-sew** process. Unlike printed apparel, AOP products do not use a single flat print area. Designs for AOP products must cover the entire template area to avoid white edges, gaps, or misaligned seams. Because AOP garments are assembled from multiple fabric panels, alignment between panels is approximate. Minor misalignment at seams is technically unavoidable and is not considered a defect. Small shifts may occur during cutting and sewing. To achieve the best visual result, users should: * Extend background artwork fully to the bleed * Keep important elements inside the safe zone * Avoid placing critical design details directly on seam or fold lines * Design with tolerance in mind when matching artwork across panels
#### Drinkware Drinkware products such as mugs, tumblers, and similar items typically use **sublimation** or **UV printing** on materials like ceramic, glass, or stainless steel. These products are commonly printed using a **wrap-around** layout. Because artwork wraps around a curved surface, correct placement is essential to achieve even color transitions and balanced layouts. When designing for drinkware products, users should: * Keep important elements inside the defined safe zone * Follow placement guides shown in the product template * Avoid placing critical artwork directly on wrap transition areas Incorrect placement may result in visible seams, uneven color transitions, or partial cropping. Small variations in wrap alignment may occur due to the curved surface and printing process.Example: Mug Template
Mugs can be printed across the entire surface using a full-wrap design. In addition, the product template defines two placement areas to help control artwork visibility: * **Left placement**: the side visible when the mug is held with the right hand * **Right placement**: the side visible when the mug is held with the left hand These placement areas are useful when users want to: * Place text or logos on a specific viewing side * Create mirrored or left-right symmetrical designs * Maintain a balanced layout without using a full-background design For full-wrap designs, users only need to cover the entire template area and do not need to apply placement markers. #### Home decor and personal accessories Home decor and personal accessory products include items such as ornaments, posters, pillows, and similar products. These items have fixed physical shapes and often involve cutting, pressing, or sewing during production. Designs for these products must follow **bleed**, **border**, and **safe area** guidelines to prevent white edges, uneven borders, or important elements being trimmed or distorted. Users must always follow the product-specific template provided in the Catalog.In general, these products: * Use a single fixed print area * Do not require mirrored placement like drinkware products * May include placement indicators to avoid seams, holes, or structural cutouts * Require all important elements (text, logos, key graphics) to be placed inside the safe zone Example: Ornament Template
An ornament template typically includes: * **Safe area**: the area inside the dashed lines. Place all essential elements here, as this zone is protected from trimming. * **Not safe area**: the area between the safe area and the trim line. This area may be trimmed slightly, do not place important content here. * **Bleed**: background elements must extend beyond the trim line to prevent white edges after cutting. * **Hanging hole**: the hole at the top of the ornament. Avoid placing text or key details near this area. #### Minimum line thickness requirement When creating design files, users must ensure that all lines, cutouts, and structural details have a **minimum thickness of 2 mm**.Very thin elements may not reproduce correctly during production and can cause quality issues such as: * Lines appearing broken or blurry when printed on apparel * Small details disappearing after printing * Structural parts breaking or snapping during cutting on hard goods (for example: ornaments, acrylic items) This requirement is especially important for: * Hanging holes or cutout areas * Outlines, borders, and fine strokes * Small text converted to shapes * Designs used for laser-cut or press-cut products **Example:** In the ornament below, the hanging hole breaks during production because the surrounding line is too thin and does not meet the minimum thickness requirement.
We recommend reviewing your design at 100% scale and increasing line thickness where needed before uploading the design file. ### Tips and Best Practices Following these best practices helps ensure consistent print quality and reduces production errors: * **Always start with the product template:** Design directly on the official template to ensure correct design dimensions, placement, and safe zones. * **Use the required DPI for each product:** Matching the DPI specified in the template helps maintain sharp details and accurate print size. * **Design at full size from the beginning:** Avoid scaling up small images. Enlarging low-resolution artwork often results in pixelation and loss of detail. * **Keep important elements inside the safe zone:** Text, logos, and key graphics should stay within the safe zone to prevent trimming or distortion. * **Be mindful of color differences:** Colors may appear different in print compared to on-screen previews. Avoid overly bright or oversaturated colors and ensure sufficient contrast. * **Review the mockup preview before publishing:** Use the Dashboard mockup preview to check alignment, placement, and overall appearance before saving the product. ### Common issues and how to fix them Below are common design-related issues and how to address them: #### Blurry or pixelated prints **Cause:** The design file uses low DPI or was created at smaller design dimensions and scaled up. **Fix:** Recreate the design file using the required design dimensions and DPI shown in the product template. #### Incorrect print size on the product **Cause:** The design dimensions do not match the required print area for the SKU. **Fix:** Check the print area and design dimensions on the product page or template and update the design file accordingly. #### Important elements are cut off **Cause:** Artwork is placed outside the safe zone or too close to the edge.**Fix:** Move all essential elements (text, logos, faces) inside the safe zone defined in the template. #### Colors look different from the design file **Cause:** Differences between screen display (RGB) and print output, or overly saturated colors. **Fix:** Adjust color levels, avoid extreme brightness, and follow color guidance outlined in the advanced design guidelines. #### Design does not align correctly on AOP or wrap-around products **Cause:** Artwork is placed too close to seams, folds, or wrap transition areas. **Fix:** Design with tolerance in mind, extend backgrounds to bleed, and avoid placing critical elements on seam or transition lines. ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Why do printed colors look different from my screen?**\ Screen displays use RGB light, while printing uses CMYK-based processes. Some bright or oversaturated colors cannot reproduce exactly. Increase contrast, avoid overly bright tones, and check your design under neutral lighting for more accurate results. 2. **What is the recommended file size?**\ Use the required pixel dimensions provided in the product template and keep your file at 300 DPI. File size may vary, but keeping your file size reasonably small (for example, under 50 MB) helps ensure smooth upload and processing. 3. **Do you support vector files?**\ Yes. You can upload vector formats if they are exported correctly (for example: high-resolution PNG from AI/PSD, or supported vector formats depending on the system). Make sure all text is outlined and effects are flattened before exporting. 4. **How should I use the product template?**\ Open the template in your design software, place your artwork inside the print area, keep important elements within the safe zone, and export your final file using the required size and DPI. ### Related articles * [Understanding advanced design guidelines and best practices](/design-and-product/designs/understanding-advanced-design-guidelines-and-best-practices) * [How to download design templates from the product catalog](/design-and-product/designs/how-to-download-design-templates-from-the-catalog) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints Product Catalog](/design-and-product/products/understanding-the-burgerprints-product-catalog) * [Which positions on the product does BurgerPrints support printing?](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/which-positions-on-the-product-does-burgerprints-support-printing) \
# How to download design templates from the Catalog ### Overview This article explains how to download design templates from the BurgerPrints Catalog. It helps users create design files with the correct dimensions, resolution, and print areas. It also helps them avoid common design issues before uploading files. ### How To Download Design Templates From The Catalog #### Step 1: Open the product in the Catalog * On the Dashboard, go to **Catalog**. * Search for the product you want to design. * Open the product detail page. ![](https://leadsgen.sg.larksuite.com/space/api/box/stream/download/asynccode/?code=ZjhkY2Q4MDI1ZmI3Njg5OTE0ZjMzMjUwZjNlYjY0N2NfS3dYMHphaXB0a2Y4cVJBT2xOSmdZOGFRWTZYS3pQRmpfVG9rZW46TmhvVmJnVEw3b2lubGN4Vm9ZUmxJUEtVZ0hnXzE3NzI2MDYzNDE6MTc3MjYwOTk0MV9WNA) #### Step 2: Scroll to the Decorations section * On the product detail page, scroll down to the **Decorations** section.
In this section, you can review product information such as: * Sizes * Design dimensions * Product weight This information helps you choose the correct design template. #### Step 3: Download the design template * In the **File template** column of the **Decorations** section, click **Download**.
The system downloads the design template. You can open it and start editing.
The downloaded design template shows the **print area dimensions**, **resolution (DPI)**, and the **Safe zone**. Follow these specifications when editing your design file. Place all important design elements inside the Safe zone to ensure accurate printing and avoid content being cut off or misaligned. ### Tips and Best Practices * Always download the design template from the **Catalog** for each product. * Do not change the canvas size or resolution of the template file. * Use the design dimensions shown in the **Decorations** section as your reference. * Review design guidelines before uploading your final design file. ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Why should I download the design template from the Catalog?**\ Design templates ensure your design file matches the correct size, resolution, and print area for each product. 2. **Can I reuse the same design template for different products?**\ **In some cases, yes - but use caution.**\ You can reuse a design template **only when products have exactly the same design specifications**, including: * Product type * Shape and print method * Canvas size and print area Some products within the same category (for example, certain mugs, ornaments, or 3D products) may share the same template. However, even small differences in size, shape, or print area require a different template. To avoid design errors, BurgerPrints strongly recommends downloading the design template from the product detail page for each product before creating or uploading your design file. 3. **Does resizing the template affect print quality?** Yes. Resizing the design template can affect print quality and placement. Changing the template size may cause your design to stretch, lose resolution, or shift outside the intended print area.\ **Tip**: Always keep the original template size and resolution, and place your design within the provided canvas to ensure accurate printing. ### Related Articles * [Understanding product design and BurgerPrints' design standard](/design-and-product/designs/understanding-product-design-and-burgerprints-design-standard) * [Understanding advanced design guidelines and best practices](/design-and-product/designs/understanding-advanced-design-guidelines-and-best-practices) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints product catalog](/design-and-product/products/understanding-the-burgerprints-product-catalog) # Understanding advanced design guidelines and best practices ### Overview This article provides advanced design guidelines and best practices for preparing design files on BurgerPrints. It expands on the core concepts introduced in [*Understanding Product Design and BurgerPrints' design standard*](/design-and-product/designs/understanding-product-design-and-burgerprints-design-standard) and explains how technical design decisions affect printing results in real production environments. This article is for users who already understand basic design requirements and want deeper clarity on file formats, color handling, printing technologies, placement rules, and legal responsibilities. Following these guidelines helps reduce production issues, delays, and unnecessary disputes related to print quality or order rejection. ### File Format And Color Considerations #### Supported file formats and production behavior BurgerPrints supports **2 design file formats only: PNG and JPG**. The required format depends on the product type and printing method, and BurgerPrints specifies this clearly in each product template.
Key considerations: * **PNG** is required for products that need transparency or precise cut edges.\ For example, **custom shape products** require PNG so the design keeps a clean transparent background and the final cut shape prints correctly. * **JPG** is recommended for designs that cover a full background and do not need transparency.\ For example, **AOP apparel base designs** often work better in JPG because the file size is lighter. PNG files for large full-coverage AOP designs can easily become too large. * **BurgerPrints applies a design file size limit**. Keep each design file **under 100 MB**. Large files may upload slowly, process longer, or fail during file handling.
* **Some products support both PNG and JPG**, depending on how you want the design to appear on the final product. In these cases, the choice of file format depends on your design intent.
* **If you are unsure which format to use**, always check the product template. The template indicates whether the product requires **PNG only** or **JPG only**, so you can prepare the correct file format before uploading.
Layered design files (for example, PSD or AI files) are not processed as editable files. BurgerPrints flattens all designs before printing. Hidden layers, effects, or adjustment layers may render unexpectedly if you do not flatten your file properly before export. Using the wrong format may cause background issues or upload failure. #### Opacity, transparency, and blending effects Opacity and transparency can be powerful design elements; however, when applied to the printing methods like DTF or DTG printing, transparency requires careful consideration. Transparency in a design does not translate to “lighter ink” in printing. During production, semi-transparent elements are flattened and interact with both the garment color and the white underbase used in DTF or DTG printing. Whether a semi-transparent design prints well on a garment depends on several factors: **Level of transparency** * Fully transparent areas (0% opacity) do not print. * Fully opaque areas (100% opacity) print consistently. * Semi-transparent areas between these values may produce unexpected results, especially on fabric.

Same design printed at 30% - 60% - 100% opacity

**Garment color and white underbase interaction**\ DTF and DTG printing uses a white underbase on certain garments, and this directly affects how transparency appears: * **White garments**: No white underbase is used. Semi-transparent areas print as they appear in the design. * **Light-colored garments**: A partial underbase may be applied. This can slightly affect transparency and color blending. * **Dark-colored garments**: A white underbase is required. In semi-transparent areas, the underbase may show through as small white speckles or uneven patches.

Same design printed on white and dark garments, showing underbase impact

With current printing technology, DTG printing handles low-opacity elements much more accurately than before. However, transparency behavior can still vary depending on the printing method and garment color. **Using garment color as part of blending effects** Some designs intentionally use the garment color as part of the visual effect by leaving areas of the design file transparent or semi-transparent. This technique allows the base color of the garment to contribute to depth, contrast, and overall realism instead of acting as a neutral background.

The same design printed on a black garment showing stronger visual impact than on a white garment

When using garment-based blending effects, note the following: * The design is optimized for specific garment colors and may not work equally well across all variants. * Results differ significantly between light and dark garments due to white underbase behavior in DTG and DTF printing. * Always preview and test the design on the exact garment colors you plan to sell. Designs that rely on blending with the garment color can create strong visual impact, but they require careful color planning and controlled use of transparency. These designs should not be treated as universal designs for all garment colors. #### Color profiles: RGB and CMYK BurgerPrints requires design files to be prepared in the **RGB color profile**, even though printing equipment ultimately uses **CMYK-based processes**. This is a normal part of print-on-demand production and applies across different products and fulfillment locations. **RGB** (Red, Green, Blue) is used for digital design because it supports a wider and brighter color range. **CMYK** (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Black) is used for printing because ink absorbs light and has a more limited color range.

Color shift after mode conversion

Color conversion from RGB to CMYK happens automatically during production so the design can be printed using physical inks and materials. Because of this conversion, some color differences between screen and print are expected. To achieve smoother color results: * Avoid extremely bright, neon, or fluorescent colors * Be careful with very dark tones, which may lose detail in print * Maintain strong contrast between design elements * Avoid relying on subtle differences between similar colors * Place test orders for color-critical or brand-sensitive designs Exact color matching between digital designs and printed products is not guaranteed. Designing with print limitations in mind helps reduce color-related surprises and disputes. ### Design Placement, Safe Area, and Bleed Explained When preparing a design file, placement, safe area, and bleed work together to determine how your artwork appears on the final product. Each concept serves a different purpose, and misunderstanding their roles often leads to alignment issues, cropped elements, or unexpected white edges. #### Placement Placement defines where the artwork is positioned within the printable area of a product. Placement guides are built into product templates to help keep designs visually centered and balanced on the final item. Some product categories apply placement rules more strictly than others.\ For example, **drinkware products** use wrap-around layouts, where placement must account for curved surfaces and handle gaps. Because of this, drinkware templates usually include more detailed placement guides.

Product template showing placement guides and visual centering indicators

For standard 2D apparel printing (such as front or back prints on T-Shirts, Hoodies, or Sweatshirts), the placement and scale of the artwork within the design file directly determine where the artwork appears on the final product. Any artwork placed inside this area prints in the corresponding position on the garment.

Artwork moved higher/lower in the design file and the corresponding print position on a T-shirt

Placement is based on relative position and proportion, not fixed measurements on the physical garment. The system does not automatically reposition artwork based on garment size or style. Moving artwork higher or lower, or scaling artwork larger or smaller in the design file moves the printed result accordingly on the garment. #### Safe area The safe area defines the zone where **important design elements must be placed**, such as text, logos, faces, key graphics... Elements placed inside the safe area are protected from trimming, distortion, or unintended cropping during production. Content placed outside the safe area may be partially cut off or shifted. The safe area does not control placement or alignment. Its role is to protect essential content, not to guarantee perfect centering.
#### Bleed Bleed is the area that extends **beyond the final trim line**. Background artwork should always extend fully into the bleed area. Bleed exists because cutting, pressing, or sewing is never perfectly precise. Without bleed, small production shifts may expose white edges or unprinted areas. Bleed is required even when the design appears complete on screen.
#### How placement, safe area, and bleed work together These three elements function as a system and all need to be correctly prepared design follows all three rules: * **Placement** controls where the artwork appears on the product. Artwork is positioned using the placement guide * **Safe area** protects important elements within that placement. All critical elements stay inside the safe area. * **Bleed** ensures full background coverage despite production tolerance. Background elements extend fully into the bleed Ignoring any one of these can result in designs that appear off-center, cropped, or unfinished. To achieve consistent results: * Always start from the official product template * Position artwork intentionally within the printable area * Avoid assuming the system will auto-center or auto-adjust placement * Use the visual guides in the template as the final reference for print position ### DTG and DTF Printing Considerations BurgerPrints supports both DTG (Direct-to-Garment) and DTF (Direct-to-Film) printing technologies for printed apparel. Each method processes ink and materials differently, which means not every design performs equally well across both technologies. Understanding which printing method best matches a specific design style helps sellers avoid quality issues and select the most suitable production option. #### DTG (Direct-to-Garment) printing DTG printing applies water-based ink directly onto the fabric using inkjet technology. The ink penetrates the fibers, creating a print that feels soft to the touch and integrates naturally with the garment surface. **DTG performs best with** * Designs that include fine details and smooth gradients * Photographic artwork * Designs with fade-out effects, low opacity areas, smoke, or soft texture transitions * Products made from 100% cotton, where ink absorption is optimal Because the ink bonds directly with the fabric, DTG prints generally maintain good color stability and durability when applied to suitable materials. **Limitations of DTG printing** DTG printing quality depends heavily on fabric composition and color interaction: * Blended fabrics may produce less consistent results compared to 100% cotton fabrics * Print configuration must adjust based on garment color and design color balance, which means a single print setup cannot apply uniformly across all products * DTG is **not optimized** for designs that rely on: * Glow or sparkle effects * Reflective or fluorescent colors * Matte finishes * Designs with many sharply separated color blocks or complex layered color effects In these cases, DTG may produce muted results or lose the intended visual impact. Designs with strong visual effects or solid color separations are better suited for DTF printing. **Fabric composition and DTG printing behavior** DTG (Direct-to-Garment) printing results vary depending on the fabric composition of the product. This is normal material behavior and not considered a printing defect. **100% Cotton fabrics** (such as Solid T-Shirt, Lady T-Shirt, Tank Top) absorb water-based DTG ink more evenly. Because the ink penetrates the cotton fibers effectively, prints on 100% cotton typically appear: * Smoother and more consistent * Sharper in fine details * More stable in color saturation **Blended fabrics** (such as Hoodies, Sweatshirts) contain polyester fibers that do not absorb DTG ink in the same way as cotton. On these blended materials, DTG prints may: * Appear slightly lighter or less saturated * Show more visible fabric texture * Have a different surface feel compared to prints on 100% cotton

Same design printed on blended fabric and 100% cotton fabric, showing different printing textures

These visual differences come from how ink interacts with different fiber types and are expected outcomes of DTG printing on blended fabrics. They do not indicate production errors or quality issues. When selecting products for DTG printing, users should consider fabric composition as part of the design and product choice to ensure the final result matches their expectations. #### DTF (Direct-to-Film) printing DTF printing transfers designs onto garments using a PET film, adhesive powder, and heat press application. The design sits on top of the fabric rather than being absorbed into it. **DTF performs best with** * Designs featuring bold colors and solid shapes * Glow, sparkle, metallic-style, or high-contrast effects * Designs that DTG cannot process effectively * A wider range of fabric types, including blended materials Because the print layer is applied onto the garment surface, DTF offers strong color visibility and defined edges across different fabrics.

Same design printed by DTF and DTG on cotton-polyester blend showing texture and color differences

**Limitations of DTF printing** DTF printing still involves a physical print layer and adhesive bonding process. While DTF supports a broader range of visual effects, it has its own constraints: * The printed layer may crack or peel over time, especially under frequent washing or heavy use. Overall durability may be lower compared to DTG in long-term wear * Semi-transparent areas may not blend as smoothly as expected. * Low-opacity elements can appear slightly uneven or less consistent. * DTF is **not optimized** for designs with fade-out transitions, low opacity elements, smoke, mist, or soft transparency effects, designs that rely on subtle blending between colors

Close-up of semi-transparent DTF print showing uneven white underbase speckles

Designs with extensive low-opacity effects, fade-outs, or atmospheric textures should be reviewed carefully when printed using DTF. DTG is generally the safer choice for these design types. **Halftone vs transparent gradients in DTF designs** DTF printing does not reproduce transparent gradients reliably. Effects that fade from color to transparency - such as glow, smoke, or mist - may print unevenly or lose detail. For better results, prepare DTF designs using **halftone patterns** instead of transparency. Halftones use dots at 100% opacity that gradually change in size and density, allowing smoother visual transitions and more consistent ink coverage.
**Best practice for DTF designs** * Use 100% opacity for key elements * Avoid gradients that fade into transparency * Replace transparency-based effects with halftones * Gradients between solid colors are acceptable ### Sublimation Printing Considerations Sublimation printing transfers dye from a printed transfer film onto polyester-based fabrics or coated surfaces using heat and pressure. Sublimation ink becomes part of the material surface instead of forming a visible print layer. Because of this process, sublimation has distinct design behavior related to color conversion, material interaction, and full-coverage layouts that users must understand when preparing design files. #### Color handling and conversion behavior Sublimation printing supports full-color designs and does not impose restrictions on which colors can be used in a design file. These printing methods **don’t use a white underbase**, so unprinted areas remain transparent and show the base material underneath. BurgerPrints requires all sublimation designs to be prepared in the RGB color profile. During production, RGB designs are converted into printing color profiles suitable for sublimation output. This color conversion process can cause visible color shifts between the on-screen design (RGB) and the final printed product (CMYK).

Design shown on computer screen in Purple compared with Dark Blue on real product

These color changes are normal technical behavior during RGB-to-print color conversion and are not considered production defects. Users should not rely on exact on-screen color appearance when working with color-critical or brand-sensitive designs. For best results, always **review color output** carefully and **place test orders** before launching large-scale production. #### Full-coverage layouts and cut-and-sew tolerance All Over Print (AOP) apparel uses a cut-and-sew production process. Design files are printed on flat fabric panels first, then cut and sewn together to form the final garment. Because each panel is produced, cut, and assembled separately, a continuous design that appears perfectly aligned on a mockup **does not guarantee matching alignment on the finished product**. Alignment differences across seams, edges, and panel connections are normal production tolerance and are **not considered defects**. Users must design with this limitation in mind and should not expect exact artwork continuity across connected pieces.~~Precise~~ **Areas where alignment is not guaranteed** Alignment across the following areas is **not guaranteed** and may show noticeable shifts: * Sleeve-to-body connections * Collar and neckline areas * Hem and bottom edges * Panel edges and seam intersections

Example showing unavoidable misalignment when placing continuous artwork across cut-and-sew seams. This illustrates why connected artwork should not be designed across these areas.

These areas involve multiple fabric panels that are cut and assembled independently. As a result, visible misalignment or pattern breaks may occur, even when the design appears continuous in the design file or mockup. **These areas must be treated as non-alignable zones.** Users should not place text, faces, logos, or artwork that requires visual continuity across these connections. Any expectation of precise alignment or seamless matching in these areas is incorrect and unsupported by the cut-and-sew production process. **Areas with limited alignment control** Some garment areas allow **partial alignment control**, but **exact matching is still not guaranteed**, including: * Pocket areas on Hoodie products * Button plackets on products such as Hawaii Shirts and Baseball Jerseys * Zipper lines on Zip Hoodie products

Minor alignment deviation at the button placket is considered acceptable

In these areas, alignment is generally achievable, but minor deviations can still occur due to fabric movement, cutting variance, and sewing tolerance. Small shifts (typically less than 1 cm) are considered acceptable production variation. While partial alignment is possible, **these areas should not be treated as reliable or repeatable alignment zones**. Designs placed across these connections must account for slight shifts and should avoid relying on precise edge-to-edge matching. **Design considerations for cut-and-sew layout tolerance** When designing full-coverage layouts for cut-and-sew products, users should consider how alignment tolerance may affect the final appearance. Small shifts between fabric panels are a normal part of the production process and should be anticipated during the design stage. To reduce the risk of noticeable mismatching, users are encouraged to: * Keep text, faces, logos, and other focal elements away from seams, edges, and panel connections * Avoid designs that rely on precise alignment across multiple fabric panels * Use seamless patterns, textures, or gradual transitions that remain visually acceptable if minor shifts occur * Design backgrounds and large areas to be forgiving rather than dependent on exact panel matching * Treat mockups as visual layout references, not as guarantees of final alignment These considerations focus specifically on layout behavior related to cut-and-sew production and help set realistic expectations for full-coverage apparel designs. #### Best practices for sublimation designs To reduce unexpected results and production issues: * Prepare all sublimation designs in RGB color mode * Expect color differences after RGB-to-print conversion * Avoid relying on exact color matching without test orders * Extend backgrounds fully into bleed areas for AOP products * Keep important elements away from seams and edges * Place test orders for new or color-sensitive designs before mass production Understanding these sublimation-specific characteristics helps users design more effectively and set realistic expectations for final printed products. ### Legal, Copyright, And Content Responsibility Users are fully responsible for the content of their design files, including copyright, trademark, and licensing compliance. You must use original artwork or have valid rights and authorization to print any copyrighted or trademarked content. BurgerPrints does not pre-review design content before production. However, when orders are submitted to fulfillment locations, designs may be reviewed for potential copyright or trademark violations. If a fulfillment location detects a possible violation: * The order may be held, rejected, or returned * Production time may increase * Shipping timelines may be affected In some cases, users may receive a notification that a design has been flagged for further review. If the design is confirmed to include unauthorized copyrighted or trademarked content, BurgerPrints will not fulfill orders containing that design and may recommend removing affected products from your store. **Common examples of designs that may be rejected** The following design types commonly trigger copyright or trademark violations if used without authorization: * Movie studios and entertainment brands such as Walt Disney Animation Studios, Universal Pictures, Warner Bros. Pictures, Paramount Pictures, and DreamWorks Animation... * Fashion and luxury brands such as Chanel, Dior, Hermès, Louis Vuitton, Gucci, Prada, Fendi, and Versace... * Automotive brands such as Volkswagen, BMW, Mercedes-Benz, Audi, Porsche, Ford, and Chevrolet... * Musicians and bands such as Taylor Swift, Travis Scott, Billie Eilish, The Rolling Stones, and The Weeknd... This list is not exhaustive. Many other brands, franchises, and copyrighted properties are protected.

Do not submit the design with copyright or trademark violations

Users should carefully review the legality of all design content before submitting orders, especially when working with fan art, branded elements, or AI-generated designs. ### Common Misunderstandings And How To Avoid Them Many production issues and disputes come from misunderstandings about how design files translate into physical products. The following are common mistakes users encounter, along with guidance on how to avoid them. #### Mockups are not exact print proofs Mockups and previews are visual representations designed to show placement and scale. They do not guarantee exact color accuracy, texture, or material behavior. Differences may occur due to: * Printing method and material interaction * Color conversion from screen to print * Product shape, seams, or curved surfaces **How to avoid this issue:** * Treat mockups as layout previews, not final proofs * Place test orders for new or color-sensitive designs * Avoid relying on subtle visual details that only appear on screen #### Minor misalignment is a normal production tolerance Small shifts in placement can happen during printing, pressing, cutting, or sewing. These variations are part of real-world production and do not indicate printing errors. This is especially common with: * Wrap-around products such as drinkware * Apparel printed using heat transfer * Cut-and-sew AOP products **How to avoid this issue:** * Design for visual balance rather than exact pixel alignment * Keep important elements centered and away from edges * Avoid layouts that require perfect symmetry #### Color variation between batches or fulfillment locations Printed colors may vary slightly between production batches or fulfillment locations. Differences in equipment calibration, materials, and environmental conditions can affect final output. Exact color matching is not guaranteed across: * Different production runs * Different product types * Different fulfillment locations **How to avoid this issue:** * Avoid extremely subtle color differences in designs * Maintain strong contrast between elements * Place test orders when consistent color output is critical #### AOP seam mismatch is unavoidable All Over Print products use a cut-and-sew process. Designs are printed on flat fabric panels before cutting and stitching, which can cause slight mismatches at seams. Perfect alignment across seams, sleeves, or collars is not guaranteed and is not considered a defect.**How to avoid this issue:** * Avoid placing text, faces, or logos across seams * Extend background designs fully into bleed areas * Design with seamless patterns or forgiving transitions #### Small file preparation issues can cause large print problems Design files that look correct on screen may still cause production issues if they are not prepared properly. Common file-related mistakes include: * Important elements placed outside the safe area * Backgrounds not extended into bleed * Using transparency or effects not suited for the printing method **How to avoid this issue:** * Always start from the official product template * Keep critical elements inside the safe area * Extend all backgrounds into bleed * Match design techniques to the selected printing method Understanding these common limitations and preparing design files accordingly helps users set realistic expectations, reduce production issues, and avoid unnecessary disputes. ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Do I need to convert files to CMYK?**\ No. Use RGB unless specified otherwise in the product template. 2. **Why does my AOP design look misaligned at seams?**\ AOP products use cut-and-sew production. Small alignment shifts are unavoidable. 3. **Are vector files better than raster files?**\ Vector files are acceptable if exported correctly. All designs are printed as rasterized files. 4. **Is color accuracy guaranteed?**\ Exact color matching is not guaranteed due to material and process differences. 5. **Should I use transparency effects for DTF designs?**\ Avoid transparency-based effects. Use halftones for smoother and more consistent results. 6. **Why does my design look different on black and white garments even though the design file is the same?**\ Because some designs intentionally blend with the garment color, transparent or dark areas interact differently with light and dark fabrics. The garment color and white underbase behavior directly affect contrast, depth, and visibility in the final print. ### Related Articles * [Understanding Product Design and BurgerPrints' design standard](/design-and-product/designs/understanding-product-design-and-burgerprints-design-standard) * [Which positions on the product does BurgerPrints support printing?](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/which-positions-on-the-product-does-burgerprints-support-printing) * [Understanding terms of use, quality, and design copyright](/policies-and-quality-assurance/policies/understanding-terms-of-use-quality-and-design-copyright) * [What is the difference between DTF and DTG printing?](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/what-is-the-difference-between-dtf-and-dtg-printing) * [What is BurgerPrints' refund/remake policy?](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/what-is-burgerprints-refund-remake-policy)
# Understanding special print areas: design guidelines ### **Overview** This article explains special print areas available on BurgerPrints products, including design dimensions and placement guidelines for each print area. It helps users understand available print locations, prepare design files correctly, and avoid common setup mistakes that may affect the final result. Before creating your design file, review the design dimensions and print area requirements for the selected product. ### **About Special Print Areas** Special print areas are additional print placements outside the main front or back print area of a product. These print areas help users create more unique products, improve product personalization, and expand design options for their stores. Depending on the product type, available special print areas may include: * Hood * Pocket * Neck label area * Sleeve * Oversize print area * Other special placements introduced by BurgerPrints in the future Available print areas vary by product and SKU. #### **Why special print areas matter** Special print areas help users: * Create premium-looking products * Add branding elements such as logos or taglines * Build more distinctive product collections * Increase design flexibility for different customer segments #### **About Print Area Dimensions And Design Placement** Each special print area has specific design dimensions defined by BurgerPrints. When creating a design file, make sure it matches the required dimensions for the selected print area. For standard apparel printing, the position of your design within the design file determines where it appears on the final product. Any artwork placed inside the printable area prints according to its position within the design file. Placement is based on the relative position and scale of the design within the design file. BurgerPrints does not automatically reposition artwork based on garment size, style, or SKU. **For example:** * Moving your design higher in the design file moves the printed result higher on the garment. * Moving your design lower in the design file moves the printed result lower on the garment. * Scaling your design larger increases the printed size. * Scaling your design smaller decreases the printed size. * If you want a small design to appear in a specific position within the print area, place the design in that position within the design file. #### **About Print Area Placement** The images below show the print area available for each placement. | | | | | ------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | | **Hood & Pocket**![](/files/7POMepPplLGHfCnaZ6KB) | **Neck Label**![](/files/UteIA85XtzEp5zfDRXoO) | **Short Sleeve**![](/files/NAuqMo7O12da4Hf58ttp) | | **Long Sleeve**![](/files/7j1eA1l2bdKJue2BUSUO) | **Front Oversize**![](/files/cyNFRQUVrP09tOBOwXbL) | **Back Oversize**![](/files/Z0nbeHEbRuetW9eAlvCc) | The print area dimensions listed above represent the maximum size that BurgerPrints can print for each placement. If you want the print area positioned differently from the default placement shown above, submit a mockup together with your design file. The mockup should: * Clearly show the desired print position on the product * Match the selected print area * Use the correct print area BurgerPrints uses the submitted mockup as the placement reference during production when placement adjustments are supported. If **no mockup is provided**, BurgerPrints uses the default placement shown above. BurgerPrints is not responsible for placement differences when a mockup is not submitted. **Example:** A Hoodie supports a Hood print area. * If no mockup is provided, BurgerPrints uses the default Hood placement shown in the placement reference image. * If the submitted mockup clearly shows the design positioned toward the left side of the hood, the fulfillment facility follows the mockup placement during production. Make sure the mockup clearly shows the intended placement when placement adjustments are required. ### About Design File Requirements Prepare your design file using the required dimensions for the selected print area. Recommended specifications: * Resolution: 300 DPI * File format: PNG * Transparent background is recommended for PNG files * Design file size must match the selected print area dimensions ### How To Check Available Special Print Areas 1. In Seller Dashboard, go to **Orders**.
2. Click **Create Order**.
3. Click **Add Custom Products**.
4. Select the product and fulfillment provider.
5. In the **Style** section, review the available print areas.
Any print area that can be selected is available for that product and fulfillment provider. If a print area is not available in the Style section, that product does not support that print area. {% hint style="success" %} **Note:** Available print areas may vary depending on the product and fulfillment provider selected. {% endhint %} ### Tips and Best Practices * Check the required design dimensions and print area before creating your design file. * Use 300 DPI to maintain print quality. * Submit a mockup only when a supported special print area needs placement different from the default position. * Do not assume all products share the same print area dimensions. * Review the placement image before submitting your design. ### Common Mistakes to Avoid 1. Submitting a mockup that does not match the selected print area.\ Always ensure the mockup uses the same print area selected for the product. 2. Using a low-resolution design file.\ Use a design file with a minimum resolution of 300 DPI to maintain print quality. 3. Assuming a mockup is required to position artwork within a print area\ For standard apparel printing, artwork placement is determined by the artwork position inside the design file. 4. Assuming BurgerPrints automatically repositions design during production\ BurgerPrints does not automatically reposition, resize, or adjust design during production.\ Your design will be printed exactly according to its position and scale within the design file. 5. Uploading placement instructions that conflict between the design file, mockup, and order notes\ Keep all placement references consistent before submitting the order. ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Do I need to submit a mockup?** Not always. For standard apparel printing, artwork placement is determined by the position of the artwork inside the design file. A mockup is only needed when a supported special print area requires placement different from the default position. 2. **Can BurgerPrints print larger than the listed dimensions?** No. The listed dimensions represent the maximum printable size for each special print area. 3. **Can I use a smaller design than the listed print area?** Yes. You can use a smaller design as long as the design file follows the required dimensions for the selected print area. 4. **Are the placement images mandatory positions?** No. The images show the default placement reference for each print area. For supported special print areas, you can submit a mockup if you need a different placement. 5. **Do all products support special print areas?** No. Available special print areas vary by product and SKU. 6. **Can I place a small design in a specific position within a larger print area?** Yes. For standard apparel printing, the position of the design file determines the final print position on the product.\ If you want a small design to appear in a specific position within a larger print area, place the design in that position inside the design file.\ BurgerPrints prints the design according to its relative position and scale within the print area.\ BurgerPrints does not adjust the design position based on a mockup for this case. ### Related Articles * [Which positions on the product does BurgerPrints support printing?](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/which-positions-on-the-product-does-burgerprints-support-printing) * [Understanding Product Design and BurgerPrints' design standard](/design-and-product/designs/understanding-product-design-and-burgerprints-design-standard) * [How to download design templates from the Catalog](/design-and-product/designs/how-to-download-design-templates-from-the-catalog) * [Understanding advanced design guidelines and best practices](/design-and-product/designs/understanding-advanced-design-guidelines-and-best-practices) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints Product Catalog](/design-and-product/products/understanding-the-burgerprints-product-catalog) # Understanding BurgerPrints' custom branding services ### Overview BurgerPrints' custom branding services help you add branded elements to your orders and create a more personalized customer experience. BurgerPrints supports two types of custom branding services: On-demand custom branding and Bulk custom branding. Currently, on-demand custom branding is available with selected sticker options, while Bulk custom branding services will be introduced gradually. This article explains how each service type works, what is currently available, and the requirements for using custom branding with your orders. ### About custom branding services #### What are custom branding services? Custom branding is a group of optional fulfillment services that allow you to include customized branding materials with your BurgerPrints orders. You can use your own logo, artwork, messaging, or other brand elements to create a more personalized fulfillment experience. Custom branding can help you: * Strengthen your brand identity beyond the printed product. * Add branded elements to customer packages. * Create a more consistent unboxing experience. * Make your orders more recognizable and personalized. #### Custom branding service types BurgerPrints provides two types of custom branding services:
Service typeHow it worksAvailability
On-demand custom brandingBranding items are added directly to an eligible order and produced together with that order.Available for selected services
Bulk custom brandingBranding materials are prepared in bulk and managed separately for use with eligible orders.Coming soon
The available services, fulfillment requirements, artwork specifications, and setup process may vary between the two service types. ### About on-demand custom branding services On-demand custom branding allows you to add a supported branding item directly while creating an order. You do not need to prepare or store branding materials in advance. Simply select the service, upload the required artwork, and BurgerPrints will produce the branding item together with the eligible order. Currently, on-demand custom branding services are available under **Additional Services** during order creation. #### Available on-demand custom branding services The following options are currently available:
On-demand itemItem's typeMaterialsFormatDesign sizeFormat requirements
Sticker 2x2Kiss cut stickerMatte Vinyl PaperPNG600×600 pxUpload artwork without a border. A 0.15" white border will be automatically added during production.
Sticker 3x3Kiss cut stickerMatte Vinyl PaperPNG900×900 pxSame as above
Sticker 3x4Kiss cut stickerMatte Vinyl PaperPNG900×1200 pxSame as above
Gift MessageGift MessageStandard Printing PaperPNG1200×1800 pxUse black only for best print quality. Colors will be converted to grayscale.
*(Find the* [*templates*](https://leadsgen.sg.larksuite.com/drive/folder/EqIcfNCuMlMQsad5uRKlSLTigzh) *and* [*samples*](https://leadsgen.sg.larksuite.com/drive/folder/ZPzefITP3l1wSEdzxn6lBr2Egnn?from=space_personal_filelist) *here.* For each selected service, you can upload your own artwork for BurgerPrints to produce and include with the order. More on-demand custom branding services will be added gradually. #### Service requirements The currently available services are subject to the following fulfillment requirements: * All items within the same order must be fulfilled by **Matterhorn**. * If an order contains products fulfilled by Matterhorn together with products from another fulfillment facility, custom branding services will not be available. * If an order is split into multiple packages, each selected custom branding item is produced and charged once, then included with the package containing the first item. If your order meets the requirements, the supported services will automatically appear under **Additional Services**.
#### How to add on-demand custom branding to a manual order **Step 1: Create your order** * Create an order in BurgerPrints as usual. *Learn more about how to create an order on BurgerPrints* [*HERE*](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-create-an-order-on-burgerprints) * Select Matterhorn as the Fulfillment Facility to use custom branding
* Add the shipping information to your order. Once shipping is completed, you will be taken to the final step: **Finalize Order**.
* On the **Finalize Order** page, scroll down to the **Additional Services** section to view the available custom branding options. **Step 2: Select a custom branding service** Under **Additional Services**, you can select and use multiple custom branding services at the same time. After you select a service, an **Upload** option will appear.
**Step 3: Upload your artwork** Click **Upload** to open the design upload window. Follow the artwork requirements displayed for the selected service. The upload window may include: * Required design dimensions * File format requirements * Design guidelines * Design templates * Product specifications * Sample images Upload your artwork according to these requirements.
If your artwork does not meet the required specifications, BurgerPrints will display an error and ask you to upload another file. {% hint style="warning" %} **Tip:** Always review the design requirements for the specific branding service before preparing your artwork, as requirements may vary between services. {% endhint %} **Step 4: Review your design** After the upload is successful, your file will appear under the selected service. You can open the uploaded file to review it before placing the order.If you want to use a different design: 1. Remove the existing file by clicking the **×** icon next to it. 2. Click **Upload** again. 3. Upload the replacement artwork. Only **one artwork file** can be used for each selected branding service.
**Step 5: Place your order** Once the required artwork has been uploaded successfully, continue with payment and place your order. If you select a custom branding service but do not upload the required design, BurgerPrints will not allow the order to be placed. You must either: * Upload the required artwork, or * Deselect the service. #### How to add on-demand custom branding to CSV/API orders Custom branding can also be added to supported CSV or API orders through the **Additional Services** field. Use the following format: `Sticker 2x2: DESIGN_URL` For multiple services, separate them with commas: `Sticker 2x2: DESIGN_URL, Sticker 3x3: DESIGN_URL` Currently supported custom branding values are: * `Sticker 2x2: URL` * `Sticker 3x3: URL` * `Sticker 3x4: URL` Replace `URL` with a valid link to the artwork for the selected service.
{% hint style="success" %} **Notes:** * Service names are **case-insensitive**. * For orders containing multiple rows with the same Order ID, enter the Additional Services information in the **first row of the order**. * If a service is entered without an artwork URL, that service will not be recorded. * If the URL is invalid, BurgerPrints will display a warning so you can update it. * If the selected service is not supported by the order, BurgerPrints will display an availability warning. {% endhint %} ### About bulk custom branding services Bulk custom branding is designed for branding materials that are prepared separately in larger quantities rather than being produced individually when an order is placed. This service type will be managed separately from on-demand custom branding and is intended to provide additional branding options for sellers with recurring branding needs. **Bulk custom branding is not yet available on BurgerPrints.** More information about available items, service requirements, setup instructions, artwork specifications, and how branding materials are applied to orders will be added here when Bulk custom branding services become available. ### Tips and Best Practices * **Check availability before creating your design:** custom branding services are not available for every product or fulfillment location. If a service does not appear under **Additional Services**, the order may not support that branding option. * **Follow the artwork requirements for each item:** Dimensions, formats, templates, and other specifications may differ between branding services. * **Review your artwork before payment:** Open the uploaded file and make sure the correct artwork is attached before placing the order. * **Add only the services you need:** custom branding services are optional and charged separately from the base product. Review your selected services and their prices before payment. * Gift Messages are printed in portrait orientation. If you want a landscape design, rotate your artwork before uploading it. Make sure the uploaded file still follows the required **1200 × 1800 px ratio and PNG format**. The design will be printed on the same portrait-oriented paper.

Paper roll used for printing Gift Messages.

### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **What custom branding services are available?** \ BurgerPrints currently supports: * Sticker 2x2 * Sticker 3x3 * Sticker 3x4 * Gift Message Additional On-demand and Bulk custom branding services will be added gradually. 2. **Why don't I see a sticker option in Additional Services?** \ Your order may not meet the service requirements. For the currently available sticker services, all items in the order must be fulfilled by **Matterhorn**. 3. **What happens if I enter a service without an artwork URL in CSV or API?** \ The service will not be recorded if the required artwork URL is missing. If the URL format is invalid, BurgerPrints will display a warning so you can update it. 4. **How are custom branding services charged?** \ Custom branding services are optional and charged separately from the base product. The fee for each service will be displayed next to the selected option under **Additional Services**. In the order summary, the custom branding fee will be combined with any other selected Additional Services and shown as a total additional service charge. 5. **Can I send a Gift Message with my order?** \ Yes. If available, select **Gift Message** under **Additional Services** and upload your design. Messages are printed in black and white on **4 × 6 in Standard Printing Paper**, and colors will be converted to grayscale. For landscape orientation, rotate your artwork before uploading. ### Related Articles * [How to create an order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-create-an-order-on-burgerprints) * [Understanding special print areas: Design guidelines](/design-and-product/designs/understanding-special-print-areas-design-guidelines) * [Does BurgerPrints provide gift boxes or gift messages?](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/does-burgerprints-provide-gift-boxes-or-gift-messages)
# Products ### About Products Category The Products category guides you through managing and optimizing your product listings on BurgerPrints. It explains how to create, edit, delete, sync, and bulk manage products efficiently, including how to control product visibility and duplicate listings when needed. Whether you're launching new items or updating existing ones, these articles help streamline your workflow and keep your store organized. You’ll also find detailed guidance on understanding the BurgerPrints Product Catalog - how to explore categories, review product specifications, check pricing, sizes, and available variants. In addition, this category clarifies platform labeling requirements and file standards to ensure your uploads meet system expectations. Together, these resources help you confidently manage products from setup to storefront. ### Related Resources * [How to create, edit, delete or sync products on BurgerPrints](/design-and-product/products/how-to-create-edit-delete-or-sync-products-on-burgerprints) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints Platform label](/design-and-product/products/understanding-order-with-label-on-burgerprints) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints Product Catalog](/design-and-product/products/understanding-the-burgerprints-product-catalog) # How to create, edit, delete or sync products on BurgerPrints ### **Overview** This article provides a guide on how to create, edit, delete and synchronize your products on BurgerPrints to other connected store channels instantly. It will help you manage products and display them on store channels of other platforms, such as Shopify, Etsy, Woocommerce, … After creating a product, you can manually create an order of the product. In order to sync products to another store channel, you will need to connect to another store channel. You can learn more about connecting store channels [here](https://help.burgerprints.com/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections). ### **How To Create, Sync Products on BurgerPrints** #### **Step 1: Create a new product** * Access **All products** page by clicking Products on left navigation * Clicking "**Create product**" button on **All products** page
#### **Step 2: Select product type** * In the Product type selection popup, you can select one or multiple different product base types for your product. * Click on the "**Save**" button after selecting all the desired product types.
***\*Note:** You can learn more about Design Standards at BurgerPrints* [*here*](/design-and-product/designs/understanding-product-design-and-burgerprints-design-standard)*.* #### **Step 3: Upload designs** * In Design popup, you can delete or add new product types for your product. Each product type can have a different design with different size and placement.
* You can upload design images from your device or you can select files stored in the **Media** module.
* Each product type supports different printing sides and design image resolution. To achieve the most optimal print quality, you should use design files with our recommended resolution noted at the bottom.
* The system disables the Save button if any design on any product type has poor print quality. Product base types with poor print quality are marked with a red exclamation icon. * Poor print quality occurs when the DPI (dots per inch) is too low. To improve it, you can either upload an image with higher pixel dimensions or reduce the size of your current image on the product. * After adjusting, make sure to reposition and resize your design so that the mockup looks the way you want and the print quality meets the required standards. You can also center the design horizontally or vertically using the toolbar on the right.
* You can select up to 12 colors per product type, with the maximum of 400 variants allowed per product. Product variants are different variations of the product with a unique combination between color and size.
* After adjusting your design, you can view the product type mockup by selecting the color of the product type and click on "**Preview**" button.
* Click on the "**Save**" button to save all the design changes. The "**Save**" button is only enabled when all product types have great print quality.
**Step 4: Fill out product details** * After saving product design, you can fill out product details. The product details include: * Title (required field): Text based product title. * Description: Product description, can add image, table.
* Mockup: View, delete system generated mockup. You can add a new mockup file from your device. * Option: Add, edit, delete product options. The system automatically generates 3 options based on the selected colors, the sizes and product types. You can only select up to 3 options and each option has to have a unique option value.
* Price: Add or remove product variants, and edit each variant’s price, compare price, and variant SKU. Product cost is determined by the selected product type, and profit is calculated as price minus product cost. You can also update the mockup for each variant using the images available in the Mockup section.
* Tag: Select, delete, add tags for product. A maximum of 6 tags can be assigned to a product. You can filter products based on the tags assigned to the product. * Status: Set the status of the product to draft or active. Only products with active status can be added to order. * Short description: Enter product short description. * SEO engine title: Page title that will display on search engine listing. * SEO engine description: Meta description that will display on search engine listing. * SEO engine URL handle: URL handle that will display on search engine listing.
#### **Step 5: Save product details** * Click on 'Save' button to save the product details and create a new product. The system will display messages if the required fields are missing or the filled data is valid. * A new product record will be displayed in the product list after successfully saving a new product.
### **How To Edit Products on BurgerPrints** #### **Step 1: Access product list** Access **All products** page by clicking Products on the left navigation.
#### **Step 2: View product details** * Find created product record that needs editing and click on the more action button. * Click on the 'Details' button in the more action dropdown list to view product details.
#### **Step 3: Update product details** * Edit product details and click on the "**Save**" button. The system will display messages if the required fields are missing or the filled data is valid. * Note: If you click on the "**Cancel**" button, the system will not save the changes made.
### **How To Delete Products on BurgerPrints** #### **Step 1: Access product list** Access **All products** page by clicking Products on the left navigation.
#### **Step 2: Delete products** * Find created product record that needs deleting and click on the more action button. * Click on the "**Delete**" button in the more action dropdown list to delete the product record.
* Alternatively, you can delete multiple products by selecting the checkboxes of products that need deleting and click on the "**Delete products**" button on the more actions dropdown list.
#### **Step 3: Confirm deleting products** You can click on the "**Confirm**" button to delete the products permanently. Click on the "**Close**" button to cancel the delete action and close the confirmation popup.
### **How To Sync Products to store channels** #### **Step 1: Connect store channels** To sync products on BurgerPrints to other store channels, you need to have at least one store channel successfully connected.
#### **Step 2: Select store channels to sync products** The list of all store channels available for product synchronization will be displayed in product details. You can select multiple store channels for product synchronization by ticking the radio button of the store channels.
#### **Step 3: Fill in the meta fields** * Meta fields will be displayed based on the selected external platform store channels. You need to fill in all the required meta fields in order to successfully sync products to those platforms.
* Click on the "**Save**" button to save product details and to start synchronizing products to selected store channels. After saving, the product record with entered information will be synchronized to the target store channel. ### **How To Sync Products in bulk to store channels** You can also add or remove products on external store channels in bulk on BurgerPrints #### **Step 1: Select products that need synchronizing or removing** * Access product list page * Tick on checkboxes of products that need synchronizing or removing from store channels.
**Step 2: Add store channels** * Click on the "**More actions**" dropdown button and then click on the "**Add store channels**" button.
* A store channel popup will be displayed, allowing you to select the target store channel to sync or remove products. * Click on the "**Submit**" button to sync or remove selected products to selected store channels.
**\*Note:** Once products are synced to target store channels, any edits or deletions made on BurgerPrints will not update them. To remove a product, delete it directly on the store channel. With that, you have learnt how to manage a product to sell on your store channels. In addition, once a product is created, you can also [create Fulfillment orders from these products](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-create-an-order-on-burgerprints). If you have any questions or encounter errors during the process, please contact our [support team](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-contact-the-burgerprints-support-team) immediately for the fastest and most effective assistance. ### **Tips and Best Practices** * Design tips: Use high resolution images (at least 300 DPI) for quality designs. If your images have texts, make sure they are readable. * Product title tips: Avoid long product titles and long URL handles to make buyers easier to read and remember * Pricing tips: Adjust the price and compare price (strikethrough price, indicating sale or discount) to match your desired profit margin and promotional goals. ### **Frequently Asked Questions** 1. **Is there a limit for creating or syncing products to other platforms per day?**\ No, BurgerPrints does not limit the maximum products that can be created per day. Although, it is good practice to sync products in moderation to avoid being flagged as suspicious behaviour from external platforms. 2. **Can I edit, delete products after syncing?**\ Yes, but edits made on BurgerPrints will not reflect on the targeted store channels. To make changes, you have to directly edit them on the store channel platforms. 3. **Why can't I sync products to store channels?**\ There are several reasons products may fail to sync to store channels. The most common issues include missing required meta-fields, duplicated product option values, or an existing URL handle. 4. **What are the SKUs for?**\ SKUs are internal codes for identifying each product variant. They are not visible to customers, can be duplicated if needed, and help you manage and track variants efficiently. ### **Related Articles** * [How to manage an order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-manage-an-order-on-burgerprints) * [Understanding Product Design and BurgerPrints's design standard](/design-and-product/designs/understanding-product-design-and-burgerprints-design-standard) # Understanding order with label on BurgerPrints ### Overview This article explains the Order With Label service on BurgerPrints. Order With Label allows users to use their own shipping method by purchasing a shipping label outside BurgerPrints and uploading that label when creating an order. With this order type, BurgerPrints only handles production and fulfillment. The shipping label is prepared by the user, not by BurgerPrints. It also outlines responsibilities for each party, where to purchase labels, required label information, regional requirements, and how to check whether a product or fulfillment location supports this service. Orders must contain only items from the same shipping group. If items from different shipping groups are included, BurgerPrints will block the order until they are split into separate orders. ### About Order With Label Order With Label is an order type that allows a user to place an order on BurgerPrints using a shipping label prepared outside BurgerPrints. It is intended for users who want to: * Use a shipping label purchased from their own selling channel * Use a preferred carrier account * Use a third-party shipping provider * Keep their own shipping setup instead of using BurgerPrints shipping options With this order type: * The user prepares the shipping label * The label is uploaded when the order is created * The order is then fulfilled using that uploaded label Order With Label is a separate order type with its own requirements. Each order can include only items from a single shipping group and use only one shipping label. If items from multiple shipping groups are included, BurgerPrints will block the order and require you to split them into separate orders. Otherwise, only one group would have a label while the others would not, leading to delivery issues or lost packages. #### Understanding responsibilities for Order With Label Order With Label involves both BurgerPrints and the user. Each side handles a different part of the process. Before creating this type of order, users should understand what it is for, who prepares the label, and what needs to be checked in advance. **BurgerPrints’ responsibilities** For Order With Label, BurgerPrints is responsible for the fulfillment steps that happen after a valid order is submitted.BurgerPrints will: * Produce the item at the assigned fulfillment location * Pack the order * Use the uploaded label for shipment BurgerPrints does not: * Provide the shipping label * Purchase the shipping label for the user * Select the carrier on the user’s behalf **User responsibilities** For this order type, the user is responsible for preparing the shipping label correctly before the order is submitted. The user needs to: * Purchase a valid shipping label * Make sure the label matches the accepted carrier for the assigned region * Make sure the label matches the required file format * Make sure the label includes all required shipping information * Upload the correct label file when creating the order The user should also make sure: * The selected product supports Order With Label * The assigned fulfillment location accepts uploaded labels * The label is suitable for the destination and carrier setup being used * The order does not mix items from different shipping groups, even if all items support Order With Label Because the label is prepared by the user, the accuracy and suitability of that label should always be checked before the order is submitted. #### Shipping label sources Users can purchase shipping labels from different sources, depending on how they manage their own shipping process. Shipping labels may be purchased from: * Marketplace shipping systems: Shopify Shipping, TikTok Shipping, Etsy Shipping... * Official carrier websites: USPS, Royal Mail, DPD... * Third-party shipping platforms: Easypost, Shipbae... What matters most is not only where the label is purchased, but whether the uploaded label matches BurgerPrints’ requirements for the assigned region and fulfillment setup. For that reason, users should always review the label requirements carefully before uploading the file. #### Understanding shipping label requirements For Order With Label service, the shipping label must be ready to use at the time the order is created. This means the file must include all required shipping information and must follow the requirements accepted for the relevant region. Every label uploaded for Order With Label service must be submitted as a **PDF file**. Other file formats are not accepted for this order type. The uploaded label must always contain all of the following information: * Sender name and address * Recipient name and delivery address * Carrier barcode * Tracking number * Carrier service level or service type These details must be clearly shown on the label because they are necessary for shipment handling and delivery. When preparing the label, users should make sure that: * The information is complete and accurate * The barcode is clear and scannable * The file is not cropped, blurred, or partially cut off * The service level shown on the label matches the shipping method intended by the seller #### Region-specific label requirements In addition to the required information above, each supported region has its own accepted carriers and label size requirements. BurgerPrints accepts: For the **United States**: * Carrier: USPS * Required label size: 4 x 6 inches
For the **United Kingdom**: * Carriers: Evri and Royal Mail * Required label size: 4 x 6 inches Evri label:
Royal Mail label:
For the **European Union**: * Carriers: DPD, Colissimo, Mondial Relay, and Chronopost * BurgerPrints may apply a near-standard label size 4 x 6 inches as the main operating requirement * Other label sizes may also be accepted, depending on the carrier and country-specific setup * The label language may depend on the destination country When preparing an EU label, users should pay attention to: * Whether the selected carrier is accepted for the assigned setup * Whether the label is suitable for the destination market * Whether the label language supports the destination requirement * Whether all mandatory shipping information is clearly shown Colissimo label:
DPD label:
Chronopost label:
Mondial Relay label:
#### BurgerPrints’ responsibility limitation for incorrect or incomplete labels Because the shipping label is prepared by the seller, BurgerPrints cannot take responsibility for issues caused by an incorrect, incomplete, or unsupported label file. This may apply in cases such as: * The sender address is incorrect * The recipient address is incomplete or incorrect * The barcode cannot be scanned * The tracking number is missing * The wrong carrier is used * The label size does not match the required regional format * The label file is not provided in PDF format * The label does not match the assigned fulfillment location * The label language is not suitable for the destination requirement In these situations, the order may face: * Rejection before fulfillment * Delays in processing * Support tickets * Delivery disputes * Shipping issues during transit #### Important notes before preparing a label Before using Order With Label, users should keep in mind that this order type depends on the seller-provided label being correct and complete from the beginning. Users should note that: * Different regions accept different carriers * Label size requirements might not be the same for every region * A label that works in one shipping setup may not be suitable for another * Missing or incorrect shipping information can affect fulfillment and delivery * A wrong carrier, wrong format, or wrong location setup can increase the risk of rejection, disputes, or support tickets * Items from different shipping groups must be placed in separate orders * Different product types such as Shirt, Sticker, Mug, and Poster often belong to different shipping groups and may not be eligible in the same Label Order These points are important because the uploaded label is a required part of the order setup. For that reason, users should treat the shipping label as a required part of the order that needs to be checked carefully before submission. If you try to place items from different shipping groups in the same Label Order, BurgerPrints blocks the order and asks you to separate those items before continuing. #### Checking product and fulfillment location support Before purchasing or uploading a shipping label, users should first confirm that the selected product and fulfillment location both support Order With Label service. This helps avoid unnecessary mistakes earlier in the process. #### Which products support Order With Label Users can check supported products directly in the Catalog. To find these products, users can go to **Dashboard,** then click **Catalog,** then select **Order With Label**
In this section, users can: * View the products that support Order With Label * Confirm whether the selected product can be used with this order type * Avoid purchasing a label before checking product eligibility * Even if all selected items support Order With Label, items from different shipping groups still need separate orders. This should be the first check before moving to order creation. After confirming the product, users should then review the fulfillment location for that order. To continue with order creation using Order With Label, see the related guide: [How to create an order with Order With Label.](https://help.burgerprints.com/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-create-an-order-on-burgerprints) For more details about how product eligibility varies by region (US, EU, UK) and label type, see:[ Which products are eligible for Ship by Marketplace.](https://help.burgerprints.com/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/which-products-are-eligible-for-ship-by-marketplace) #### Which fulfillment locations accept uploaded labels For each product, only certain fulfillment locations may support uploaded labels. Because of that, users should also review the fulfillment location during order creation. To check this, users can go to **Create order**, then click **Add Custom Product**, then select **Fulfillment facility**
At this step, users can: * Review the fulfillment location assigned to the order * Check whether the location supports uploaded labels * Confirm whether the carrier and label setup are suitable for that location This check is important because product support alone is not enough. The fulfillment location also needs to match the Order With Label setup for the order to proceed correctly. To make this section easier to follow, screenshot guidance can be added to both paths above. ### Tips and Best Practices To keep the article clear and consistent, the Help Center should use **Order With Label** as the only standard term for this order type. When preparing content or guiding users, it is helpful to reinforce the following points: * Check product support before purchasing a label * Check the fulfillment location before uploading a label * Make sure the label is provided in PDF format * Make sure all mandatory shipping information is included * Make sure the selected carrier matches the accepted regional requirement * Review destination-related conditions carefully, especially for EU labels * Group items by shipping group before creating a Label Order * If the order includes product types such as Shirt, Sticker, Mug, or Poster, double-check whether they belong to the same shipping group before placing them in one order Keeping these points clear helps users prepare the correct label from the beginning and move more smoothly to the next step of order creation. ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Does BurgerPrints provide shipping labels for Order With Label?**\ No. The shipping label must be purchased and uploaded by the user. 2. **Can any product be used for Order With Label?**\ No. Users need to check the Catalog under the Order With Label section to confirm which products support this order type. 3. **Can any fulfillment location accept uploaded labels?**\ No. Users need to review the fulfillment location during order creation to confirm whether uploaded labels are accepted. 4. **What file format is accepted for the shipping label?**\ Only PDF label files are accepted. 5. **What information must always appear on the label?**\ The label must include sender name and address, recipient name and delivery address, carrier barcode, tracking number, and carrier service level or service type. 6. **What may happen if the uploaded label is incorrect or incomplete?**\ The order may face rejection, delays, support tickets, disputes, or shipping issues during transit. 7. **Why is my Label Order blocked even though all items support Order With Label?**\ Order With Label support and shipping group validation are different checks. Even if all items support Order With Label, BurgerPrints still blocks the order if those items belong to different shipping groups. 8. **What information must always appear on the label?**\ The label must include sender name and address, recipient name and delivery address, carrier barcode, tracking number, and carrier service level or service type. 9. **What may happen if the uploaded label is incorrect or incomplete?**\ The order may face rejection, delays, support tickets, disputes, or shipping issues during transit. ### Related Articles * [How to create an order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-create-an-order-on-burgerprints) * [Which products are eligible for Ship by Marketplace?](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/which-products-are-eligible-for-ship-by-marketplace) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints Product Catalog](/design-and-product/products/understanding-the-burgerprints-product-catalog) * [How to manage an order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-manage-an-order-on-burgerprints) * [Understanding the fulfillment process](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/tracking/understanding-the-fulfillment-process) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints' shipping policy](/shipping-and-delivery/general/understanding-the-burgerprints-shipping-policy) # Understanding the BurgerPrints Product Catalog ### Overview This article explains how the BurgerPrints Product Catalog is structured and how to review product details before creating products or placing orders. It is for users who want to compare products by category, location, size, color, and cost to avoid selecting the wrong product variants or fulfillment locations. Before you begin, open BurgerPrints on the website and go to the Product Catalog. ### About the BurgerPrints Product Catalog The Product Catalog is where you explore all products available on BurgerPrints. It helps you: * Browse all BurgerPrints products in one place * Compare product types, sizes, colors, and base costs * Review key product information before making a decision To make browsing easier, the Catalog is organized in two main ways: by location and by product type. **Categories by location** Products in the Catalog are grouped by fulfillment location, such as US, UK, EU, Vietnam, China, or India. Browsing by location helps you understand what is available in each region and compare production and shipping expectations. Each location may offer: * Different base costs * Different available sizes and colors * Different shipping fees and delivery times * Different production standards or print areas, depending on the product The same product name may appear in multiple locations, but the available options and specifications can be different. **Categories by product type** Within each location, products are grouped by category, such as Apparel, Accessories, or Home and Living. This structure helps you quickly narrow down product types and focus on items that fit your business needs.
#### Product pages and what to verify When you open a product from the Catalog, the product detail page shows all essential information you need before creating a product or placing an order. On this page, you can review: * Product name, description, and preview image * Available sizes for the selected location * Available colors for the selected location * Base cost, updated based on selected size and color * Production and fulfillment notes (printing method, print area, material notes) * Location options to compare availability, cost, production time, and shipping expectations Example: A T-Shirt product page may show multiple color and size options, each with its own base price.
**Download SKU** In addition, the product page provides a **Download SKU** option. This file contains detailed SKU information for the product, including variant attributes such as size, color, and associated specifications. You can use this file as a reference when reviewing product variants or managing product data.
After downloading, open the SKU file to view the full list of variants and their details.
The SKU file contains a full list of product variants with detailed pricing and shipping information. Each row represents a specific product variant, defined by its product name, size, color, and fulfillment location. The file also includes pricing for each pricing tier, as well as shipping fees to different destinations. This allows you to compare costs across variants, pricing tiers, and target markets before creating products or placing orders. **Download design template** For some products, such as mugs or other decorative items, a design template may be available. You can download the design template from the **Decoration** section on the product detail page. This template shows the print area and design boundaries, helping you understand how your design fits on the product.
After downloading, review the print area and key design guidelines before preparing your design file.
#### Comparing locations for a product After you open a specific product page, you see a location selector on the product view. This allows you to compare the same product across different locations. When comparing locations, review: * Base cost * Available sizes and colors * Print area and design dimensions * Production time * Shipping fees and delivery times
Depending on the selected location, the **print area and design dimensions may be different**, even for the same product. Review the Decoration section for each location to compare design dimensions.
You can also review the **Size chart** to confirm physical product measurements, as sizing options may vary by location.
In addition, each location can have different **shipping fees and delivery times**. Check this information on the product page after selecting a location to ensure it matches your delivery expectations and target market.
This helps you select the most suitable location while avoiding design and fulfillment issues. ### Tips and Best Practices * Start by choosing the location, then narrow by product type category to reduce browsing time. * Open the product detail page to review sizes, pricing, and notes (do not rely on the product name only). * If 2 products look similar, compare them by location, available sizes, colors, and base price. * Use categories, search, or filters to find products faster. ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Why do similar-looking products have different prices or colors?**\ Similar-looking products can differ in price and available colors because they may be fulfilled from different locations. Each location can offer different product ranges and color options, which gives you more ways to diversify your product lineup. **Tip:** Always confirm the location and the selected size and color options before making a decision. 2. **Why is a specific color available in one location but missing in another?**\ Color availability can vary by location due to different supplier catalogs and stock or production constraints. If a color is important for your brand, compare the same product across fulfillment facilities and choose the location that supports the color range you need. 3. **How do I choose the best location for my target market?**\ Start with where most of your customers are located, then compare **locations** by: * Customer location * Product availability * Base cost * Delivery expectation This helps you balance customer expectations with cost and selection. ### Related Articles * [Understanding Product Design and BurgerPrints's design standard](/design-and-product/designs/understanding-product-design-and-burgerprints-design-standard) * [How to create, edit, delete or sync products on BurgerPrints](/design-and-product/products/how-to-create-edit-delete-or-sync-products-on-burgerprints)
# Orders ### About Orders Category The Orders category walks you through the complete order workflow on BurgerPrints - from creation to tracking and post-purchase management. It begins by guiding users to review the product design standards before placing orders, helping prevent avoidable production issues. You’ll learn how to create manual orders, import orders via CSV, troubleshoot failed imports, complete payments, and track order progress efficiently. Links to additional fulfillment methods are also provided for more advanced workflows. Beyond order creation, this category explains how to monitor order statuses, manage support tickets related to specific orders, and handle edits, cancellations, or refunds when necessary. It also covers how to set up fulfillment stores to better organize and assign orders within your team, as well as how bulk ordering works - including quantity limits and when to contact Support for large-volume consultation or special pricing. This section ensures you can confidently manage orders at every stage of the process. ### Related Resources * [How to create an order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-create-an-order-on-burgerprints) * [How to manage an order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-manage-an-order-on-burgerprints) * [How to create a fulfillment store to manage your orders](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-create-a-fulfillment-store-to-manage-your-orders) * [How to bulk order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-bulk-order-on-burgerprints) # How to create an order on BurgerPrints ### Overview BurgerPrints is a professional print-on-demand platform that supports multiple order creation methods to meet the fulfillment needs of users selling on all marketplaces. Users can create orders directly on the BurgerPrints Dashboard, import orders using CSV files, sync orders automatically via API, or connect marketplaces for automatic order syncing. This flexibility supports different business models and order volumes. In this article, we focus on 2 primary fulfillment methods: **Create orders directly on the BurgerPrints Dashboard** and **Create orders using CSV**. These methods are ideal for users who are new to BurgerPrints and want to quickly test product quality, fulfillment speed, and overall service experience before scaling to more advanced order sync solutions. #### Requirements before creating orders Before you begin, make sure you fully [understand BurgerPrints product design requirements and design standards](/design-and-product/designs/understanding-product-design-and-burgerprints-design-standard). Then, you need a store to manage order fulfillment. You can: * Use an existing BurgerPrints store * Create a new fulfillment store with your preferred name * Connect your marketplace store to BurgerPrints You can create or connect a store from the **Stores** section on the Dashboard navigation bar
### How To Create Orders Directly On The BurgerPrints Dashboard You can create orders directly on the Dashboard using 2 methods: * Add Custom Product * From Browse Product The order creation method you choose depends on your fulfillment needs and working habits. If you are not sure which method to use, you can refer to the comparison below. Each method has its own advantages and limitations, which help you decide the most suitable option for your workflow. **Add Custom Product** **Advantages:** * High flexibility, no need to create products in advance * Works well for test orders * Suitable for orders with custom designs * Allows you to change the product type, design file, and product variant during order creation. **Limitations:** * Takes more time when creating a large number of orders * Higher risk of mistakes when manually entering multiple fields * Not optimized for bulk order creation. **Recommended for:**\ The seller creates test orders, single orders, or sells custom design products. **Browse Product** **Advantages:** * Reduces the risk of errors because products and design files are created in advance * Works well for orders with repeated designs. **Limitations:** * Not suitable for orders that require frequent design changes or multiple base combinations * Not suitable for products such as Hoodies, Zip Hoodies, or products with sleeve printing * Limited number of bases and colors per product. **Recommended for:** \ The seller sells designs that do not change frequently and already have multiple products created in advance. 1. #### **Create an Order Using "Add Custom Product"** **Step 1: Start Creating an Order** Log into your account at On the Dashboard, go to **Orders** to begin the fulfillment process. **Step 2: Select the Order Type** On the order creation screen, choose the order type that matches your needs: * **Create Order** \ Use shipping labels provided by BurgerPrints. BurgerPrints handles production and shipping. * **Label Order** \ Use your own shipping label from a marketplace (for example: TikTok Shop, Amazon, Walmart). \ Upload your shipping label and fill in product information. BurgerPrints handles fulfillment.
{% hint style="success" %} **Notes:** For Label Order, all items in the same order must belong to the same shipping group. If the order contains items from 2 or more shipping groups, you must split them into separate orders before continuing. For example: Mug + T-shirt {% endhint %} **Step 3: Create an order by Add Custom Product**
Configure the product details: * Select Base product * Select Location * Choose Color and Size * Upload design files to the correct positions (front, back, sleeve, etc.) Make sure your design files meet BurgerPrints requirements for size and format. BurgerPrints **blocks the shipping step** if your order contains items from different shipping groups. You must split them into separate orders to continue. Products like shirts, stickers, mugs, and posters often belong to different shipping groups, so they typically can’t be shipped together in one order. {% hint style="success" %} ***Note***: A mockup file is a visual representation of the print design and its overall scale on a product. Sellers typically use mockup images on their stores to help Buyers better visualize the final product. You can upload mockup images directly to the Mockup Front/Mockup Back fields, as long as the images allow us to clearly understand how the design is intended to appear on the product to be fulfilled. Providing mockup files is especially important for products with higher complexity, such as: * Full-Printed Apparel: 3D all-over print garment, Shoes, Cap... * Decoration products: Ornament... * Accessories: Mug, Tumbler Please note that mockup files are not used as the primary reference for printing. All production is processed strictly based on your design files. If you want to skip the mockup upload step, you can select the checkbox “**You are solely responsible for your mockup files**" {% endhint %}
{% hint style="warning" %} ***Tips:*** BurgerPrints operates as a network connecting multiple locations that meet industry standards and serve Sellers. Each location may have different SKU availability and pricing policies, which can vary at any given time. Sellers can evaluate and select a location based on the following factors: * Availability of SKUs that match the order at the time of order creation * Printing technology * Order processing performance metrics * Fulfillment cost * Time to tracking number availability * Design eligibility for fulfillment * Print quality... If you need detailed assistance in selecting a location, please contact the Support team for consultation. {% endhint %}
2. #### **Create an Order from Browse Product** This method applies to creating Orders using BurgerPrints shipping service from the **Create Order** section. You must create products in advance. Products already created on the Platform can be used to create orders. Currently, the mockup preview on the BurgerPrints system only provides a general simulation of print placement and the overall product appearance. It does not accurately represent the actual print size or real product colors. Especially for Printed Apparel products, such as hoodies or zip hoodies, sleeve print areas, or other complex print zones, BurgerPrints does not currently support mockup previews for these areas. **Step 1: Create Product** On the Dashboard, go to **Products**, then click **Create Product**. * Choose the product * Add the design file * Fill in the required product information * Click **Save.**
**Step 2: Start Creating an Order** Log into your account at . Go to **Orders**, click **Create Order**, then select **Browse Product**.
Select the product to fulfill:
On the next screen, choose: Style, location, Color, Size, Quantity then click **Add Product to order.**
3. #### **Complete shipping** information **and fulfillment services** **Add shipping information or label file** When creating orders directly on the Dashboard, you must manually configure shipping information, production service, and shipping service. * When fulfilling Order ship by Marketplace on the **Label Order** screen, you import a label file or import a label link
{% hint style="warning" icon="pen" %} ***Note:*** BurgerPrints requires shipping labels in **4 × 6 inch** format and supports the following carriers: * US Label: USPS * UK Label: Evri, Royal Mail * EU Label: DPD, Colissimo, Mondial Relay, Chronopost\ You can find the detailed requirements for the label file [HERE](/design-and-product/products/understanding-order-with-label-on-burgerprints) \ For other carriers, please contact BurgerPrints Support for confirmation. {% endhint %} * When fulfilling Orders using BurgerPrints shipping service on the **Create Order** screen, you need to fill in the following fields in the Shipping info section: Full name, Email, Phone number, Country, State, City, Street address, APT / Suite / Other, and Zipcode.
{% hint style="warning" icon="pen" %} ***Note***: * Apartment or unit numbers are required for apartment buildings to ensure successful delivery * Seller must verify shipping addresses before fulfillment. {% endhint %} **Select Production service**
You can select one of the following options: **Priority**: Orders will be processed faster to meet urgent deadlines. BurgerPrints recommends using **Priority Production** for TikTok Shop, Walmart orders, marketplaces with strict processing time requirements, or any urgent orders. Only locations and products that support the Priority Production service will display this option for selection. **Select Shipping service** You can choose from the following options: **Economy Shipping:** US domestic delivery: 5–8 business days **Standard Shipping** * Domestic shipping within the same country as the location: 2–7 business days * International shipping: * US to worldwide: 10–25 business days * Vietnam or China to the US: 7–15 business days * EU to EU: 5–10 business days **Express Shipping:** Available in the US only: 2–5 business days **Priority Shipping:** Available in the US only: 1–3 business days *Shipping timelines may change during peak seasons.*
**Select Additional service** BurgerPrints currently provides **ProActive Tracking** as an additional service. This service ensures that orders become **active within 48 hours after payment**. Sellers are encouraged to prioritize this service to maintain strong active-rate performance on selling platforms, for example: **TikTok Shop** and **Walmart**. * For orders using **Ship by Marketplace**, ProActive Tracking applies to **all products, all locations** and only **USPS label** is supported. * For orders using **BurgerPrints shipping service,** ProActive Tracking applies under these conditions: * Carrier: USPS * Fulfillment Location: Matterhorn (US), Helia (US), Grand (US), Breva (US), Blanca (US), Truong Son (VN) * Mug and Poster products fulfilled at the Breva location do not support this service. {% hint style="warning" icon="pen" %} **Note: Please note that ProActive Tracking does not reduce or accelerate delivery time.** {% endhint %} For more details about this service and its applicable policies, refer to the article [HERE](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-create-an-order-on-burgerprints)
**Tips and Best Practices** * Verify shipping addresses before submitting orders. * Use correct design file sizes and formats to avoid order delays. * Use Priority Production for urgent or marketplace orders with strict processing timelines. * Use the ProActive Tracking service for marketplaces that have strict active tracking requirements, such as TikTok Shop and Walmart. * For Label Order, group items by fulfillment location and shipping group before creating the order or importing the CSV. This helps avoid blocked checkouts and **Incompleted** orders. ### How To Create Order Using CSV If you need to create multiple orders at the same time and already have order data prepared from another system or an internal file, you can create orders by importing a CSV file. **Advantages:** * Create bulk orders quickly * Suitable for large order volumes * Supports ready-made order data from internal systems or CSV exports from marketplaces * Gives you full control over order data before submission. **Limitations:** * Requires accurate input across all required fields * Less visual and interactive compared to creating orders directly on the Dashboard. **Recommended for:** \ Suitable for sellers who process large order volumes and already have internal order data prepared. To create a new order using a CSV file, you need to access the BurgerPrints Dash system and follow the instructions: #### **Step 1: Import CSV** Log into your account at[ https://dash.burgerprints.com/](https://dash.burgerprints.com/). Go to the **Orders tab** to begin the fulfillment process. Click **Import.**
#### **Step 2: Download example CSV** In **Import order to store**, select the store you want to manage fulfillment for. Click **Download example CSV** and fill in the required fields.
#### **Step 3: Fill in the CSV file** First, you choose the fulfillment type: Ship by seller or ship by marketplace 1. **For order using BurgerPrints shipping service**\ Fill in the following fields:\ *Name, Line-item quantity, Line-item SKU, Shipping Name, Shipping Address1, Shipping Address2, Shipping City, Shipping Province, Shipping Zip, Shipping Country, Shipping Phone, Design front URL, Design back URL, Mockup front URL, Mockup back URL*. 2. **For orders using Ship by Marketplace**\ Fill in the following fields:\ *Name, Line-item quantity, Line-item SKU, Design front URL, Design back URL, Mockup front URL, Mockup back URL, Shipping label file.*
***Note***: * Name: You should enter the corresponding order code created on the sales page for synchronization, which helps in easier order management. * Line-item SKU*:* Go to the BurgerPrints catalog at [https://burgerprints.com/catalog](https://burgerprints.com/catalog?utm_source=chatgpt.com) and select a product to get its SKU. On BurgerPrints, an SKU identifies the following information: location, product type, size, and color. You must enter the correct SKU to ensure the order information is recorded accurately. You can learn how to get the SKU [HERE](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/how-do-i-check-shipping-fees-on-burgerprints). * Shipping Address 2: For apartment or building addresses, an apartment or unit number is required. * Email customer and Shipping phone: should be provided to allow carriers to reach the recipient if necessary. * For orders with 2 or more products/designs: If an order has 2 or more products/designs, fill in each product on a separate line. Enter the information in the line below exactly the same as the original line, only fill in the columns: Line Item quantity, Line-item name, Line-item SKU, and design/mockup column so that the products ordered by the customer are grouped under one order code. If the items have the same Reference ID (column A-Name), the system uses the Address, Shipping Service, Production Service, and Additional Service data from the first line. * For orders with multiple items, the information fields should be the same except for the columns Line-item quantity, Line-item name, Line-item SKU, Design front URL, Design back URL, Mockup front URL, Mockup back URL. In the same order, if there is an item with missing or incorrect information combined with an item with complete information, the system will check which item has complete information and use that. If no item has complete information, the order will default to the Incompleted status, waiting for information to be added. * For orders that contain multiple items, users should prioritize selecting the same fulfillment location. Especially for Order ship by marketplace, you should ensure that all items are selected from a single location. The system displays a warning *"Custom label orders must have items from the same location. Please adjust your order accordingly"* if you do not follow this requirement, the order is Incompleted, and you need to manually check and adjust this order. * Shipping method: This applies only for **orders using BurgerPrints shipping service** \ Select Economy, Standard, Express, or Priority Express. If left blank, the system automatically selects a suitable shipping service based on the product and fulfillment location. * Production service: If left blank, the system automatically selects Standard. If you need to prioritize the production of the order, please enter Priority. * Additional Service: Select Pro-Active Tracking. If left blank, no service is selected. BurgerPrints recommends using **Priority Production** for TikTok Shop, Walmart orders, marketplaces with strict processing requirements, or urgent orders. #### **Step 4: Import CSV**
Click **Import**, select the CSV file from your computer, then click **Open**. After uploading the file, click **Check log** to open **Import History.** **Pending** status: means the order is under review. The system takes 30 seconds to 1 minute to validate the CSV data.
After the review process is complete, the system shows the status as **Done**.
Here, you can review the details of the CSV file you just uploaded. Click the file name to view all orders, including: order time, quantity, product name, warning status, and warning messages for incorrect order information.
### **Review Orders and Complete Payment** After you choose the most suitable order creation method, your orders appear on the **Orders** screen with 2 statuses: * **Unpaid**: The order has complete shipping information and valid product details, and is ready for payment. * **Incompleted**: The order is missing shipping info or design file is incorrect/missing. To identify the cause of the **Incompleted** status, go to **Logs**, select the file name, and review the error details. Update the required information for the affected orders, then click **Save** order to update the order status to **Unpaid**.
For orders in the **Unpaid** status, you can proceed to pay for the order to complete the fulfillment process. BurgerPrints supports 2 payment methods: Pay manually or enable Auto Pay.
After you pay for the order, the order status updates from **Processed** to **Shipped** according to each product’s processing time. You have **30 minutes** after payment to edit or cancel the order. After this timeframe, any request to update order information requires us to check with the location to confirm whether changes are still possible. Learn how to create a ticket [HERE](/policies-and-quality-assurance/policies/how-to-change-your-order). In addition, follow the **Tracking Management** tab on the taskbar to receive the latest updates on the tracking number and the corresponding shipping status in real time.
### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Why does my order show Incompleted status?**\ Some required information is missing or incorrect. Review the warning messages and update the order. If you encounter any difficulties, please contact BurgerPrints Support for assistance. 2. **Can I edit an order after submission?**\ You can edit orders before payment. For paid orders, please create a support ticket so our team can review and confirm the request. 3. **Can I create orders for sleeve prints, oversized prints, or hoodie designs using the “Browse Product” method?** No. These special print positions are not supported when creating orders using the “From Product Created” method. Please use one of the following order creation methods: Add Custom Product, CSV, or API to create orders. 4. **What happens if I upload an incorrect shipping carrier label?** If the order is not paid, or has been paid but is still within the allowed cancellation period, you can edit the order or create a support ticket to request a label change, which BurgerPrints can accept. 5. **Why does my CSV import show Failed for the entire file without a clear reason?**\ Please contact the BurgerPrints Support team immediately so we can assist you. 6. **Can I add a customer note to the package?** Currently, BurgerPrints does not support this service. If you need to add a note, please keep the message short (under 40 characters) and enter it in the Shipping Address2 or APT/Others field. 7. **Why is my Label Order blocked when I click Add shipping?** \ BurgerPrints blocks Label Orders that contain items from different shipping groups. To continue, split those items into separate orders and try again. 8. **Why does my Label Order CSV import show Incompleted?** \ This can happen when the same Label Order contains items from different shipping groups. Go to **Logs** then check **Import**, review the warning in **Finalize order**, then split those items into separate orders. 9. **Can I place Shirt, Sticker, Mug, and Poster in the same Label Order?** \ Not always. These product types often belong to different shipping groups. If they do, they must be placed in separate orders. ### Related Articles * [Understanding product design and BurgerPrints' design standard](/design-and-product/designs/understanding-product-design-and-burgerprints-design-standard) * [How to use the API and developer guide](/integrations-and-store-connections/integrations/how-to-use-the-api-and-developer-guide) * [How to connect your Etsy store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-etsy-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your Shopify store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-shopify-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your WooCommerce store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-woocommerce-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your Walmart store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-walmart-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to connect your BurgerShop store to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-connect-your-burgershop-store-to-burgerprints) * [How to integrate order desk with BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections/how-to-integrate-order-desk-with-burgerprints) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints fulfillment process](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/understanding-the-burgerprints-fulfillment-process) * [How to top up your balance and pay for orders](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/how-to-top-up-your-balance-and-pay-for-orders) * [How to change your order](/policies-and-quality-assurance/policies/how-to-change-your-order) * [How to apply full and partial cancellation policies](/policies-and-quality-assurance/policies/how-to-apply-full-and-partial-cancellation-policies) # How to manage an order on BurgerPrints ### **Overview** This article explains how to manage orders on the BurgerPrints Dashboard. It is for new users who create, track, edit, or resolve order-related issues during fulfillment. You learn how to check order statuses, track support tickets linked to specific orders, and request edits, cancellations, or refunds when needed. Before you begin, make sure you can access **Orders** on your Dashboard. ### **How To Understand And Monitor Order Status** #### Step 1: Access All Orders Go to **Orders** to view every order you created or synced.
#### Step 2: Review core order tags BurgerPrints uses consistent status labels to help you understand the order’s progress: * **Incompleted**: The order has missing or invalid information. * **Unpaid**: Ready for payment. * **Paid**: Payment completed and the order moves into production. * **Processed**: The order is in the production stage. * **Shipped**: Shipping & delivery tracking begins. * **Cancelled**: The order is canceled after a valid request.
#### Step 3: View detailed order information When you select an order, you see: * **Order ID & Reference** * **Customer information** * **Shipping method & tracking** * **Payment & production status** * **Cost & amount overview** This information helps you clearly understand the order status and progress throughout the fulfillment process on BurgerPrints.
### **How To Track And Manage Tickets Linked To Orders** #### When Tickets appear A Ticket is created in two cases: 1. **You create a Ticket** to request an adjustment, cancellation, refund, remake, or shipping investigation. 2. **BurgerPrints creates a Ticket** when the system needs your confirmation (e.g., out-of-stock, copyright issues, failed delivery). Tickets only appear for **Paid** orders because only paid orders qualify for support review. ### **How To Follow Up Correctly When Handling Tickets** Handling Tickets correctly helps BurgerPrints resolve issues faster and reduces fulfillment delays. #### **Best practices when replying to a Ticket** * **Reply directly inside the Ticket conversation**\ Always use the Ticket chat to respond. This keeps all information centralized and avoids miscommunication. * **Include fallback instructions when requesting changes**\ Clearly state what BurgerPrints should do if your preferred request cannot be applied. \ Example: *“If the address change is not applicable, please cancel the shipment.”*\ This helps avoid delays and prevents the order from being stuck without next-step instructions. * **Provide complete information in one response**\ Include all required details upfront (new address, updated design file, confirmation notes, etc.) to minimize back-and-forth.
#### **Common mistakes to avoid when handling Tickets** * **Creating multiple Tickets for the same issue and order**\ This slows down support processing and may cause confusion. Use **one Ticket per issue per order**. * **Missing response deadlines**\ Tickets automatically close after **15 days**, or sooner for special cases such as **Failed Delivery** or **Copyright issues**.\ If a Ticket closes due to no response, BurgerPrints proceeds according to system rules. * **Not attaching supporting evidence**\ Missing attachments (photos, design files, updated addresses, screenshots) require Support to ask follow-up questions, which extends resolution time. **Why this matters:** Following these practices helps BurgerPrints act faster, reduces fulfillment risks, and ensures your orders move forward without unnecessary delays. ### **How To View Tickets In The Dashboard** Users can view and manage Tickets in 2 ways on BurgerPrints. #### **Method 1: View Tickets directly from the Dashboard and Orders** This method provides a more visual and immediate way to identify Tickets that require your attention. * A **yellow warning banner** appears on the Dashboard when there are Tickets pending your response. * Orders with active Tickets are visually highlighted in the **Orders** list. * When you open an order, you can see the related Ticket information directly within the Order details. This visual warning helps you quickly identify and process Tickets to avoid fulfillment delays.
#### Method 2: View Tickets from the Tickets tab This method helps you see all Tickets in one place. **Step 1: Open the Tickets tab** Go to **Orders**, and choose **Tickets** tab.
In the Tickets tab, you can view all Tickets related to your orders and track their progress through different statuses. * **New:** The Ticket has just been created successfully. * **Awaiting:** The system is waiting for your confirmation or additional details. Please reply within the required timeframe to prevent the Ticket from closing automatically or delaying the resolution. * **Responded:** You’ve shared the requested information. BurgerPrints reviews your reply and moves the Ticket to the next step. No need to create another Ticket for the same issue. * **Approved:** Your request has been accepted. BurgerPrints proceeds with the action described in the Ticket. * **Rejected:** Your request is not valid or cannot be applied. Review the rejection reason carefully and submit a new Ticket with corrected information if needed. If you do not agree with the outcome, contact the BurgerPrints Support team for further clarification.
**Step 2: Review the Ticket list** You see: * Create date * Order ID * Status: **New**, **Awaiting**, **Responded, Approved, Rejected** * Request type * Respond note **Step 3: Use Ticket search** Enter **Order ID** or **Ref ID** to quickly locate a specific Ticket.
### **How To Respond To A Ticket** #### For Tickets in “New” status * **Edit Ticket**: Click the **pencil icon** to update missing or incorrect information. * **Delete Ticket**: Click the **trash icon**, then **Confirm**. * **Chat with Support**: Select the **note icon** to open the conversation window. #### For Tickets in “Awaiting” status * If BurgerPrints created the Ticket, check the message and follow the instructions. * If you created the Ticket, review the response and provide the requested confirmation or details. #### For Tickets in “Responded” status When you reply in the Ticket chat, the system automatically updates the status to **Responded**. #### Ticket auto-closure rules BurgerPrints applies automatic Ticket closure rules to ensure orders continue moving through the fulfillment process without unnecessary delays. These rules are part of the system workflow and do not require manual confirmation from users. **How auto-closure works:** * **General cases**: Tickets automatically close after **15 days** if no further action is required from either side. * **Failed delivery**: BurgerPrints requires a response within **3 days**. If no response is provided within this timeframe, the Ticket closes automatically and the order proceeds based on the current status. * **Out-of-stock / Copyright issues**: BurgerPrints requires a response within **30 days**. If no response is received, the Ticket closes automatically according to system rules. **Important note for users:** These timeframes define how long the system waits for a response before taking the next operational step. Users are not required to take action unless the Ticket specifically requests input. By using BurgerPrints, users acknowledge and agree to these system-managed rules for Ticket handling and auto-closure.
### **How To Edit, Cancel, Or Request A Refund For An Order (Via Ticket)** This section gives an overview of available actions. Refer to [the full policy](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/what-is-burgerprints-refund-remake-policy) for full details and specific conditions. #### Edit an order * **Unpaid orders**: You can edit all details directly in **Orders**. * **Paid but Unfulfilled orders**: You can edit shipping information (excluding the destination country). In some cases, BurgerPrints may support order cancellation or order detail changes, but these actions are not available directly on the Dashboard and must be requested through a Ticket. * **Processed or Shipped orders**: Edits are no longer supported - create a Ticket to check options.
#### Change an order Use this option when you need to **check or adjust order details** that cannot be edited directly in the Dashboard.Create a Ticket with: * Request type: **Adjust/Check** * Clearly describe the change you want to request (for example: address correction, product detail verification, or other order adjustments). * Include fallback instructions if applicable (for example: *“If the change is not applicable, please cancel the shipment.”*). BurgerPrints reviews each request on a case-by-case basis depending on the order status and production stage.
#### Cancel an order * **Within 30 minutes of payment**: Cancel directly without a fee. * **After 30 minutes:** * If production has not started: Cancellation may still be possible. * If production has started: Create a Ticket to request cancellation or shipping cancellation. * **Shipped orders** cannot be canceled.
#### Request a refund Create a Ticket with: * Request type: **Refund** * Category: **Shipping issue** or **Defective item** * Attach images if applicable Refunds are processed to your **B-Wallet** after validation.
### **Tips And Best Practices** * Always submit full details in the first Ticket to avoid delays. * Include the updated address or design file directly in the Ticket description. * For changes (address or design), add: **"If the change cannot be applied, please cancel the shipment and refund the shipping fee."** * Monitor Tickets at least once daily, especially across time zones. * Use the search bar to locate Tickets quickly using **Order ID** or **Ref ID**. * Respond promptly to avoid auto-closure. ### **Frequently Asked Questions** 1. **Why can’t I create a Ticket for my order?**\ Tickets apply only to **Paid** orders. Unpaid orders must be edited or canceled directly. 2. **Can I request both a shipping change and a refund in one Ticket?**\ Yes. Combine related requests into one Ticket to avoid missing the intervention window. 3. **How long does it take for Support to reply?**\ BurgerPrints replies within **24 hours** after you submit a Ticket. 4. **What happens if the address change is not possible?**\ If you included the fallback request (e.g., shipping cancellation), Support processes the alternative action. 5. **Where do refunds go?**\ Refunds are credited to your **B-Wallet** for future payments. ### **Related Articles** * [How to apply full and partial cancellation policies](/policies-and-quality-assurance/policies/how-to-apply-full-and-partial-cancellation-policies) * [How to change your order](/policies-and-quality-assurance/policies/how-to-change-your-order) * [How to create, edit, delete or sync products on BurgerPrints](/design-and-product/products/how-to-create-edit-delete-or-sync-products-on-burgerprints) * [Where can I find my order tracking number?](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/where-can-i-find-my-order-tracking-number)
# How to create a fulfillment store to manage your orders ### Overview A fulfillment store helps you store and manage orders on BurgerPrints. Each account includes a default store ready for fulfillment, and additional stores can be created to organize orders and connect with external platforms via API. ### **How To Create A Fulfillment Store** #### **Step 1: Access the Dashboard** * Log in to your **BurgerPrints Dashboard**. * On the left navigation bar, find the **Store channels** section. * Click **Add new store**
#### **Step 2: Select the Fulfillment store option** In the **Connect store** interface, you will see icons for different store types. * Click the **BurgerPrints** store icon. * Enter the **name** you want to assign to the new store. * Click **Create store**.
After creating the fulfillment store, it appears in the **My stores** list when you open **Stores**.
### **How To Edit Your Fulfillment Store** * Next to the store name in the **Store channels** bar, click the **gear icon**.
* Update the store name as needed. * Click **Save** to keep changes.
{% hint style="info" %} **Note:** Each fulfillment store has an **API key** that can be used to synchronize orders from other systems or software (e.g., order management tools). The API key **cannot be changed** once the store is created. {% endhint %} ### **Tips & Best Practices** Use fulfillment stores to keep your order management clear and scalable. To get the most out of fulfillment stores, follow these best practices: * Create a fulfillment store only when you need to organize orders by workflow, team, region, or purpose. * Use clear and descriptive store names to easily identify how orders are grouped (for example: *EU Warehouse Orders*, *Custom Print Team*). * Assign store access only to team members responsible for managing orders in that store. * Use each store’s API key to connect external platforms and automatically sync orders when needed. * Create additional stores as your operation grows to track orders and performance separately. * If you no longer need a store, delete it by selecting the **Remove** option in the store settings. ### **Frequently Asked Questions** 1. **What is a fulfillment store used for?**\ A fulfillment store is used to place and manage orders within the BurgerPrints system. It is not a sales channel for selling products. 2. **Can I create multiple fulfillment stores?**\ Yes. You can create as many fulfillment stores as needed to organize orders and delegate management to different teams. 3. **How do I delete a fulfillment store?**\ Go to the **Store channels** panel, open the store settings using the gear icon, and select **Remove** to delete it. 4. **What is the API key for?**\ The API key allows you to integrate the fulfillment store with external tools or platforms to sync orders automatically. This key cannot be changed after creation. ### **Related articles** * [How to use the API and developer guide](/integrations-and-store-connections/integrations/how-to-use-the-api-and-developer-guide) * [Understanding Team manangement and create sub-account](/getting-started/settings/understanding-team-manangement-and-create-sub-account) \
# How to bulk order on BurgerPrints ### **Overview** This article explains how to place bulk orders on BurgerPrints and how the ordering process differs from standard POD orders. The Dashboard currently supports a maximum of 30 items per order to ensure stable production and optimized shipping for print-on-demand fulfillment. Orders that exceed 30 items require a separate workflow and Support assistance. This guide helps you understand the limitations, how to request bulk order processing, and what information you need to prepare before contacting Support. ### **About Bulk Order** Bulk orders on BurgerPrints refer to orders that exceed the Dashboard limit of **30 items**. These orders require a **separate workflow** because they involve higher production volume, additional planning, and customized consultation on fulfillment capacity, printing methods, packaging, and shipping. A bulk order is defined by one or more of the following conditions: * The total quantity exceeds **30 items** in a single order * The order requires special production planning (multiple SKUs, size or color breakdowns, layered designs) * The order may involve multiple cartons or region-based shipping arrangements * The user needs **quotation approval** before confirming pricing with customers * The request requires verifying location **production capacity** Bulk orders are still print-on-demand items, meaning each product is printed individually. Because of this, production and shipping times may differ from regular orders and may require consultation with Support before confirming with your customers. ### **How To Place Orders Up To 30 Items** Orders with **30 items or fewer** follow the same workflow as standard POD orders. You can create them directly from the Dashboard using your preferred method: * Sync order via Shopify, Etsy, WooCommerce, Walmart, API, Order Desk and other platform * Create order from the **Orders** section For detailed step-by-step instructions, refer to the related articles below. ### **How To Request Bulk Orders Over 30 Items** Bulk orders over 30 items **cannot be created through the Dashboard**. Follow the steps below to [request Support assistance](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-contact-the-burgerprints-support-team). #### **Step 1: Check supported product list and available locations** Before requesting a bulk order, review the published list of: * Supported product types * Available fulfillment locations that can process bulk quantities * Printing methods supported by each location * Special handling notes for specific SKUs (if any) This helps you confirm whether the product you need is eligible for bulk ordering and select the appropriate location before contacting Support. You can find the full Product list that is supported for bulk order here (*Insert link)(Placeholder: Insert link to product list & location list here.)* #### **Step 2: Provide order information to Support** Prepare the following details to help Support evaluate production capacity: * Product type(s) * Quantity per product * Color and size breakdown * Mockup and Design file * Destination country and expected delivery window * Any customization notes (if applicable) #### **Step 3: Get consultation on printing methods and packaging** Based on the product type and selected location, Support provides detailed consultation on: **Printing methods** * The optimal printing technology for large-quantity POD orders * Print limitations for specific SKUs (large print area, multi-layer effects, metallic ink, etc.) * Required adjustments if the design needs pre-production review **Packaging standards** Support confirms how your bulk order will be packed based on product dimensions, weight, and total quantity: * How many items can be packed into one box * Whether the order requires multiple cartons for safe handling * The type of packaging materials used (box type, protective layers, polybags, inserts, etc.) * Any special handling needed for fragile or oversized items **Shipping carrier and delivery expectation** You also receive information on the shipping plan: * The shipping carrier assigned for this order * Whether the order will be split into multiple shipments * The estimated transit time by region * Any carrier limitations that may impact routing or delivery time This consultation helps you understand the full fulfillment workflow and set accurate expectations for your buyers before confirming the order. #### **Step 4: Request pricing details** Support provides the full cost breakdown: * Discount eligibility (if applicable) * Base cost per item * Estimated shipping fee per package or region * Additional handling fees if required {% hint style="info" %} *Note: Discounts and special pricing must be approved before you confirm your order with your customers.* {% endhint %} #### **Step 5: Request a sample test before full production** After you review all production, printing, and pricing details, Support may recommend producing a sample item before moving into full production. This step helps ensure: * Print quality matches your expectations * Colors and details align with your design requirements * The selected printing method is suitable for the product type * Material and product finishing meet your standards * Packaging quality is appropriate for the order After you receive and review the sample: * Confirm approval with Support * The location proceeds with full production based on the approved sample * Any adjustments must be finalized **before** bulk production begins This step helps reduce risks for large-quantity orders and allows you to confidently commit results to your customers. ### **Tips and Best Practices** 1. **Bulk orders are still POD items, not mass production**\ Each item is printed individually. Production time may vary slightly between items depending on product type. 2. **Large orders may be split into multiple packages**\ This ensures safe transportation and reduces the risk of loss or damage. 3. **CSV upload is not supported**\ Bulk orders must be coordinated directly with Support. 4. **Discounts must be approved in advance**\ Do not promise bulk pricing to your customers until Support confirms it. 5. **Production and shipping times differ from regular orders**\ Set correct expectations with your buyers, especially for large quantities or international shipments. 6. **Complex customizations may require review**\ Designs involving metallic ink, oversized print areas, or multi-layer effects must be approved before production. 7. **Only products listed in the bulk catalog are supported**\ Bulk orders apply only to products available in the official BurgerPrints bulk catalog. ### **Frequently Asked Questions** 1. **Can I create a bulk order directly in the Dashboard?**\ No. Dashboard orders are limited to 30 items. Bulk orders must be coordinated with Support. 2. **When should I contact Support?**\ Contact Support when your order exceeds the Dashboard limit or requires special handling such as pricing requests, shipping quotations, or production capacity checks. 3. **What can Support help me with?**\ Provides consultation on fulfillment location, production capacity, printing methods, pricing, packaging, and shipping for bulk orders. 4. **Can BurgerPrints recommend the best location for my bulk order?**\ Yes. Support recommends the most suitable fulfillment location based on your quantity, product type, and destination. 5. **Do bulk orders get cheaper rates?**\ They may qualify for discounts, but only after Support approves them. 6. **Will all items in a bulk order ship together?**\ Not always. Large quantities may be shipped in multiple packages to ensure safe handling. 7. **Why is the production time longer for bulk orders?**\ Bulk orders include higher quantities and may require production planning, material checks, or special handling. ### **Related Articles** * [How to create an order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-create-an-order-on-burgerprints) * [How to connect your stores to BurgerPrints](/integrations-and-store-connections/store-connections) (list articles) * [Understanding the Production and Fulfillment process](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/tracking/understanding-the-fulfillment-process) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints' Shipping Policy](/shipping-and-delivery/general/understanding-the-burgerprints-shipping-policy) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints's packaging and delivery](/shipping-and-delivery/general/understanding-the-burgerprints-packaging-and-delivery)
# Tracking ### About Tracking Category The Tracking category helps you stay informed and in control after an order is placed. It explains how to use the Logs feature to monitor import, export, and order activities effectively, along with best practices to track system actions and troubleshoot issues quickly. This category also provides a clear overview of the production and fulfillment process - including estimated production timelines for single and bulk orders, tracking number generation, carrier pickup, and delivery flow. You’ll understand the key factors that may impact production and shipping, from seasonal surges and material shortages to logistics disruptions and external events. Additionally, it guides you on how to check tracking statuses, interpret delivery updates at each stage, and handle common tracking issues through linked troubleshooting resources. Together, these articles ensure full visibility from payment to final delivery. ### Related Resources * [How to use the Logs feature for order tracking](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/tracking/how-to-use-the-logs-feature-for-order-tracking) * [Understanding the Production and Fulfillment process](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/tracking/understanding-the-fulfillment-process) * [How to track the status of your order after payment](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/tracking/how-to-track-the-status-of-your-order-after-payment) # How to use the Logs feature for order tracking Use BurgerPrints Logs to track imports, exports, syncs, and auto payments. Troubleshoot CSV errors and fulfillment issues fast. ### Overview The **Logs feature** has been implemented by BurgerPrints to help users monitor all activities related to the fulfillment process on the system. With this feature, users can transparently oversee all events occurring within their accounts, ensuring the best possible fulfillment experience with BurgerPrints. The Logs feature records detailed history of the following activities: * **Import** *(Order Import, Tracking Import)*: Activities related to uploading orders and tracking codes to the system. * **Export** *(Product Export, Order Export, Tracking Export, Transaction History Export, Ticket Export)*: Activities related to exporting product files, orders, tracking codes, transaction history, and tickets from the system. * **Sync** *(Order Sync, Product Sync, Tracking Sync)*: Synchronizing orders from sales channels (such as WooCommerce, Shopify, etc.) to the system, and vice versa – syncing products/tracking from the system back to the channels. * **Auto Payment**: Records details of automatic payment transactions when using the Auto Fulfillment feature. ### When Should You Use The Logs Feature? * Logs store data generated during and after the processing of orders uploaded by users via CSV. This feature is designed to provide greater transparency and visibility into the data processing flow. * Users should use the Logs feature when you want to review all CSV files you have previously imported into the system and check whether orders were successfully created or encountered any issues. This allows you to take corrective actions promptly and avoid delays in order processing and fulfillment. #### Users should use the Logs feature when you encounter specific issues such as: * When you import orders via CSV but cannot find them on the Orders page, you can check **Logs,** then select **Import** to verify whether the orders are in **Failed** or **Pending** status. * When imported orders appear in the system but remain in **Incomplete** status, you can review the error messages or warnings displayed for those orders to identify and resolve the issues. * When orders are synced from connected marketplaces but are missing required information. * When orders exist in the marketplace store but are not synced to the BurgerPrints system. * When you need to export products, orders, tracking, tickets, or transaction history for review or reporting purposes. ### **How To View Import History** #### **Step 1:** Select the **Logs** tab on the left navigation bar, then choose **Import**. Here, users can view the history of imported orders and tracking codes uploaded to the system.
#### **Step 2: Filter by time by clicking on “All time” and selecting the desired time range.** Additionally, you can filter by import status: * **Done**: The CSV file has been successfully imported into the system. Orders have been created; however, some orders may still contain warnings or validation issues. * **Failed**: The CSV file could not be imported due to errors, such as incorrect file format or invalid/missing required fields. * **Pending**: The CSV file is being uploaded and processed by the system. Please wait while the system completes the import process.
* You can review orders immediately after importing to verify whether they are valid. If an order is not valid, the system will display a warning and clearly indicate the specific issue directly in this section.
{% hint style="success" %} **Notes:** A file with **Done** status does not always mean every order inside the file is ready to proceed. For example, a Label Order may still appear as **Warning** status in the Logs if the same order contains items from different fulfillment locations or different shipping groups. You should open the imported file and review each affected order in detail. {% endhint %} ### **How To View Export History** #### **Step 1:** Select the **Logs** tab on the left navigation bar, then choose **Export**. Here, users can view the export history of product files, orders, tracking codes, transaction history, and tickets, including the time of export and download link.
#### **Step 2:** Filter by time by clicking on “All time” and selecting the desired time range. Additionally, you can filter by export status: * **Done** * **Failed**
#### **Step 3: Select the data fields you want to export from the system. Users can download the file by clicking the download link (Export File URL).**
### **How To View Sync History** #### **Step 1:** Select the **Logs** tab on the left navigation bar, then choose **Sync.** Here, users can view the history of order synchronization from sales channels to the system, as well as product and tracking synchronization from the system back to the channels.
#### **Step 2:** Filter by time using “All time” and select the desired timeframe. You can also filter by sync status: * **Done** * **Failed** * **Processing**
#### **Step 3:** * Select **Sync order** to view the list of orders synced to the system and their corresponding status. * Select **Sync product** to view the list of products synced from the system to the sales channels. * Select **Sync tracking** to view the tracking codes synced from the system to the sales channels.
### **How To View Auto Payment History** #### **Step 1:** Select the **Logs** tab on the left navigation bar, then choose **Auto payment**. Here, users can monitor the detailed history of automatic payment transactions when using the **Auto Fulfillment** feature.
#### **Step 2:** Filter by time by clicking on “All time” and selecting the desired timeframe. Additionally, filter by payment status: * **Done** * **Failed** * **Processing**
#### **Step 3:** Search for order transactions by entering the customer name or Reference ID in the search bar.
If you have any questions or encounter difficulties during the usage process, please contact the BurgerPrints support team for timely assistance and clarification. ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Why does my order show an error after successfully uploading the CSV file?**\ Your order may show an error if the CSV file is missing required fields or contains incorrect information.\ You can check the error details by going to **Logs,** then select **Import** and reviewing the instructions there. 2. **How can I identify errors in imported orders?**\ You can identify errors in imported orders by reviewing the uploaded CSV file in the **Import History** section. Click on **Detail**, and the system will display the specific error for each order. 3. **What should I do if my order remains in Pending status for too long?**\ You should also check whether the system shows any specific error messages during the CSV import process. Additionally, please review the order information to ensure all required fields are complete and correctly formatted.\ If you are unable to determine the cause of the issue, please contact the Support Team for further assistance. 4. **What does the shipping group warning in Logs mean?** \ It means the same Label Order contains items that cannot be placed under one shipping flow. To avoid delivery failures and package loss, BurgerPrints requires those items to be separated into different orders. This feature also helps you identify validation issues in imported Label Orders, including cases where the same order contains items from different shipping groups. ### Related Articles * [How to create an order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-create-an-order-on-burgerprints) * [How to contact the BurgerPrints support team](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-contact-the-burgerprints-support-team) * [How to track the status of your order after payment](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/tracking/how-to-track-the-status-of-your-order-after-payment) * [Where can I find my order tracking number?](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/where-can-i-find-my-order-tracking-number) # Understanding the fulfillment process ### **Overview** This article explains how orders move through BurgerPrints’ **production and fulfillment process**, from payment confirmation to shipping carrier delivery. It covers **estimated production and shipping timelines** for both **single orders and bulk orders**, how **tracking numbers are generated**, and how orders are **picked up and handled by carriers**. You will also learn about the **key factors that can affect production and shipping timelines**, including seasonal order surges, material availability, factory operations, address accuracy, logistics disruptions, and external events. These factors may cause delays beyond standard estimates and can impact when tracking becomes active or when orders are delivered. Understanding this process helps you set accurate expectations, monitor orders more effectively, and identify when delays are caused by production constraints versus shipping or carrier-related issues. ### **How an order moves through production and fulfillment** Once an order is paid, it enters the standard fulfillment flow below: * **Order enters production queue after Paid status:** The order is sent to the assigned fulfillment Location based on the selected product and location. * **Production stage:** The Location produces the item according to the order specifications. A tracking number is generated and added to the order if the Location supports the Early Tracking Service. * **Packing and handoff preparation:** After production is completed, the order is packed and prepared for carrier pickup. * **Carrier pickup and tracking creation:** The Shipping carrier collects the package from the Location. A tracking number is generated and added to the order. * **Shipping and delivery:** The Shipping carrier transports the package and delivers it to the destination address. Understanding this flow helps you identify which stage an order is currently in and what type of delay may occur.
**Checking tracking during the Processing stage** During the **production stage**, the Location produces the item according to the order specifications. If the Location supports the **Early Tracking Service**, a tracking number may be generated and added to the order **while the order is still in Processing status**. To check whether a tracking number is available: * Go to Order > **Tracking Management** in the Dashboard. * Search for the order using the **Order ID** or **Reference ID.** * Check the **Tracking number** column. If Early Tracking is supported, the tracking number may appear before carrier pickup. Tracking status updates will start only after the carrier performs the first scan.
## **Production Time by Product Category** * Common products such as apparel, mugs, ornaments and drinkware typically require 1-3 business days. * Home textiles, blankets, wall art and canvas products usually require 2-5 business days. * All-over printed apparel products or items with more complex production processes generally require 3-6 business days. * Bulk orders typically require 3-7 business days, depending on order volume and fulfillment capacity.
{% hint style="info" %} *Note: Production timelines may be extended in the following cases:* * *Multiple-item orders: Processing time may be extended by an additional 1-3 business days.* * *Peak seasons.* * *When production schedules need to be adjusted due to stock availability.* {% endhint %} ## **Tracking Number Generation** **For the fulfillment Locations that support early tracking**: The tracking number is typically generated within 1-24 business hours after the order payment has been completed.
{% hint style="info" %} *Note: An order is considered valid and the tracking number will be generated within the stated timeframe only when the order is confirmed with complete and accurate information. No changes or cancellations can be made once the order has been processed.* {% endhint %} **For fulfillment Locations that do not support early tracking**: The tracking number is added only after the order has completed production and has been handed over to the shipping provider. In these cases, tracking availability follows the standard production timeline.
* In some cases, a tracking number may appear early but will not show status updates until the carrier performs the first scan. * Tracking updates depend on the carrier’s processing and scanning procedures, which may vary by shipping provider. ### **Shipping Time by Region and Product Group** The following shipping timelines apply based on product group, fulfillment center and shipping route. All timelines are estimated and calculated in business days. Please note that delivery times may vary depending on operational capacity, carrier performance, peak seasons, customs clearance (for international orders), or other unforeseen logistics factors. While we strive to ensure timely fulfillment and delivery, delays may occasionally occur due to circumstances beyond our direct control. If an order exceeds the estimated delivery timeframe, is returned, lost in transit, or requires further resolution, you should follow the appropriate handling process. For detailed guidance, please refer to: [**How to handle the returns, exchanges, and lost parcels**](/shipping-and-delivery/general/how-to-handle-the-returns-exchanges-and-lost-parcels) This article provides step-by-step instructions to help you manage post-shipping issues efficiently and ensure the best possible experience for your customers. * **Printed Apparel and Mug products (US fulfillment Location)**\ Standard domestic shipping from the US to the US typically takes 2-5 business days * **Printed Apparel, Mug and Poster products (EU fulfillment Location)**\ Standard domestic shipping within the EU typically takes 2-9 business days. * **All-Over-Print Apparel (EU fulfillment Location)**\ Standard domestic shipping within the EU typically takes 2-9 business days. * **All-Over-Print Apparel, Decorations, Accessories and Footwear (China fulfillment Location)** Standard international shipping to the US typically takes 7-15 business days. * **All-Over-Print Apparel, Decorations, and Accessories (Vietnam fulfillment Location)**\ Standard international shipping to the US typically takes 8-15 business days. * **Poster products (US fulfillment Location)**\ Standard domestic shipping within the US typically takes 2-5 business days. * **International shipping (general)**\ Standard international shipping typically takes 10-25 business days, depending on destination country and customs processing. * **Remote or special destinations**\ Shipments to AOPs/FPOs/AE/AO/AA/AP addresses, islands, unincorporated territories (including PR, VI, GU, MP, AS), as well as Hawaii (HI) and Alaska (AK), typically take 40-45 business days. **Optional Shipping Methods** BurgerPrints offers multiple shipping options to support your delivery needs. Available methods may vary depending on the fulfillment location and destination country. * **Priority Express:** Estimated delivery within 1 to 3 business days. * **Express:** Estimated delivery within 2 to 5 business days. * **Economy:** Estimated delivery within 3 to 9 business days. You may select **Priority Express** or **Express** for faster delivery. If your order is not time sensitive and you would like to save on shipping costs, Economy is a suitable option. Shipping fees are calculated based on the product type, delivery address, selected shipping method, and package weight. Please note that delivery times are estimates and may vary depending on the destination, carrier conditions, or peak seasons. {% hint style="info" %} *Note: Shipping timelines may increase by 5-15 additional business days during peak seasons, periods of high demand, or force majeure events such as carrier disruptions, customs delays or natural disasters.* {% endhint %}
### **Factors Affecting Production Time** Production timelines may be impacted by several operational factors. When delays occur, BurgerPrints will proactively notify you through Ticket updates and system notifications on the Dashboard. Below are the most common factors and their typical impact on production timelines: * **Seasonal order surges (major sales, holidays, year-end peak seasons)**\ During peak periods, a sudden increase in order volume may exceed standard production capacity. * Estimated impact: production may be extended by 1-3 additional business days, and in extreme peak cases, up to 5 business days. * BurgerPrints closely monitors order volume and adjusts production schedules accordingly. * **Temporary shortages of raw materials or production blanks**\ Certain products may be affected when materials or blanks are temporarily out of stock at the fulfillment facility. * Estimated impact: production may be delayed by 2-7 business days, depending on restocking timelines and supplier availability. * If restocking is expected to take longer, the affected product may be temporarily unavailable for ordering. * **Fulfillment facility operational capacity**\ During the production process, certain issues may arise and are sometimes unavoidable. These are common operational situations and are continuously monitored and updated by our system.\ **Production capacity may be affected by the following factors:** * Workforce availability at the facility * Machinery maintenance, upgrades, or technical issues * Capacity limitations at specific fulfillment facilities * Unexpected operational issues (material shortages, printing errors, technical mistakes, etc.) #### Estimated Impact * Production time may be extended by **1-4 business days**, depending on the severity and duration of the issue. * In rare cases, orders may be **rerouted to an alternative facility** (if feasible) to help minimize delays. **Notifications for Production-Related Issues** In print-on-demand production, certain situations such as material shortages, design adjustments, production delays, or carrier updates are normal and may occur from time to time. These are not unusual incidents, but part of the operational realities of manufacturing and fulfillment. When such situations arise: * The system may automatically notify you through your Dashboard. * You may receive updates via email. * Or your Account Manager may contact you directly to provide clarification and guidance. To ensure you always receive timely support and clear communication, we strongly recommend working closely with a dedicated **Account Manager**. Having an Account Manager allows you to: * Receive proactive updates * Get faster clarification on production-related matters * Discuss suitable solutions before the issue affects your customers 1. **Ticket Notification** You will receive detailed information regarding the delay or production hold, such as: * Temporary out-of-stock products * Copyright concerns requiring confirmation or transfer to another printing facility * Design files that do not meet QC standards * Other technical issues affecting production
2. **System Notifications** The system will display announcements when there are important operational updates, including: * Temporary suspension of order intake due to machinery maintenance or production optimization * Temporary inactivation of products not suitable for production during a specific period * Impacts caused by labor shortages, strikes, or other operational disruptions * Facility capacity adjustments
3. **Email or Chat from Your Account Manager:** In addition to system notifications, you may receive updates directly via email or chat from your [**Account Manager.**](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-contact-the-burgerprints-support-team) *We strongly recommend having a dedicated **Account Manager** to ensure timely updates and prompt support when issues arise.* **Recommendations for Sellers** If production issues occur, we recommend that you: * Proactively monitor system notifications * Understand the situation to adjust your sales plan accordingly * Communicate transparently with your end customers * Coordinate with BurgerPrints to identify the best possible solution *BurgerPrints is committed to supporting you throughout the fulfillment process to ensure business continuity and maintain the best possible customer experience.* ### **Factors That Affect Shipping** * Incomplete or invalid shipping addresses may cause delays or cancellations. * Seasonal logistics congestion. * Carrier strikes, service disruptions or operational delays. * Lost parcels due to external or uncontrollable factors. * Natural disasters or severe weather conditions. ### **Estimated Total Order Fulfillment Time** * Total fulfillment time is calculated as **Production Time + Shipping Time**. * Examples: * Apparel orders shipped within the US: approximately 4-10 business days. * Mug or ornament orders shipped from the US to the EU or Canada: approximately 8-20 business days.
### **Important Notes for You** * All timelines provided are estimates, not guaranteed delivery commitments. * You are encouraged to: * Place orders early, especially during peak seasons. * Carefully review design files and shipping addresses before payment. * Clearly communicate estimated delivery timelines to end customers to manage expectations. ### Tips and Best Practices To ensure a smooth production and fulfillment process, you are encouraged to follow these tips and best practices: #### Place orders early during peak seasons During major sales events, holidays, or year-end peak periods, increased order volume may extend production and shipping timelines. Placing orders early helps reduce the risk of delays caused by capacity or logistics constraints. #### Review design files carefully before payment Incorrect or non-compliant design files may result in production rework, rejected orders or processing delays. Before placing an order, make sure that: * The design matches the product template dimensions * Print areas are positioned correctly * File resolution and format meet production requirements #### Verify shipping addresses thoroughly Incomplete or invalid shipping addresses are a common cause of delivery delays or failed shipments. Always double-check: * Recipient name * Full street address, city, state/province * ZIP or postal code * Country and phone number (if required by the carrier) #### Communicate delivery expectations clearly to customers All production and shipping timelines are estimates and are not guaranteed delivery dates. You should clearly communicate: * Estimated production time * Estimated shipping time * Possible delays during peak seasons or due to external factors #### Plan ahead for bulk orders Bulk orders may require longer production times depending on order volume and fulfillment capacity. For large orders, it is recommended to: * Place orders earlier than usual * Contact Support in advance if the order has a strict deadline ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **When does production start?** Production starts when the order status changes to **Processed**. After payment confirmation, the order is automatically sent to the assigned **Fulfillment Location** and enters the production queue. **2. Why is my tracking number not showing any updates?** After payment confirmation, the order is automatically sent to the assigned **Fulfillment Location** and enters the production queue. * The shipping carrier has not performed the first scan * Delays in the carrier’s internal processing * Handoffs between carriers during international shipping Tracking updates will appear once the package enters the carrier’s active tracking system. **3. What should I do if my order is delayed beyond the estimated timeline?** * Check the order status and tracking information in the Dashboard * Create a **Ticket** to request detailed assistance from Support ### Related Articles * [How to create a BurgerPrints account](/getting-started/settings/how-to-create-a-burgerprints-account) * [How to contact the BurgerPrints Support Team](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-contact-the-burgerprints-support-team) * [How to manage an order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-manage-an-order-on-burgerprints) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints' shipping policy](/shipping-and-delivery/general/understanding-the-burgerprints-shipping-policy) # How to track the status of your order after payment ### **Overview** This article explains how to track and manage your paid orders in the BurgerPrints Dashboard. You learn where to find order information, tracking numbers, how shipping updates appear, what each tracking status means, and how to troubleshoot cases where tracking does not show. The guide also covers when tracking becomes available and best practices for checking your shipping status. After payment, your order goes through 2 main stages: production and shipping. You cantrack both stages in the Dashboard by following the steps below. ### **How To Access Your Order List** #### **Step 1: Go to the Orders section** In the **Dashboard**, go to the **Orders** section, choose the **Orders** tab. You see all Order Statuses categorized under: **All, Incompleted, Unpaid, Paid, Processed, Shipped, Cancelled**. You can filter by these Order Statuses or search a specific order using the Order ID, Reference order, or Customer name.
Status definitions: * **All**: All orders uploaded to your Dashboard. * **Incompleted**: Orders that need review due to issues such as out-of-stock products, unsupported shipping services, or invalid print areas... * **Unpaid**: Orders that are fully created but not yet paid. * **Paid**: Orders that have been successfully paid. * **Processed**: Orders currently in production. * **Shipped**: Orders handed over to the shipping carrier. * **Cancelled**: Orders that were cancelled. #### **Step 2: Open Order Details** Click the Order ID you want to view.
The **Order Details** page includes three key sections: * Fulfillment Information: Includes Product Details, estimated production and shipping times, Fulfillment Cost.
* Service information: Includes Shipping Address, Production Service, Shipping Service, Store, Reference Order, and IOSS.
* Timeline: Displays the actual fulfillment timeline and available tracking updates.
### **How To Check Production Information** Production status helps you understand the progress of your order at the location, including which stage it is currently in, the estimated time to complete production, and when you may need to review or request support if the order is delayed. #### **Step 1: Check the production status in the Dashboard** You can quickly check the production status of each order directly from the **Dashboard**. Go to the **Orders** section, choose the **Orders** tab. In the order list, the **Fulfillment** column displays the current production status of each order.
Production statuses displayed in the **Fulfillment** column * Unfulfilled: The order has been uploaded to the Dashboard but has not entered production. It is waiting to be paid or in the processing queue. * Scheduled: The order is currently in production. Items may be in printing, processing, packaging, or undergoing quality checks. * Fulfilled: Production is complete. The order has been handed over to the shipping carrier and the tracking link is active. #### ***Step 2: Check the estimated production time in the Order details page*** For more detailed processing timelines, click **Order ID** to open **Order Details.** In the **Order Details** page, each item displays estimated timestamps for: * When the order is paid * When production starts * When the order ships * When the order is delivered These estimates are based on average processing times for similar products and are for reference only.
#### **Step 3: What to do if the production status takes longer than expected** Production timelines may vary due to several internal or external factors. If the production status does not update for an unusually long time: * Review the design files to ensure they meet product requirements * Check for notifications or emails requesting corrections * [Submit a support ticket](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-manage-an-order-on-burgerprints) for production review * Or contact the BurgerPrints Support Team directly with: * Order ID * Description of the issue * How long the order has been delayed ### **How To Check Shipping Information** #### **Step 1: Find the tracking number** A tracking number is a unique identifier that the shipping carrier uses to scan, track, and update the movement of your package throughout the delivery journey. Tracking number allows you to see the shipment progress, and your customers also receive the same updates through the tracking link, including where the shipment is, when it was last scanned, and the estimated delivery date (if provided by the carrier). A tracking number appears once the location hands your package to the shipping carrier. You can find the tracking number in: * **Order details:** In **timeline,** this module is optimized for overview information, including shipping progress
* **Tracking Management**: This module is optimized for all the shipping information
* **Your email inbox**: BurgerPrints sends the tracking email automatically when the order becomes Shipped, provided that you have [enabled email notifications](/getting-started/settings/understanding-multi-channel-notification-feature) for tracking updates
#### **Step 2: Track your shipping & delivery** * Option 1: From **Order Details** page Tracking updates appear directly from the tracking link in the Timeline.
* Option 2: From **Tracking Management** (recommended) Click the tracking number, it is linked to the carrier's official tracking website, where you can find the shipping progress of the package.
* Option 3: Copy the tracking number and track it on these recommended websites * 17track.net * Trackingmore.com #### **Step 3: Understand tracking status updates and estimated delivery** Tracking websites typically display the following stages: * Tracking number created - Carrier received shipment data, but the package has not been scanned. * Picked up - The carrier collected the package from the location. * Activated - The first scan occurred, and the tracking number is now active. * In transit - The package is moving through carrier locations. * Out for delivery / Estimated delivery - The package is on its way to the recipient or has a scheduled delivery date. * Delivery reattempts / Address issues - Delivery could not be completed; the carrier may try again or may require address confirmation. * Forwarded to new address - The package was redirected to an updated address. * Delivered successfully - The package has been delivered. * Returned or cancelled - The shipment was returned or cancelled during transit. Detailed definitions of tracking statuses for each carrier are included here: * USPS: [PTR Domestic Scan Events and Descriptions](https://postalpro.usps.com/product-tracking-and-reporting/scan-events-descriptions) * DHL: [DHL Express Shipment Tracking Status Explained](https://www.dhl.com/discover/en-my/ship-with-dhl/track/tracking-status) * UPS: [Understanding Tracking Status](https://www.ups.com/us/en/support/tracking-support/where-is-my-package/understanding-tracking-status#) * FedEx: [Fedex Tracking Status Meaning](https://www.fedex.com/en-nl/customer-support/faq/receiving/tracking-questions/fedex-tracking-status-meaning.html) **How to check Estimated Delivery** Estimated delivery (ETA) appears when the carrier has enough routing information to calculate the expected delivery date. Based on common carrier behavior: * USPS: ETA usually appears after the first scan at a USPS Acceptance Facility or once the shipment enters In Transit status. * UPS: UPS often provides Estimated Delivery early, sometimes immediately after tracking activation at the origin scan. * DHL eCommerce / DHL Express: ETA appears after DHL receives the package and routing is confirmed. DHL Express may display ETA from the pickup stage. * FedEx: ETA is shown once the package is scanned at the Origin Facility. For international shipments, ETA may appear after the Export Scan. ### **Tips and Best Practices** 1. **Tracking not activated** **Common causes:** * The carrier received electronic shipment data but has not scanned the package yet. * The package has not reached the first carrier facility for scanning. * Carrier systems may update slowly, especially on weekends or holidays. **How to resolve:** * Wait 12 - 48 hours for the first carrier scan. * Check the tracking on multiple websites such as 17track or Trackingmore. * Re-check in **Dashboard,** the timeline on the **Order details** to see if new updates appear. 2. **No carrier scan yet** **Signs:** * Tracking shows “Shipment information sent to carrier”, “Label created”, or “Pre-transit”. **Possible reasons:** * The location handed the package to the carrier, but it has not been scanned at the original location. * Domestic or international carriers may perform scans later than expected. **How to resolve:** * Check again after 24 business hours. * Confirm whether the order requires address verification or corrections. * If there is still no scan after 48 hours, submit a support ticket for review with the location. 3. **Tracking has no further updates** **Common causes:** * The package is moving between carrier locations, and the transit period may involve several days without scans. * A scan may have been skipped by the carrier. * The package is undergoing customs or is in a transit country. **How to resolve:** * Check multiple tracking platforms to confirm whether any additional updates appear. * Verify whether the Estimated Delivery (ETA) has changed - carriers sometimes skip scans but still deliver on time. * If there are no updates for more than 7 days (domestic) or 10 - 14 days (international), submit a support ticket for investigation. 4. **Tracking disappears** **Signs:** * Tracking previously displayed information, but later shows “Not found”. * Tracking websites return temporary errors when retrieving data. **Possible reasons:** * Carrier systems are updating or temporarily unavailable. * Tracking may reset when transferred to a new international tracking number (common for some EU/UK routes). * Temporary error on the tracking website. **How to resolve:** * Refresh the tracking page or try again after 1 - 2 hours. * Check directly on the carrier’s official website. * Review the **Tracking management** on **Dashboard** to see if a new tracking number has been assigned. * If the tracking remains missing for more than 24 hours, contact Support to verify whether the carrier issued a replacement tracking number. ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Why is my order still not shipped even though the production estimate has passed?**\ Production timelines may vary due to several internal or external factors * High production volume during peak seasons * Material shortages or slower material restocking * Additional time needed for quality control * Complex or custom designs requiring manual adjustments * Operational or technical issues at the location In this case, submit a support ticket or contact the BurgerPrints support team for assistance. 2. **Why does my tracking number not appear yet?** * The order is still in production * The carrier received shipment data but has not scanned the package * Carrier systems are updating slowly 3. **What should I do if my order shows status "Incompleted"?**\ Orders encounter issues such as out-of-stock products, unsupported shipping services, or invalid print areas... In this case, check the **timeline** on the **Order Details** for the error message that indicates the issue and make proper adjustments for your Orders. 4. **How long does it take for tracking to update after shipping?**\ Tracking typically updates within 12 - 48 hours, depending on the carrier and destination. 5. **Does BurgerPrints send tracking emails?**\ Yes. BurgerPrints sends tracking emails automatically when the order status becomes Shipped, provided that you have enabled email notifications for tracking updates. 6. **What should I do if the tracking is still missing after 72 hours?**\ Submit a support ticket or contact the BurgerPrints support team and provide the Order ID and shipping address so the team can verify with the location. ### Related Articles * [How to create, edit, delete or sync products on BurgerPrints](/design-and-product/products/how-to-create-edit-delete-or-sync-products-on-burgerprints) * [Understanding the Production and Fulfillment process](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/tracking/understanding-the-fulfillment-process) * [Where can I find my order tracking number?](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/where-can-i-find-my-order-tracking-number) * [When will my order update a tracking status?](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/when-will-my-order-update-a-tracking-status)
# General ### About General Category The General (route) category provides essential policies and process information related to shipping, packaging, and post-delivery situations. It outlines BurgerPrints’ shipping regions, carriers, and estimated delivery timelines so you can set clear expectations with your customers. You’ll also find an overview of how orders are packaged and delivered, along with guidance on handling returns, exchanges, lost parcels, and “Return to Sender” cases. This section clarifies when cancellation policies apply and explains the appropriate solutions - whether replacing orders due to production errors or guiding sellers to submit a new order when issues fall outside BurgerPrints’ responsibility. ### Related Resources * [Understanding the BurgerPrints' shipping policy](/shipping-and-delivery/general/understanding-the-burgerprints-shipping-policy) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints' packaging and delivery](/shipping-and-delivery/general/understanding-the-burgerprints-packaging-and-delivery) * [How to handle the returns, exchanges, and lost parcels](/shipping-and-delivery/general/how-to-handle-the-returns-exchanges-and-lost-parcels) # Understanding the BurgerPrints' shipping policy ### **Overview** This article explains how to manage orders on BurgerPrints with a focus on understanding shipping regions, carriers, and estimated delivery times. It helps users review shipping policies clearly so you can plan fulfillment expectations and support your customers effectively. This guide is for all users managing orders on the Dashboard and looking for more clarity about where BurgerPrints ships and how delivery timelines work. ### **How To Access Order Shipping Information** #### **Step 1: Go to Orders** * On the BurgerPrints Dashboard, go to **Orders.** * Select the order you want to review. You see the order details, including shipping region, tracking status, and fulfillment progress.
#### **Step 2: Review shipping region** On the Order details page, check the **Shipping information** section.
BurgerPrints currently supports 3 main shipping regions: * **US** – All states within the United States. * **EU/UK** – Countries in the European Union, including UK, AT, BE, BG, CZ, DE, DK, EE, ES, FI, FR, GR, HR, HU, IE, IT, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK, plus NO, IL, CY. * **ROW (Rest of World)** – All countries outside the US and EU/UK regions **except** restricted countries listed in the Shipping Policy. You see the eligible region based on the customer’s shipping address.
#### **Step 3: Check carrier and shipping method** The carrier depends on the fulfillment facility and the shipping destination. BurgerPrints works with multiple shipping partners across regions. **Typical carriers by region include:** * **US**: USPS, UPS, DHL,... * **UK**: Royal Mail, Evri,... * **EU**: Asendia, DPD, Spring,... * **ROW (Rest of World)**: DHL,... The system displays the assigned carrier once the order enters **Shipped** status in the Order details page. **Important note for users:** Understanding the carrier used for each region helps you decide whether that carrier can be added or mapped correctly in your connected store. Some carriers may be less common or not supported by certain eCommerce platforms. In these cases, review your store’s shipping settings to avoid tracking or fulfillment mismatches for your customers.
#### **Step 4: Review estimated delivery times** BurgerPrints provides estimated delivery times based on the shipping region and destination. **Estimated delivery times by region:** * **US**: * Standard domestic delivery times * **Special US areas** (APOs/FPOs/AE/AO/AA/AP, islands, unincorporated territories such as PR, VI, GU, MP, AS, as well as HI and AK): **30–45 business days** * **EU / UK**: Delivery times vary by country and local carrier performance * **ROW (Rest of World)**: Longer delivery times depending on postal service quality and customs processing Exact estimated timelines appear on the Order details page once the order enters **Shipped** status. **Important note for users:** * All delivery times shown on BurgerPrints are estimates. Shipping timelines may change depending on seasonality, peak periods, and external factors such as weather conditions, natural disasters, political situations, or public health events. * BurgerPrints reviews and handles shipping issues on a case-by-case basis. Resolution options and support actions may vary depending on the specific issue and the operational conditions at that time.
### **How To Understand Restricted Shipping Locations** #### **Step 1: Check restricted ROW countries** Some countries are excluded due to carrier limitations. These fall into two groups: * Countries not supported by specific international shipping services * Countries restricted for All Over Print, Decoration, Accessories, Footwear, and Home-living SKUs from China, Vietnam. The restricted country list includes (examples): Afghanistan, Argentina, Bermuda, Iran, Libya, Myanmar, Somalia, Sudan, Yemen, and many more.If an address belongs to a restricted country, the system prevents order creation or fulfillment. #### **Step 2: Verify product-specific limitations** For certain product types, BurgerPrints may not support shipping to specific countries due to carrier or destination restrictions. The system clearly notifies you if a selected product cannot be shipped to a specific country during order creation or processing. This ensures users always know whether a destination is supported before the order enters production.
### **Tips and Best Practices** * Confirm your customer's address before placing or syncing an order to avoid shipping restrictions. * Review the shipping region table regularly, as carrier restrictions may change. * Inform your customers about estimated delivery times early to set clear expectations. * If an order shows a carrier limitation, update the shipping address or replace the product (when applicable). ### **Frequently Asked Questions** 1. **How do I know which carrier handles my order?**\ You can identify the carrier as soon as a tracking number is available on the Order details page.\ If you need confirmation before creating an order, you can contact BurgerPrints Support for guidance on the expected carrier based on the product and destination. 2. **Why can't I ship to certain countries?**\ Some locations have carrier restrictions or customs limitations that prevent reliable delivery. 3. **Does BurgerPrints support shipping to all EU/UK countries?**\ Yes, BurgerPrints ships to most EU/UK countries, including UK, AT, BE, BG, CZ, DE, DK, EE, ES, FI, FR, GR, HR, HU, IE, IT, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK, and select non-EU countries like NO, IL, CY. 4. **What happens if my order address is in a restricted country?**\ The Dashboard blocks fulfillment and you receive a notification to update the shipping address. ### **Related Articles** * [How to contact the BurgerPrints support team](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-contact-the-burgerprints-support-team) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints' packaging and delivery](/shipping-and-delivery/general/understanding-the-burgerprints-packaging-and-delivery) * [How to update IOSS information for EU's orders](/shipping-and-delivery/special-service/how-to-update-ioss-information-for-eus-orders) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints' fee structure](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/understanding-the-burgerprints-fee-structure) * [Understanding customs, tax and international charges](/payments-billing-and-taxes/taxes/understanding-customs-taxes-and-international-charges)
# Understanding the BurgerPrints' packaging and delivery ### Overview This article explains how BurgerPrints packages and ships orders, from the production stage through final delivery to your customer. It helps you understand what happens after an order is placed, how products are packaged based on the selected product type and location, and how BurgerPrints ensures orders are prepared for safe delivery. After payment, orders move through production, packaging, carrier handoff, and shipping, with tracking information becoming available once the order ships. Delivery timelines vary depending on the carrier and destination, and this guide outlines what to expect throughout the entire fulfillment and delivery process. ### About BurgerPrints Packaging And Delivery #### Key concept 1: How BurgerPrints packages orders BurgerPrints packages products carefully to protect items during shipping and ensure a professional delivery experience for your customers. Key points to understand: * Each order is packed at the location after completing the production stage. * Packaging materials vary by product type to ensure proper protection (for example, apparel, accessories, or fragile items). * Products are checked for basic quality before packing to reduce common issues such as damage or mislabeling. * Packing slips may be included depending on the order configuration and destination. The goal of BurgerPrints packaging is to keep products safe during shipping & delivery and maintain consistent fulfillment standards. #### Key concept 2: General process from production to customer delivery After an order is placed and paid, it follows a standard fulfillment flow: * The Order enters the production stage at the assigned location. * Once production finishes, the order moves to packaging. * The packaged order is handed to the shipping carrier selected for that destination. * A tracking number is generated and shared, so you can monitor delivery progress. * Your customer receives the order at the delivery address provided during checkout. This process helps users understand where an order is at any time and what each stage represents.
### Packaging Dimensions By Product Category The sections below outline the **general packaging dimensions** BurgerPrints uses for common product categories. These details help you understand how products are packed before shipping & delivery. Actual packaging may vary slightly depending on the location, order quantity, or handling requirements. Slight variations in packaging size, materials, or carrier handling are normal and do not indicate a fulfillment issue unless the product arrives damaged. #### Apparel products (T-Shirt, Hoodie, Sweatshirt, Long Sleeve, Tank Top) BurgerPrints uses a **shared standard** for apparel packaging across available locations. **Standard packing method:** * Fold each item neatly to prevent wrinkles and reduce movement inside the package. * Pack items in a poly mailer for typical single-item or small orders. * Use a carton for larger quantities or when additional protection is needed. * Keep items dry and protected from dust during shipping & delivery.

Illustration image (may not apply to all locations)

#### Mug and drinkware products Mug and drinkware packaging may vary by production location, but BurgerPrints follow the same protection goal: **reduce impact and prevent breakage**.**Standard packing method:** * Place the product in a rigid protective box. * Add inner cushioning (such as inserts or padding) to limit movement. * Seal the box securely to prevent opening during transit.

Illustration image (may not apply to all locations)

#### Poster products Poster packaging may vary by production location and poster size, but BurgerPrints uses **rigid packaging** to protect edges and surfaces. **Standard packing method:** * Roll posters carefully to avoid creases. * Place the poster into a rigid tube or long rigid box (based on the product variant). * Protect the poster edges and keep the roll stable to reduce shifting during transit.

Illustration image(may not apply to all locations)

#### All Over Print products All Over Print packaging may vary by production location and product structure. BurgerPrints prioritizes **shape protection and clean presentation**. **Standard packing method:** * Fold the product carefully to protect printed surfaces. * Use outer packaging that prevents moisture and surface rubbing during shipping & delivery. * Apply additional protection when needed for bulkier items or multi-item orders.

Illustration image (may not apply to all locations)

#### Ornament products Ornament packaging may vary by production location, but BurgerPrints focuses on **impact protection for fragile surfaces**. **Standard packing method:** * Place the ornament inside a poly mailer. * Use internal padding to reduce movement and prevent surface damage. * Seal the package securely to reduce risk during shipping & delivery.

Illustration image (may not apply to all locations)

### Tips and Best Practices Keep these points in mind when managing shipping & delivery expectations: * Double-check shipping addresses to avoid delivery delays or failed shipments. * Inform your customers that delivery times vary by location and carrier. * Monitor order statuses on the Dashboard to quickly identify delays or issues. * Allow extra time during peak seasons, as production and shipping volumes increase. ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **When does an order receive a tracking number?**\ You receive a tracking number after the order finishes the production stage and ships from the location. 2. **Can I choose the packaging type for my orders?**\ Packaging methods depend on product type and fulfillment standards. Users cannot manually select packaging types. 3. **What should I do if a package arrives damaged?**\ Check the order details and contact BurgerPrints support with photos of the damaged package and product. 4. **Can my customers track their orders after shipping?**\ Yes. Once the order ships, BurgerPrints provides a tracking number so you and your customers can track the delivery progress directly with the shipping carrier. ### Related Articles * [Understanding the BurgerPrints' shipping policy](/shipping-and-delivery/general/understanding-the-burgerprints-shipping-policy) * [How to track the status of your order after payment](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/tracking/how-to-track-the-status-of-your-order-after-payment) * [When will my order update a tracking status?](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/when-will-my-order-update-a-tracking-status) * [Understanding the Production and Fulfillment process](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/tracking/understanding-the-fulfillment-process)
# How to handle the returns, exchanges, and lost parcels ### Overview In print-on-demand operations, shipping issues such as returned packages, failed deliveries, or lost shipments can occasionally occur. When these situations are not clearly understood, they create confusion or set expectations that fall outside the support scope. This article explains how **BurgerPrints** reviews and handles Return to Sender (RTS), Remake, Refund, and lost package cases. After reading this guide, you can: * Communicate more clearly and confidently with your customers * Understand which situations may be supported and which are not * Work more effectively with Support when delivery issues arise ### How to handle Orders with Shipping issues Return to Sender (RTS) refers to orders that fail delivery and are returned by the shipping carrier. This is one of the most common delivery issues and can easily lead to misunderstandings if it is not explained clearly from the beginning. BurgerPrints does not automatically support all RTS orders. Each case is reviewed based on: * The reason for the delivery failure * The shipping address verification result Understanding each RTS case helps you know when support may apply and when you should guide your customer with clear, transparent explanations. #### Step 1: Check the order status and tracking Access the tracking page and confirm: * The order shows a delivery failure status, or * The package has been returned to sender (RTS) Record the exact delivery failure reason provided by the carrier. This information is required for evaluation. #### Step 2: Identify the RTS reason Based on the carrier’s note, determine which category the order falls into to apply the appropriate policy. #### Step 3: Apply the corresponding support policy **1. Incorrect address** BurgerPrints verifies the shipping address. If the address is confirmed as: * Incorrect * Invalid * Unlocatable *Result: Not supported.* Clearly explain to your customer that the order was produced and shipped according to the address provided at checkout. Guide the customer to place a new order with the correct address to ensure successful delivery.
**2. Incomplete address** Common examples: * Missing apartment number, floor, or unit * Missing detailed information for apartment buildings or multi-unit properties If the address is confirmed as incomplete: *Result: Not supported.* Guide the customer to place a new order with a complete address (especially apartment number, floor, or unit) to ensure successful delivery.
**3. Moved / Unknown recipient / Incorrect recipient name** BurgerPrints will: * Review the information * Reconfirm the address with you If the address is valid but delivery still fails: *Result: Eligible for Refund or Remake.* If the address is invalid, guide the customer to verify and place a new order with accurate and complete information.
**4. Vacant address / Empty lot** BurgerPrints will: * Verify the address * Confirm the actual situation If the recipient still resides at the provided address: *Result: Eligible for Refund or Remake.* If the customer has moved to a different address, guide them to place a new order using their current address.
**5. Denied party address** If the recipient’s address is listed as restricted:*Result: Eligible for Refund or Remake.* If requesting a Remake: The customer must provide a new valid address to ensure successful delivery.
**6. No safe delivery location** The carrier will hold the package at the nearest pickup location. The recipient: Is responsible for collecting the package within the holding period If the package is not collected and is returned: *Result: Not supported.* Inform the customer to collect the package within the required timeframe to avoid return. Advise them to provide an address with a safe delivery location for future orders.
**7. Unable to contact recipient** The carrier will: * Hold the package at the local post office * Require the recipient to collect it within a specified timeframe If the holding period expires and the order is returned: *Result: Not supported.* Advise the customer to: * Provide a valid email address and phone number * Monitor tracking regularly * Check email and phone messages to avoid missing important carrier notifications Guide the customer to place a new order with complete information if necessary.
**8. Location closed at time of delivery** The carrier will typically: * Attempt redelivery on the next business day, or * Request the recipient to contact them directly This case: * Is not immediately considered RTS * Requires additional monitoring via tracking The customer should contact the carrier as soon as possible to arrange redelivery or pickup within the allowed timeframe to avoid return.
#### Step 4: Request Refund or Remake after Support confirmation BurgerPrints does not automatically support all RTS orders. Each case is reviewed based on: * The delivery failure reason * The address verification result If eligible, the resolution may be: * Refund * Remake Only confirm the final resolution with your customer after receiving official confirmation from Support. ### How To Handle Lost Package Cases #### Step 1: Confirm the order qualifies as “lost” An order is considered lost when: * There is no delivery confirmation, and * The carrier confirms the package cannot be located #### Step 2: Identify the order type **1. Standard orders** After confirming the package is lost: Eligible for Refund or Remake Wait for official confirmation from Support before informing your customer of the resolution. **2. Label orders (orders using your own shipping label)** For orders using your own shipping label: * Contact your selling platform or marketplace directly * BurgerPrints does not handle shipping claims for label orders ### Exchange Policy BurgerPrints does not support Exchange for shipping-related issues. This policy is based on the print-on-demand model: * Each product is produced individually per order * Returned items cannot be reused as inventory * Exchanges create additional production costs and risks For shipping-related issues, if eligible, BurgerPrints applies: * Refund * Remake ### Tips and Best Practices To reduce delivery issues and handle them more effectively, you should: * Verify customer addresses before creating orders * Require Apartment, Unit, or Suite details for buildings * Clearly inform customers about pickup responsibilities when applicable * Avoid promising exchanges for delivery-related issues * Confirm Refund or Remake only after Support review * Monitor order status regularly to identify issues early ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Are all RTS orders supported?** \ No. Support depends on the delivery failure reason and address verification result. 2. **Does BurgerPrints automatically resend RTS orders?** \ No. Each case is reviewed individually to determine whether a Refund or Remake applies. 3. **Can I request an exchange instead of a remake?** \ No. BurgerPrints does not support exchanges for shipping-related issues. 4. **What if the customer does not pick up the package?** \ If the holding period expires and the package is returned, the order is not supported. 5. **How are lost packages handled?** * Standard orders receive Refund or Remake support. * Label orders must be handled through your selling platform. 6. **When is an order considered a Lost Package?** * An order is considered lost only when there is no delivery confirmation and the carrier confirms the package cannot be located. * You must wait for official confirmation from Support before informing your customer of the resolution. ### Related Articles * [Understanding the BurgerPrints' shipping policy](/shipping-and-delivery/general/understanding-the-burgerprints-shipping-policy) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints' packaging and delivery](/shipping-and-delivery/general/understanding-the-burgerprints-packaging-and-delivery) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints' packaging and delivery](/shipping-and-delivery/general/understanding-the-burgerprints-packaging-and-delivery) # Special service ### About Special Service Category The Special Service category covers specific requirements for unique markets or regulatory processes. Currently, it includes guidance on updating IOSS information for EU orders - explaining what IOSS is, how it works, and why it is important for VAT compliance and smooth cross-border delivery. This article also walks you through how to update IOSS details correctly, along with practical tips and best practices to avoid customs delays or unexpected charges. It ensures your EU shipments are handled properly and remain compliant with applicable regulations. ### Related Resources * [How to update IOSS information for EU's orders](/shipping-and-delivery/special-service/how-to-update-ioss-information-for-eus-orders) # How to update IOSS information for EU's orders ### Overview This article explains how to update Import One-Stop Shop (IOSS) information for EU orders on BurgerPrints. It is for users who sell to customers in the European Union and need to manage VAT correctly for low-value shipments. This guide helps you avoid VAT double-charging, customs delays, and unexpected fees for your customers. Before you begin, make sure you have access to the Dashboard and a valid IOSS number provided by your tax representative or marketplace. ### How To Configure IOSS Information #### Step 1: Understand what IOSS is IOSS (Import One-Stop Shop) is an EU VAT scheme for distance sales of goods with a value of EUR 150 or less shipped to EU customers. * VAT is collected at checkout instead of at delivery. * Customs uses the IOSS number to confirm VAT-paid shipments. * Your customers do not need to pay VAT again when receiving the order. IOSS is a required code for orders produced outside the EU and shipped to EU member states. Without a valid IOSS number, orders will be subject to the specific VAT rates of each destination country (averaging around 20% of the fulfillment value). This cost will be collected at the time of fulfillment. #### Step 2: Enter or update your IOSS number In the IOSS information field: * Enter your valid IOSS number exactly as provided. * Do not add spaces or extra characters.
#### Step 3: Save and confirm changes Click **Save** to apply your changes. * Refresh the page or reopen the settings. * Confirm the IOSS number displays correctly. #### Step 4: Apply IOSS to EU orders After saving, BurgerPrints automatically applies your IOSS number to this order. * IOSS applies only to orders with a value of EUR 150 or less. * Orders above EUR 150 follow standard import VAT rules. ### Liability and enforcement You are responsible for ensuring that the IOSS number you provide is valid, accurate, and legally authorized for your business. If authorities conduct a post-clearance audit and determine that: * The IOSS number is invalid, expired, or unauthorized * The IOSS number does not belong to you or your tax intermediary * The IOSS number was used incorrectly for ineligible shipments BurgerPrints cooperates with authorities as required by law. However, all financial and legal obligations remain your responsibility. These may include: * VAT arrears * Administrative penalties or fines * Storage or customs handling fees * Re-declaration or correction costs * Any additional charges imposed by customs authorities BurgerPrints reserves the right to: * Deduct outstanding amounts from your available balance * Temporarily suspend affected orders * Restrict account features until the issue is fully resolved * Disable IOSS application if repeated violations occur BurgerPrints uses the IOSS number exactly as you provide it and does not verify tax registration validity on your behalf. ### Tips and Best Practices * Use only a valid and active IOSS number issued to you or your authorized tax intermediary. * Do not reuse an expired or deactivated IOSS number. * Update your IOSS information immediately if your tax representative or marketplace changes. * Confirm whether a marketplace already provides an IOSS number before adding your own. * Incorrect IOSS information may cause customs delays or VAT being charged again to your customers. ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **What happens if I do not provide an IOSS number?** Your EU customers may need to pay VAT and handling fees upon delivery, which can lead to complaints or refused shipments. 2. **Does IOSS apply to all EU orders?** No. IOSS applies only to distance sales of goods valued at EUR 150 or less. 3. **Can I use the same IOSS number for all EU countries?** Yes. One IOSS number covers all EU member states. 4. **Do I need IOSS if I sell through a marketplace?**\ Some marketplaces collect VAT and provide IOSS on your behalf. Always confirm this before adding your own IOSS number. ### Related Articles * [Understanding the BurgerPrints' fee structure](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/understanding-the-burgerprints-fee-structure) * [Understanding customs, tax and international charges](/payments-billing-and-taxes/taxes/understanding-customs-taxes-and-international-charges) * [How to manage payment and invoicing](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/how-to-manage-payment-and-invoicing) * [How to top up your balance and pay for orders](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/how-to-top-up-your-balance-and-pay-for-orders)
# Payments ### About Payments Category The Payments category explains how fees, balances, and transactions work on BurgerPrints. It provides a clear breakdown of the platform’s fee structure, including product base costs, shipping or label handling fees, and applicable taxes — helping you accurately calculate margins and manage expenses. You’ll also learn how the top-up system works, including minimum top-up requirements, review timelines, supported payment methods, and how to track your transaction history. In addition, this section outlines how to manage payment records and request invoices when needed, ensuring transparency and proper documentation for your business operations. ### Related Resources * [Understanding the BurgerPrint's fee structure](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/understanding-the-burgerprints-fee-structure) * [How to top up your balance and pay for orders](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/how-to-top-up-your-balance-and-pay-for-orders) * [How to manage payment and invoicing](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/how-to-manage-payment-and-invoicing) * [Understanding KYC verification and card management](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/understanding-kyc-verification-and-card-management) # Understanding the BurgerPrints' fee structure ### Overview When creating an order on the BurgerPrints system, the total cost of the order may include several types of fees, such as product base cost, printing cost, shipping fees, tracking-related services, and applicable taxes. These costs may vary depending on factors such as the product type, fulfillment facility, shipping destination, selected shipping method, and additional services used. This guide provides an overview of the different fees that may apply to your order and explains how each cost is calculated, helping you better understand the total order value when filling with BurgerPrints. ### About BurgerPrint's fee structure 1. #### Production Costs **Base Cost (Default Cost)** The **base cost** includes: * One blank product (brand-specific) * One print area (front, back, or sleeve) The base cost may vary depending on: * The fulfillment facility selected * The product brand * The product size For example, the same Gildan 5000 T-shirt will have different base costs between size S and size 2XL. The base cost does not change based on product color. Additionally, the same Gildan 5000 – size S may have different base costs when produced at different fulfillment facilities (for example, Breva vs. Matterhorn). To view detailed pricing, go to the ***Catalog***, search for the product, and click ***All Options*** to see the full pricing details.
{% hint style="warning" %} **Note:** For products produced by fulfillment facilities located in Vietnam or China, the base cost already includes shipping costs. This means the shipping fee is bundled into the base price. {% endhint %}
**Additional Printing Fees (Optional)** If you choose to print more than one area on a product, additional printing fees will apply.This includes: * **Second-side printing** * **Sleeve printing** These fees are added on top of the base cost and are calculated per additional print area. When creating a product, you will see the option to **add designs for different print areas**. If no design is added to a specific area, the system will assume that the area is **not printed** and no additional printing fee will be charged. The additional printing fees will be **automatically added to the product’s base cost** when calculating the total price.
**Priority Production (Optional)** **Priority production** is an optional fee that allows your order to be prioritized in the **production stage**. For fulfillment facilities that do not provide early tracking by default, selecting priority production can also help ensure your order receives tracking information sooner.
2. #### Shipping Costs The shipping cost section includes all fees related to the delivery of your order. **Shipping Fee** The shipping fee is charged when you use the fulfillment facility’s chosen shipping carriers. * This applies to orders with one or more products. * You can choose different shipping options depending on the carrier, such as Economy / Standard / Express, etc., which differ in delivery speed. Please note that the price of each shipping option may vary depending on the fulfillment facility. For example, the Standard option may cost $4.99 at Denali, while the same Standard option could cost $8.99 at Vini, so it is recommended to check the shipping price for each facility before placing orders.
* The shipping fee will increase if your order contains multiple products, as the shipping cost is calculated based on the number of items included in the order. For example, the shipping fee for the **first G5000 T-shirt** in an order may be **$4.99**, while the **second item** may add an additional **$1.50** to the total shipping cost. * To optimize shipping costs, it is recommended to select products that are fulfilled by the **same facility (if possible)**. If two products in the same order are produced at **different fulfillment facilities**, they will be shipped separately and calculated as **two single-item shipments** (e.g., **$4.99 for each item**) instead of being combined under the multi-item shipping calculation. *Example: An order with **2 items**, each shirt printed on **one side only**, fulfilled by **two different facilities**.*
*Example: An order with **2 items**, each shirt printed on **one side only**, fulfilled by **the same facility**.*
* **The “Shipping Additional” fee applies only to products of the same type that are fulfilled by the same facility.** For different product types, shipping may be calculated separately due to different packaging requirements, meaning they may be treated as separate shipments instead of being combined under the “Shipping Additional” pricing.\ **For example,** if an order contains **a T-shirt and a mug**, they may be packed and shipped separately due to different packaging standards, so the shipping cost may be calculated as **two individual shipments** instead of applying the “Shipping Additional” fee.
**Label Handling Fee** The label handling fee applies when you use a marketplace’s own shipping service (for example, Ship by TikTok). This fee covers the printing and application of shipping labels required by the marketplace’s logistics system. {% hint style="success" %} **Note:** Label fees may differ between fulfillment locations. If your order contains multiple products, it is recommended to choose the same fulfillment facility (if possible) so the items can be shipped in one package, since a shipping label is applied per package. {% endhint %}
3. #### Taxes (If Applicable) **US Market** If you sell products to customers in the United States, you do not need to pay additional taxes on the fulfillment cost itself. **UK Market** When selling in the United Kingdom, VAT is applicable: * The standard VAT rate in the UK is 20% * If the fulfillment center is located in the UK and the order is shipped within the UK, the order must include 20% VAT. * This 20% is government tax, not a shipping fee or extra charge from the fulfillment facility. **EU Markets** For orders shipped within the European Union (EU), VAT rules depend on local tax laws: * VAT is a consumption tax applied on most goods and services within the EU. Each country sets its own standard VAT rate (often around 17–27%, e.g., 21% in many countries). ([European Union](https://europa.eu/youreurope/business/taxation/vat/vat-rules-rates/index_en.htm?utm_source=chatgpt.com)) * Whether VAT applies to your order may vary depending on where the goods are consumed and other VAT rules in that country. ([European Union](https://europa.eu/youreurope/business/taxation/vat/index_en.htm?utm_source=chatgpt.com)) {% hint style="success" %} **Notes:** Taxes like VAT are separate from production and shipping fees and are collected on behalf of the local government. If your order is produced within the EU and shipped within the EU, VAT will be applied according to the destination country's tax regulations and will be calculated at checkout. If your order is produced outside the EU and shipped into the EU, the Import One-Stop Shop (IOSS) system may apply for orders with a value of 150 EUR or less. If you have an IOSS number, you can enter it when placing the order. In this case, VAT will be calculated and collected at checkout under the IOSS system, meaning the tax is prepaid and the order can be cleared through customs without additional VAT charges. {% endhint %} For more information about taxes, please refer to the following article: [Understanding customs, taxes and international charges](/payments-billing-and-taxes/taxes/understanding-customs-taxes-and-international-charges)
4. #### Additional Service Cost **ProActive Tracking service** The Proactive Tracking fee is an optional service designed to help sellers ensure faster tracking activation for their orders. * This service is highly recommended for sellers who are selling on TikTok Shop (TTS), where tracking activation time can directly impact store performance and SLA. * When using this service, BurgerPrints will ensure that your order’s tracking number is activated within 48 hours after the order is successfully paid on the system. * The Proactive Tracking fee is charged per order and does not depend on the number of items included in that order.
### Total fulfillment cost Your order total is the sum of: * **Production costs** (base cost + optional printing + priority production if selected) * **Shipping costs** (shipping fee or label handling fee if applicable) * **Additional Service** (optional) * **Taxes** where required by local regulations (e.g., UK VAT)
### Frequently asked questions 1. **Does BurgerPrints add any hidden fees to orders?**\ No. All applicable fees will be displayed clearly in the order summary before payment 2. **Why am I charged shipping twice when placing multiple items in the same location?**\ Because the products you ordered may belong to different product groups or shipping groups and cannot be shipped in the same package. In some cases, BurgerPrints calculates shipping separately by package. For Label Orders, BurgerPrints may block the order before checkout if the items belong to different shipping groups. Please review the selected products or contact Support for clarification. 3. **Why is my Label Order blocked before I can review the fee?** \ This usually means the selected items do not meet the same shipping flow requirements. One common reason is that the order contains items from different shipping groups, so BurgerPrints requires separate orders before continuing. ### Related articles * [How to create an order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-create-an-order-on-burgerprints) * [Understanding ProActive Tracking service policy](/policies-and-quality-assurance/policies/understanding-proactive-tracking-service-policy) * [How does BurgerPrints charge tax during fulfillment?](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/how-does-burgerprints-charge-tax-during-fulfillment) * [How do I check shipping fees on BurgerPrints?](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/how-do-i-check-shipping-fees-on-burgerprints) * [How to update IOSS information for EU's orders](/shipping-and-delivery/special-service/how-to-update-ioss-information-for-eus-orders) # How to top up your balance and pay for orders ### Overview This article explains how to top up your B-Wallet and use it to pay for orders on the BurgerPrints Dashboard. B-Wallet is the system’s default and only payment method for fulfillment. All orders must be paid through your wallet before they can move to the production stage. Maintaining sufficient balance ensures your orders are processed without delays. In this guide, you will learn how to: * Add funds to your B-Wallet using supported top-up methods * Pay for individual or multiple orders * Enable Auto Fulfillment for automatic payment * Monitor transaction history and fulfillment costs By understanding how the wallet and payment flow work together, you can manage your account balance efficiently and keep your fulfillment operations running smoothly. Before you begin, make sure you can access your BurgerPrints account. ### **How To Set Up a Payment Method** #### **Step 1:** Access the Billing section Log in to the [**BurgerPrints Dashboard**](http://dash.burgerprints.com/). On the main interface, click on the **Billing** section in the navigation menu. Billing is your financial management hub. It includes: * **Wallet** * **Payment Method** * **Rewards Credit** * **Taxes** Each section supports a different part of the payment and order process.
#### **Step 2: Review the default payment method** In the **Payment Method** section, B-Wallet is the only default and primary payment method on the BurgerPrints system. Users cannot change the default payment method to any other option. B-Wallet is BurgerPrints' internal balance used for: * Paying orders * Supporting Auto Fulfill * Receiving refunds You do not need to manually activate B-Wallet. It is automatically enabled as your default payment method. To use fulfillment services, you must maintain sufficient balance in your B-Wallet.
{% hint style="success" %} **Note:** B-Wallet is a **one-way system** - funds cannot be withdrawn. * Connecting an external funding source allows you to top up your B-Wallet using Payoneer or a Credit Card. * To learn more about how to connect and verify these payment methods, refer to the detailed guide: [*How To Set Up Payment Integration*](/integrations-and-store-connections/integrations/how-to-set-up-payment-integration)*.* {% endhint %} #### Step 3: Add funds to your B-Wallet * Go to **Billing**
* Select the **Wallet** tab
* Click **Add Fund**
* Choose your connected payment channel
* Complete the transaction Once approved, the balance appears in your B-Wallet and can be used to pay orders. ### Understanding the B-Wallet Top-Up Feature Top up is the process of adding funds to the B-Wallet for payment of orders and services on the BurgerPrints Dashboard. The main feature of top up is to receive deposits and facilitate fee-free order payments, with support for automatic payment (pay auto) functionality. To connect a funding source and enable automatic payment for orders, refer to the detailed guide: [*How To Set Up Payment Integration*](/integrations-and-store-connections/integrations/how-to-set-up-payment-integration)*.* {% hint style="success" %} ***Note:*** * *Minimum top-up amount: **$10*** * *Transaction fee: **0-4%**, depending on the payment method.* * *Refunds to the User are directly credited to the B-Wallet for future fulfillment activity.* * *The B-Wallet operates as a one-way system. Funds are used only for BurgerPrints fulfillment.* {% endhint %} #### How To Top Up Your B-Wallet **Step 1: Access the wallet** Log in and click the wallet icon displaying the current balance in the top-right corner of the Dashboard.
**Step 2: Choose a top-up method** * Click **Add fund**. * Select one of the supported top-up methods.
**Currently supported methods:** * Payoneer * PingPong * LianLian * PayPal Mass Payment * WorldFirst * Credit Card * Bank Transfer (USD) * Online Banking ### Understanding Each Top-Up Method #### **How To Top Up B-Wallet via Payoneer** BurgerPrints supports 2 different ways to top up your B-Wallet using Payoneer: * **Method 1: Auto Top-Up (Link Account)** * **Method 2: Manual Transfer** These are 2 separate methods. Choose the one that fits your workflow. **Method 1: Auto Top-up via Payoneer** **Step 1: Select Payoneer as the top-up method** In the **Add fund** interface, select **Payoneer** as the top-up method, then click **Pay With Payoneer**.
**Step 2: Link your Payoneer account** * Log in to your Payoneer account * Follow the on-screen instructions to authorize the connection
**Step 3: Enter the top-up amount** Type the amount you want to add into the **Type amount…** field.
**Step 4: Submit the top-up request** Click **Submit** to complete the top-up process. {% hint style="success" %} **Important: Click Submit to complete your top-up request.** If you do not click **Submit**, the system does not record your request and the funds are not added to your B-Wallet automatically, even if the transfer is successful. Always complete the process in the Dashboard before leaving the page. {% endhint %}
The funds will be immediately added to your B-Wallet with a **1%** transaction fee. **Method 2: Manual Top up via Payoneer** **Step 1: Select Payoneer as the top-up method** In the **Add fund** interface, select **Payoneer**, then click **Make a payment**.
**Step 2: Review the receiving account details** The system displays the Payoneer receiving account information. Transferred funds are credited to your B-Wallet within 24 hours after verification. **Payoneer receiving accounts:** * **** – Singapore account * **** – Vietnam account **Step 3: Transfer funds from your Payoneer account** Transfer funds to one of the receiving accounts above using the following transaction note: **Seller Code + BGyymmddTU** Example: `A46489 BG260102TU` {% hint style="success" %} Using the correct transfer content is required for successful payment verification. {% endhint %} **Step 4: Understand Payoneer transaction fees** Payoneer applies the following transaction fees: * Same country: $3 per transaction * Different country: 0.6% per transaction (minimum $3) {% hint style="success" %} **Note:** These fees are charged by Payoneer and are not affiliated with BurgerPrints. {% endhint %} **Step 5: Enter the top-up amount** Enter the amount you want to top up in the **Type amount…** field.
**Step 6: Submit the transaction details** After completing the transfer, enter the **amount** and **transaction ID**, then click **Submit**. {% hint style="success" %} **Important: Click Submit to complete your top-up request.** If you do not click **Submit**, the system does not record your request and the funds are not added to your B-Wallet automatically, even if the transfer is successful. Always complete the process in the Dashboard before leaving the page. {% endhint %}
Funds are credited to your B-Wallet within 24 hours after verification. #### **How To Top Up B-Wallet via PingPong** **Step 1: Select PingPong as the top-up method** Choose **PingPong** as the top-up method.
**Step 2: Transfer funds from your PingPong account** * Transfer funds to the receiving account: ****. * Use the required transaction note: `Seller Code + BGyymmddTU` Example: `A46489 BG260102TU` {% hint style="success" %} Using the correct transaction note is required for successful verification. {% endhint %}
**Step 3: Enter top-up details** * Enter the amount you want to top up in the **Type amount…** field.
* After completing the transfer, enter the amount and transaction ID, then click **“Submit.”** {% hint style="success" %} ⚠️ **Important: Click Submit to complete your top-up request.** If you do not click **Submit**, the system does not record your request and the funds are not added to your B-Wallet automatically, even if the transfer is successful. Always complete the process in the Dashboard before leaving the page. {% endhint %} * Funds will be credited to your wallet within 24 hours, with a 0% transaction fee.
#### **How To Auto Top Up B-Wallet via LianLian** **Step 1: Select LianLian as the top-up method** * Choose **LianLian** as the top-up method. * Click **Pay With LianLian**.
**Step 2: Enter the top-up amount** Enter the amount you want to add in the **Type amount…** field.
**Step 3: Submit the top-up request** * Click **Submit** to complete the process. * Funds will be credited to your wallet within 24 hours, with a **0%** transaction fee. {% hint style="success" %} **Important: Click Submit to complete your top-up request.** If you do not click **Submit**, the system does not record your request and the funds are not added to your B-Wallet automatically, even if the transfer is successful. Always complete the process in the Dashboard before leaving the page. {% endhint %}
#### **How To Top Up B-Wallet via PayPal Mass Payment** **Step 1: Select PayPal as the top-up method** Choose **PayPal** as the top-up method.
**Step 2: Transfer funds via PayPal Mass Payment** * Transfer funds to the receiving account: ****. * Use the required transaction note: `Seller Code + BGyymmddTU` Example: `A46489 BG260102TU` {% hint style="success" %} Using the correct transaction note is required for successful verification. {% endhint %} **Step 3: Enter top-up details** * Enter the amount you want to top up in the **Type amount…** field.
* Enter transaction ID, then click **“Submit.”** {% hint style="success" %} **Important: Click Submit to complete your top-up request.** If you do not click **Submit**, the system does not record your request and the funds are not added to your B-Wallet automatically, even if the transfer is successful. Always complete the process in the Dashboard before leaving the page. {% endhint %}
* Funds will be credited to your wallet within 24 hours with a **0%** transaction fee. #### How To Top Up B-Wallet via WorldFirst **Step 1: Select WorldFirst as the top-up method** Choose **WorldFirst** as the top-up method.
**Step 2: Transfer funds from your WorldFirst account** * Transfer funds from your **Zyla account** to the receiving account: **Zyla (WorldFirst US)** Account ID: **Zyla-281034151158238001741867** * Use the required transaction note: `Seller Code + BGyymmddTU` Example: `A46489 BG260102TU` {% hint style="success" %} Using the correct transaction note is required for successful verification. {% endhint %} **Step 3: Enter top-up details** * Enter the amount you want to top up in the **Type amount…** field.
* Enter transaction ID, then click **“Submit.”** {% hint style="success" %} **Important: Click Submit to complete your top-up request.** If you do not click **Submit**, the system does not record your request and the funds are not added to your B-Wallet automatically, even if the transfer is successful. Always complete the process in the Dashboard before leaving the page. {% endhint %}
#### How To Auto Top Up B-Wallet via Credit Card **Step 1: Select Credit Card as the top-up method** Choose **Credit Card** as the top-up method.
**Step 2: Link your credit card** Link your credit card to the B-Wallet by following the on-screen instructions.
**Step 3: Enter the top-up amount** Enter the amount you want to add in the **Type amount…** field.
**Step 4: Submit the top-up request** * Click **Submit** to complete the process. * The funds will be transferred to your wallet instantly, with transaction fees ranging **from $2.9 to $4.4 + $0.3**, depending on the card type. {% hint style="success" %} **Important: Click Submit to complete your top-up request.** If you do not click **Submit**, the system does not record your request and the funds are not added to your B-Wallet automatically, even if the transfer is successful. Always complete the process in the Dashboard before leaving the page. {% endhint %}
#### **How To Top Up B-Wallet via Bank Transfer** **Step 1: Select Bank Transfer as the top-up method** Choose **Bank Transfer** as the top-up method.
**Step 2: Complete the bank transfer** * Complete the transfer using the bank details shown on the Dashboard. * Use the required transaction note: `Seller Code + BGyymmddTU` Example: `A46489 BG260102TU`
**Step 3: Enter top-up details** * Enter the amount you want to top up in the **Type amount…** field.
* Click **Submit** to complete the request. {% hint style="success" %} **Important: Click Submit to complete your top-up request.** If you do not click **Submit**, the system does not record your request and the funds are not added to your B-Wallet automatically, even if the transfer is successful. Always complete the process in the Dashboard before leaving the page. {% endhint %}
{% hint style="success" %} ***Note:** The transaction process may take several hours or days, depending on your bank.* {% endhint %} #### **How To Top Up B-Wallet via Online Banking** **Step 1: Select Online Banking as the top-up method** Choose **Online Banking** as the top-up method.
**Step 2: Enter top-up details** * Enter the amount you want to top up in the **Type amount…** field. * Select your country.
**Step 3: Complete the payment** * Click **Submit**. {% hint style="success" %} **Important: Click Submit to complete your top-up request.** If you do not click **Submit**, the system does not record your request and the funds are not added to your B-Wallet automatically, even if the transfer is successful. Always complete the process in the Dashboard before leaving the page. {% endhint %}
* The system will direct you to the Tazapay Payment form to complete the transaction. * Upon successful payment, funds will be added to your wallet with a 0% transaction fee.
### How to Check Transaction History and Download Payment Receipts #### View Transaction History Go to **Billing** to access the **Wallet** page, where **Transaction History** is displayed below your wallet overview.
In this section, you can see: * **Fulfillment Cost:** * **Paid:** Total amount spent on order fulfillment. * **Pending:** Total of orders awaiting processing. * **My Wallet - Credit Card:** * **Current Balance:** Available balance. * **Pending Approval Credit:** Amount pending approval. * **Transaction History:** Payment history for orders. {% hint style="success" %} ***Note:*** * *The B-wallet operates as a one-way system, meaning that top-ups and refunds to the wallet are for use on BurgerPrints Fulfillment only and cannot be withdrawn to the user’s existing payment methods.* * *Top-up funds will undergo approval within 24 hours. Thank you for understanding as we strive to ensure all transactions are secure, maintaining a safe financial flow. Please contact Support for prompt assistance with top-up funds.* {% endhint %} #### Download Payment Receipts A **Payment Receipt** confirms that BurgerPrints has received your wallet top-up payment. It serves as proof of payment and **is not an invoice**. **Download a single Payment Receipt** Step 1: Go to **Billing** tab and scroll down to **Transaction History** section. Step 2: Find an **Approved** top-up transaction. Step 3: Click the **Download Payment Receipt** icon to download the receipt as a PDF.
**Download multiple Payment Receipts** To download multiple receipts at once, click **Download Receipt** at the top of the Transaction History table and choose either:
* **Current Page** - Download receipts for all approved top-up transactions displayed on the current page. * **Selected** - Download receipts only for the approved transactions you have selected.
{% hint style="success" %} **Note:** Only approved top-up transactions are eligible for download. {% endhint %} **Information included on the Payment Receipt** Customer information on the receipt is taken from the **Affiliate info** section in **Settings** (Business Name is used when available; otherwise, Full Name). The issuing legal entity depends on the payment method used: * **Payoneer, Tazapay:** **LEADSGEN MEDIA PTE. LTD.** * **Payment platforms (PingPong, WorldFirst (Zyla), LianLian, PayPal), Bank Transfer (Wire Transfer or Wise), and Credit Card (Stripe): LEADSGEN USA LLC.** {% hint style="success" %} **Note:** * Payment Receipts use the account information available when the top-up transaction is approved. Any updates to your account information will apply only to future approved top-up transactions. * The latest Payment Receipt generated by BurgerPrints is the official version. Any changes made to the document outside the BurgerPrints system will not be reflected in our records. {% endhint %}

Your business information

### **How To Pay for Orders** After creating an order on the system, if the order is in **Unpaid** status, you can proceed with payment using one of two methods: pay for each order individually or pay for multiple orders at once. #### **Method 1: Pay for individual orders** **Step 1: Access unpaid orders** Go to **Orders**, then click the **All Orders** tab. Unpaid orders display the **Unpaid** status. **Step 2: Pay the order** Hover over the order you want to pay, then click **Pay** in the top-right corner.
#### **Method 2: Pay for multiple orders at once** **Step 1: Select multiple orders** In the **All Orders** interface, tick the checkboxes next to the order creation dates for the orders you want to pay. **Step 2: Open the payment interface** * Click **Pay** above the **Order ID** column. * The system redirects you to the Payment Processing interface.
**Step 3: Review selected orders** * You see a list of selected orders and the total amount to be paid. * If you do not want to pay for a specific order, click the trash bin icon to remove it from the list.
**Step 4: Confirm payment** * Click **Pay**, then click **Confirm** in the confirmation dialog. * The system deducts the corresponding amount directly from your B-Wallet.
**Step 5: Verify payment status** * After successful payment, you return to the **All Orders** page. * The order status updates to **Paid**, and the orders move to the processing and production stage.
### **How To Enable Auto Fulfillment** The Auto Fulfillment feature helps automatically pay for eligible orders in the BurgerPrints system, saving time for Sellers and ensuring a smooth fulfillment process. **Step 1:** Log in to your BurgerPrints account. From the dashboard, select **Auto Fulfillment.**
**Step 2:** Choose one of the two automatic payment modes: * **Automatic Mode (Automatically):** The system will check and automatically pay for eligible orders based on the cycle you select. Time options: **1 hour, 2 hours, 6 hours.** * **Set Time Mode (Set time):** You can set a fixed time each day for the system to check and automatically pay for eligible orders. Select the time in **24-hour format** (e.g., 00:00, 12:00, 18:30, etc.).
**Step 3:** After choosing your desired mode, click **“Active now”** to activate it.
{% hint style="success" %} ***Note:*** * *Make sure your B-Wallet account has sufficient balance for the system to automatically pay for orders.* * *You can change or turn off Auto Fulfillment at any time in **Wallet → Auto Fulfillment.*** {% endhint %} ### Tips and Best Practices * Always make sure your **B-Wallet balance is sufficient** before creating or paying for orders to avoid payment delays. * Set **B-Wallet as the primary payment method** if you frequently use wallet balance for fulfillment. * Use **Auto Fulfillment** to automatically pay for eligible orders and reduce manual payment work. * When topping up via manual transfer methods, always use the **correct transaction note format**: \ **Seller Code + BGyymmddTU** to ensure successful verification. * Check the **transaction fees** of each top-up method before proceeding, as fees vary by provider. * Review your **Transaction History** regularly to track spending, pending approvals, and fulfillment costs. * Top-up funds and refunds in the B-Wallet are used for **BurgerPrints fulfillment only** and cannot be withdrawn. ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **What happens if my order is not paid?** \ Orders with the **Unpaid** status do not move to the production stage until payment is completed. 2. **How long does it take for top-up funds to be credited to my B-Wallet?** \ Depending on the top-up method, funds are credited instantly or within 24 hours after verification. 3. **Can I withdraw money from my B-Wallet to my bank or card?** \ No. The B-Wallet operates as a one-way system. Funds are used only for BurgerPrints fulfillment. 4. **Why is my credit card showing a Pending status?** \ Your credit card must be verified by completing the identity verification process before it can be used. 5. **What happens if Auto Fulfillment is enabled but my wallet balance is insufficient?** \ The system cannot automatically pay for orders until your B-Wallet has enough balance. 6. **Can I change or turn off Auto Fulfillment later?** \ Yes. You can change the payment mode or turn off Auto Fulfillment at any time in **Wallet**, then **Auto Fulfillment**. ### Related Articles * [Understanding the BurgerPrints dashboard](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/understanding-the-burgerprints-dashboard) * [Understanding the fulfillment process](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/tracking/understanding-the-fulfillment-process) * [Understanding customs, tax and international charges](/payments-billing-and-taxes/taxes/understanding-customs-taxes-and-international-charges) # How to manage payment and invoicing ### Overview BurgerPrints supports invoice requests related to sellers’ orders processed during the service period. Invoices are provided to help sellers manage payments, accounting, and billing records in a clear and transparent manner. Sellers can retrieve invoices for individual orders directly from the BurgerPrints system. In addition, sellers can request invoices as needed through BurgerPrints Customer Support, depending on their order volume and invoicing requirements. ### How to Request an Invoice for a Single Order Invoices are available for direct download from the BurgerPrints system only after an order has been successfully paid. #### Step 1: Select the "**Orders"** tab from the left navigation bar, then choose "**Paid"** from the status filter. * This allows you to view all orders that have been successfully paid on the system.
* In this section, you can filter orders by a customized payment date range and by individual store. In addition, you can search for orders using the Order ID, Order Reference, customer name, or customer email. #### Step 2: Open the order for which you want to export the invoice, then download the invoice using the button located at the top-right corner of the screen. The order invoice will be downloaded in PDF format.
* Example of the downloaded invoice file format:
### How to Request Invoices for Multiple Orders and Billing/Top-up Invoices BurgerPrints is always ready to provide invoices and necessary billing information to sellers, subject to applicable conditions and system availability. BurgerPrints supports invoice requests related to sellers’ orders processed during the service period. For cases where sellers need invoices for multiple orders or billing/top-up purposes, requests can be submitted through BurgerPrints Customer Support. When contacting Customer Support, please prepare the following information to help us process your request efficiently: * **List of Order IDs or Reference IDs** * **Requested invoice type** (multiple individual invoices or a consolidated billing/top-up invoice) * **Applicable billing period** (if any) Once the request is received and verified, the BurgerPrints Support Team will assist in issuing the corresponding invoices and providing the required billing details. ### Tips and Best Practices * Please prepare a list of Order IDs or Order References before contacting the Support Team * The Support Team is always available to assist you with invoice requests when needed ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **How can I download an invoice for a single order?** \ You can open the details of a successfully paid order and click the Download Invoice button at the top-right corner of the screen to download the PDF file. 2. **When will an invoice be available for download?** \ An invoice is available for download only after the order has been successfully paid. 3. **How can I request invoices for multiple orders?** \ You can prepare a list of Order IDs or Order References and submit a request to the Support Team for assistance with issuing multiple invoices. 4. **Why can’t I download the invoice for my order?**\ Please check the payment status of your order. If the order is not in **Paid** status, the invoice will not be available for download. ### Related Articles * [How to top up your balance and pay for orders](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/how-to-top-up-your-balance-and-pay-for-orders) * [Understanding customs, tax and international charges](/payments-billing-and-taxes/taxes/understanding-customs-taxes-and-international-charges) * [How to contact the BurgerPrints support team](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-contact-the-burgerprints-support-team) # Understanding KYC verification and card management ### **Overview** This article explains the identity verification (KYC) process required before adding a new credit or debit card to your BurgerPrints account. It is for users who want to add payment methods and need to understand the verification requirements and card management rules. You will learn how KYC verification works, the verification status indicators, card addition rules, and the security limits that apply to new cards and top-ups. After reading this article, you will be able to complete verification successfully and add cards with confidence. Before you begin, make sure you have an accepted form of government-issued identification (ID card, passport, or driver’s license) and access to your BurgerPrints account. ### **About KYC Verification Process** KYC (Know Your Customer) is a standard security practice that helps us verify your identity, protect your account from fraud, and comply with payment regulations. #### **When Is KYC Required?** You must complete KYC verification when you attempt to add a new credit or debit card to your account. If you have never completed KYC before, you cannot add a card until verification is finished. Each account only needs to complete KYC once. Existing cards that were previously approved remain usable without additional verification. #### **KYC Status Indicators** On the Payment Method screen, you will see one of these status tags:
StatusWhat It Means
Not VerifiedYou have not completed identity verification. Follow the on-screen instructions to begin.
KYC VerifyingYour verification request is submitted and waiting for review.
KYC VerifiedYour identity is verified. You can now add cards.
#### **How To Complete KYC** **Step 1**: **Go to Payment Method** Open your BurgerPrints account and navigate to the Payment Method screen.
**Step 2:** **Start the verification process** Tap "Add Credit Card" . If your account is not verified, the KYC process begins automatically.
**Step 3**: **Follow the verification instructions** * Select your country from the list. * You will see a QR code or a link to complete verification through our trusted third-party verification partner. * Scan the QR code or copy the link to open the verification page on your device.
**Step 4: Submit your identity documents** Provide the required information and upload a clear image of your government-issued identification (ID card, passport, residence permit or driver’s license). You may also need to take a photo of yourself as part of the verification process.
**Step 5: Wait for review** Your submission is reviewed by our third-party verification partner and our team. You will receive a system notification once a decision is made.
#### **What Happens After Submission?** * Approved: Your status changes to KYC Verified. You can now add and use cards. * Failed: Your status reverts to Not Verified. You receive a notification with the reason and can submit a new request. ### **How to add and activate a Card** **Step 1: Navigate to Payment Method** Open your BurgerPrints account and go to the Payment Method screen.
**Step 2:** **Tap "Add Credit Card"** The Add Card dialog appears.
**Step 3:** **Enter your card information** Fill in the required fields: * Card number * Expiry date * CVV
**Step 4:** **Confirm the addition** Tap Save to add the card, or Cancel to stop the action. A temporary $0.50 verification charge is applied to check if your card is active. This charge is refunded automatically once the card is verified. **Step 5:** **Activate your card with OTP** After adding the card, it appears with a Pending status and is not yet active for use. To activate it: 1. Check your bank statement or SMS banking for a 4-digit BGP code (example: BGP\*1234\*CODE). 2. Enter this 4-digit code in the verification field on the Payment Method screen.
{% hint style="success" %} **Note**: The OTP code is valid for 7 days. If you do not enter it within this timeframe, the card request expires and you need to add the card again. {% endhint %} **Step 6: Card becomes Active** Once you enter the correct OTP code, the card status changes to Active and you can start using it for top-ups and payments.
#### **Manage Your Cards** Each added card includes a three-dot menu in the top-right corner. Tap it to remove the card at any time.
All cards added after successful KYC are automatically approved, no additional per-card approval is needed. You can remove **Pending** and **Active** cards yourself. If a card was rejected or you want to delete a rejected card, please contact BurgerPrints support for assistance. ### **Card and Top-Up Security Limits** To protect your account and prevent unauthorized activity, the following limits apply to new cards and top-ups: #### **Card Addition Limits** * Maximum 3 cards per account. You can have up to 3 cards on your account at any time. * Rejected cards count toward this limit. If a card is rejected, it still occupies one slot. * You can remove **Pending** and **Active** cards yourself. To remove a **Rejected** card, contact [Support](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-contact-the-burgerprints-support-team). * One new card every 24 hours. You must wait 24 hours after adding a card before you can add another. #### **Top-Up Limits for New Cards** For cards created less than 7 days ago: * First top-up limit: The first top-up using a newly added card is limited to $200. * Hourly limit: You can perform up to 3 top-ups per hour. * Daily limit: You can perform up to 8 top-ups per day. If you exceed any of these limits, you see a message explaining when you can try again. ### **Tips and Best Practices** * Complete KYC as soon as possible to avoid delays when you need to add a card. * Use clear, well-lit photos of your identity documents to speed up verification. * Check your bank statement or SMS for the OTP code immediately after adding a card, it expires in 7 days. * The $0.50 verification charge is temporary and refunded automatically. * If you reach the 3-card limit, remove an existing card to add a new one. Contact Support if you need to remove a Rejected card. * Plan your top-ups to stay within the hourly and daily limits. ### **Frequently Asked Questions** 1. **Why do I need to complete KYC?** KYC verifies your identity, protects your account from unauthorized access, and helps BurgerPrints comply with payment security regulations. 2. **How long does KYC verification take?** Processing time varies depending on document quality and review volume. You receive a notification once the review is complete. 3. **Can I add multiple cards at once?** No. For security reasons, you can only add one new card every 24 hours. 4. **Why is my first top-up limited to $200?** This is a security measure for newly added cards. Once a trusted payment pattern is established, limits may be adjusted. 5. **What happens if I exceed the top-up frequency limits?** You see an error message with guidance on when you can try again. Wait until the cooldown period ends before attempting another top-up. 6. **Do I need to verify each card individually?** No. Once your account is KYC Verified, all cards you add are automatically approved. 7. **What if my KYC verification fails?** Your status reverts to Not Verified. You receive a notification with the reason and can submit a new verification request. ### **Related Articles** * [How to set up Payment integration](/integrations-and-store-connections/integrations/how-to-set-up-payment-integration) * [How to top up your balance and pay for orders](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/how-to-top-up-your-balance-and-pay-for-orders) * [How long does Top-up approval take?](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/how-long-does-top-up-approval-take) * [How to contact the BurgerPrints Support team](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-contact-the-burgerprints-support-team) # Taxes ### About Taxes Category The Taxes category provides essential information about customs duties, taxes, and international shipping charges that may apply to your orders. It explains how these costs can vary depending on the destination country, local regulations, and the fulfillment facility handling the shipment. This article helps you understand potential cross-border fees in advance, so you can set accurate expectations with customers and avoid unexpected charges during international delivery. ### Related Resources * [Understanding customs, tax and international charges](/payments-billing-and-taxes/taxes/understanding-customs-taxes-and-international-charges) # Understanding customs, taxes and international charges ### Overview International orders may be subject to customs duties, taxes, and international shipping fees. These charges can vary depending on the destination country, region, and the location selected for the order. Each location has its own shipping rates and applicable tax policies for worldwide destinations. Users are advised to review these differences carefully when creating and managing international orders. Below is general information about customs duties, taxes, and international shipping charges for orders across different location groups. ### About International Shipping Fees #### US, Vietnam and China Fulfillment Locations International shipping fees for products produced in the US, Vietnam and China locations vary depending on: * **The destination country** * **The selected location** Shipping costs will be calculated based on these factors and displayed in the **Dashboard** during order processing. To review the full details of these shipping costs, you can **export SKU data** directly from the **Dashboard** or **contact the BurgerPrints Support Team** to request the complete pricing table for all locations. #### EU Fulfillment Locations EU locations currently support shipping **within European Union countries and to the United Kingdom (UK)** only. International shipping outside the EU and UK is not available from these locations at this time. #### **UK Fulfillment Locations** UK locations support shipping **within the United Kingdom only**. International shipping outside is not available from the locations at this time. {% hint style="success" %} **Note**: *Before creating an order, please review the shipping scope of the selected location to ensure the destination country is supported.* {% endhint %} ### About Customs Duties, Taxes Customs regulations may change without prior notice. The update below may affect eligible shipments. #### European Union (EU) - Effective July 1, 2026 * The €150 de minimis exemption has been removed. * A temporary €3 fixed duty per unique HS code (HS6) now applies to eligible imports into the EU until July 1, 2028. * **This update applies to eligible shipments imported into the EU, regardless of the fulfillment location.** * Reference: [EU De Minimis €150 Customs Exemption](https://euverify.com/resource/eu-de-minimis-e150-customs-exemption/) #### US Fulfillment Locations **Domestic US-US shipments** Orders shipped within the United States are not subject to additional customs duties or international taxes. **Shipping from the US to Worldwide Destinations** Orders fulfilled from US locations may be shipped to multiple international destinations, including but not limited to: * European Union (EU) countries * United Kingdom (UK) * Canada (CA) * Australia (AU) * Brazil * Mexico * Other supported international markets Customs duties and taxes vary depending on the destination country and current local regulations. **Shipments from the US to the EU** 1. **IOSS (Import One-Stop Shop) – Applicable to EU Only** There are two scenarios when shipping from the US to EU countries: **IOSS Number Provided** If you enter a valid IOSS number during order creation, EU VAT will be declared and processed under the IOSS mechanism. This ensures your customer is not charged VAT again upon delivery. However, depending on the destination country and local customs inspection, additional charges may still apply in rare cases. **How to enter the IOSS code in an order** **When creating orders directly on the system:** On the direct order creation screen, users should enter the **IOSS** code into the **IOSS** field located at the bottom-right corner of the screen. The IOSS code is formatted as **IM**xxxxxx.
**When creating orders via CSV:** Enter the **IOSS number** in the designated field in **Column U** of the CSV file.
When the user submits a valid IOSS number, the IOSS VAT will be excluded from the order pricing structure. {% hint style="success" %} **Note:** User is fully responsible for the IOSS number they provide. If the IOSS number cannot be verified or is deemed invalid by the relevant authorities, and the buyer is required to pay taxes upon delivery, such cases will not fall under BurgerPrints’s responsibility. {% endhint %} **No IOSS Number Provided** To ensure your POD orders are cleared quickly through European Union (EU) customs, BurgerPrints collects VAT (IOSS) from users to settle directly with the local tax authorities on your behalf. This collection allows your orders to utilize BurgerPrints' IOSS number, enabling packages to pass through priority customs channels without being held for manual tax assessment. Most importantly, it ensures your customers do not face any unexpected fees upon delivery. This practice optimizes your delivery success rate, prevents customer rejections due to hidden costs, and protects your store's reputation. **Calculation formula:** ***IOSS Tax = (Base price + Shipping fee – Discount) × Tax rate***
No.DestinationCountry CodeVAT RateNote
1AustriaAT20.00%
2BelgiumBE21.00%
3BulgariaBG20.00%
4CroatiaHR25.00%
5CyprusCY19.00%
6Czech RepublicCZ21.00%
7DenmarkDK25.00%
8EstoniaEE24.00%VAT increases to 24% starting July 2025
9FinlandFI25.50%
10FranceFR20.00%
11GermanyDE19.00%
12GreeceGR24.00%
13HungaryHU27.00%
14IrelandIE23.00%
15ItalyIT22.00%
16LatviaLV21.00%
17LithuaniaLT21.00%
18LuxembourgLU17.00%
19MaltaMT18.00%
20NetherlandsNL21.00%
21PolandPL23.00%
22PortugalPT23.00%
23RomaniaRO21.00%VAT increases to 21% starting Feb 2026
24SlovakiaSK23.00%
25SloveniaSI22.00%
26SpainES21.00%
27SwedenSE25.00%

Tax Rate Table

2. **Other applicable taxes** Orders shipped from the US to EU destinations may be subject to certain taxes and fees imposed by EU and UK regulations, depending on current policies. These may include: * **Import duties** * **Value Added Tax (VAT)** * **Customs clearance and handling fees** * **Special trade agreements (if applicable)** Please note that **some fees (e.g., customs duties)** may still be **payable by your customer upon delivery**, depending on local regulations. However, cases where buyers are charged additional taxes are currently very rare. Some reference readings: * [*Buying goods online coming from a non-European Union country*](https://taxation-customs.ec.europa.eu/buying-goods-online-coming-non-european-union-country_en?) * [*Paying VAT on imports from outside the UK to Great Britain and from outside the EU to Northern Ireland*](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/vat-imports-acquisitions-and-purchases-from-abroad?) * [*Withdrawal of the United Kingdom and EU rules in relation to online sales (B2C) of goods with subsequent parcel delivery*](https://commission.europa.eu/document/download/2b81ce86-3521-4ff9-bf22-f88f63b9b180_en?filename=notice_to_stakeholders_brexit_online_sales) 3. **How BurgerPrints Collects Import Duties** For eligible US-to-EU shipments fulfilled by Spire or Helia, BurgerPrints collects the estimated import duties upfront and adds them to the **Tax** line during checkout. This includes the temporary €3 duty per unique HS6 code. Customers will not be charged additional import duties upon delivery. Hover over the **(i)** icon to view the duty breakdown.
For all other shipments, BurgerPrints does **not** collect import duties at checkout. If import duties or taxes apply, they will be collected by the destination country's customs authority or shipping carrier before delivery. This includes: * Spire/Helia shipments to non-EU destinations. * Orders fulfilled by Denali, Barnett, Vini, Fansipan, China-sourced facilities, or any other fulfillment partner, regardless of destination. 4. **Cancellation and Refund Policy for Import Duties** * Full cancellation (before production starts): Full refund including prepaid import duties. * Partial cancellation: Prepaid import duties are not refunded. * Refusal to pay upon delivery: Production + shipping costs + prepaid duties are non-refundable. **Shipments from the US to the UK, CA, MX, BR and other countries** When an order is shipped from the United States to the **United Kingdom (UK)**, **Canada (CA)**, **Mexico (MX)**, Brazil **(BR)**, or other international destinations, the following taxes and fees may apply depending on local customs regulations: **Import Duty (Customs Duty)** * Applied when goods enter the destination country. * Calculated based on product type (HS code) and declared value. **VAT / Sales Tax** * Charged on imported goods in many countries. * Usually calculated on the total declared value (product price + shipping). Examples: * UK: VAT * Canada: GST / HST * Mexico: IVA * Brazil: GST **Customs Clearance / Handling Fees** * Charged by the carrier or customs authority for processing the shipment. * Amount varies by country and carrier. In practice, within the Print-on-Demand (POD) industry, cases where buyers are required to pay additional taxes or import duties upon delivery are relatively uncommon. The information above is provided for reference purposes only. BurgerPrints shares these details to help users better understand the general shipping landscape and provide appropriate guidance to their customers. #### **EU Fulfillment Locations** EU locations currently support shipping **within European Union countries and to the United Kingdom (UK)** only. Below are the types of **customs duties and taxes** that may apply when shipping orders from **EU to EU** and **EU to UK.** **For EU-based suppliers shipping within the EU** 1. **User DOES NOT Provide an EU VAT Number** If you do not provide a valid EU VAT number: * EU VAT will be charged on all orders shipped to EU member states. * The applicable tax rate depends on the destination country or production location. * Tax rates are not fixed and may change according to each country’s regulations. VAT Calculation Formula: ***VAT EU = (Base price + Shipping fee – Discount) × Tax rate*** *(The tax percentages for each country are applied according to the **Tax Rate Table** provided in the IOSS section above)* Read more about this topic at [VAT Rates in Europe, 2026](https://taxfoundation.org/data/all/eu/value-added-tax-vat-rates-europe/) Example of VAT EU when the user places an order:
BurgerPrints collects Value Added Tax (VAT) from users to ensure full compliance with the region's strict customs regulations. This collection allows BurgerPrints to fulfill tax obligations on your behalf at the time of production and dispatch. Pre-paying VAT helps your packages avoid risks of being held at customs for re-valuation or being charged expensive additional handling fees by local carriers. This ensures a seamless delivery experience for your customers without hidden costs, thereby protecting your store's reputation and optimizing your delivery success rate. 2. **User Provides a Valid EU VAT Number** * Scenario 1: Shipping to Estonia This is the country where BurgerPrints is legally registered for business. If the order is shipped to **Estonia**, VAT will be charged at the Estonia domestic VAT rate (currently 24%). * Scenario 2: Shipping to the Same Country as the Fulfillment Location If the order is shipped to the same country where the EU Fulfillment facility is located, the domestic VAT of that country will be applied. * Scenario 3: The user has the EU VAT number, but it does not belong to the above two situations, and the tax rate is 0%. **Example:** Users have a VAT number registered in France. Order is placed via EU location. Production location: Rocky EU (Poland-PL). | Shipping Destination | VAT Applied | | :------------------: | :----------------------------: | | Estonia | VAT 24% (Estonia domestic VAT) | | Poland | VAT 23% (Poland domestic VAT) | | Germany | 0% VAT | **How to Enter VAT ID Number** * **Step 1:** Click on the **Billing** section in the left-hand toolbar. * **Step 2:** Select **Taxes** and enter your **Tax ID and choose Country** in the required field.
{% hint style="success" %} **Note:** In cases where the user provides a VAT number to apply a **0% tax rate**, BurgerPrints will proceed with signing a contract with the user for tax compliance and audit purposes. {% endhint %} 3. **VAT Output Summary Table**
User VAT StatusShipping to EstoniaShipping to Production CountryShipping to Other EU Countries
Valid EU VAT NumberEstonia VAT rate (24%)Local VAT rate of the production country0%
No VAT Number ProvidedEstonia VAT rate (24%)Local VAT rate of the production countryVAT rate according to the destination country
**For EU-based suppliers shipping to the UK** Orders shipped from EU locations to the UK will not be subject to additional taxes. #### **UK Fulfillment Locations** Orders shipped from UK locations to destinations within the UK are subject to domestic VAT, which is typically around **20%**. In addition, certain UK locations operated by BurgerPrints apply specific location-based taxes as follows: * **Rocky UK**: No additional tax * **Snowdon UK**: 20% * **Nevis UK**: 20% Applicable taxes will be reflected according to the selected location and order details. {% hint style="success" %} **Note**: Even if a user has a successfully submitted **VAT ID** on the BurgerPrints system, VAT will still be applied to orders **produced and shipped within the UK**. In such cases, BurgerPrints will provide the necessary invoices for the user to **claim a VAT refund** from the tax authorities {% endhint %} #### **Vietnam/China Fulfillment Locations** **Orders produced in Vietnam/China Location and shipped to the US** When products are imported from **Vietnam or China into the United States,** the U.S. import regulations may apply. Below are the two main types of taxes typically involved: **Import Tariff (Customs Duty)** This is the standard import tax applied by U.S. Customs on goods entering the United States. * Applied based on the product’s HS code * Tax rate varies by product category * Rates may range from 0% to several dozen percent **Section 301 Tariff (Applicable to China-Origin Goods)** Section 301 is an additional tariff imposed by the U.S. government on many products originating from China. * Applies to a large portion of China-origin goods * Typically ranges from 7.5% to 25% * Added on top of the standard import tariff In most cases, products shipped from China to the U.S. are subject to Section 301 tariffs. Reference information: [HTS/HS Rates in US, 2026](https://hts.usitc.gov/) **Important for BurgerPrints Users** For most products fulfilled in **Vietnam and China**, applicable import duties and tariffs have already been incorporated into the product pricing structure. As a result: * Users will typically **not see a separate tax line** in the order cost breakdown. * Import-related taxes are already reflected in the base product price. BurgerPrints always complies with applicable laws and regulations. We act as the tax collection representative and fulfill tax obligations on behalf of users in the markets where they conduct business. **Orders produced in Vietnam/China Location and shipped to the EU** Orders shipped from the Vietnam/China location to the EU will be subject to the same IOSS tax regulations as orders shipped from the US to the EU. You can refer to the section above for more detailed information about the IOSS tax. **Orders produced in Vietnam/China Location and shipped to other countries** Orders shipped from the Vietnam/China location to other countries may be subject to the following types of taxes and fees, depending on the destination country’s customs regulations: * Import Duty (Customs Duty) * Value-Added Tax (VAT) / Goods and Services Tax (GST) * Customs Clearance & Handling Fees * De Minimis Threshold (Low-Value Shipment Exemption) Many countries have a de minimis threshold, under which shipments may be exempt from import duty and/or VAT. \ The threshold varies by country: Canada, Australia, and Japan each have their own de minimis thresholds. \ In practice, within the Print-on-Demand (POD) industry, cases where buyers are required to pay additional taxes or import duties upon delivery are relatively uncommon. \ The information above is provided for reference purposes only. BurgerPrints shares these details to help users better understand the general shipping landscape and provide appropriate guidance to their customers. #### How to Check Import Duties on Your Order **On the Dashboard (Manual orders)** 1. Go to **Orders** and select the order you want to review. 2. In Step 3 of the order creation process, after the fulfillment location and shipping address are confirmed, the Tax line will appear. 3. The Tax line shows the total estimated import fees (if applicable) or $0.00 with a warning. 4. Hover over the (i) icon to see a breakdown of each tax component (e.g., VAT, IOSS, Customs Duty). 5. This information remains visible before and after payment, so you can always review it.
**For CSV/API orders** Orders imported via CSV or API that ship internationally appear in Unpaid status in your My Orders tab. On the Import Logs, the order status shows as Done but includes a warning message: *"Import duties & taxes may apply upon delivery. Please note that this fee is not included in your order total."*
You can review the warning on the Import Logs before processing the order. ### Tips and Best Practices * Always review the **Tax** line and (i) icon before confirming payment. * Inform customers that import duties or taxes may apply upon delivery, depending on the destination country's regulations. * Each order is assessed separately, you cannot combine multiple orders to reduce duties. * Customs policies change frequently. Contact our Support team if unsure. ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **What is IOSS?** \ IOSS (Import One-Stop Shop) is an EU VAT scheme used to collect VAT on eligible imports from non-EU countries. It is separate from the EU customs duty rules introduced on July 1, 2026. 2. **Does IOSS apply to the UK?** \ No. IOSS only applies to EU countries. The UK has its own VAT regulations and does not use IOSS. 3. **How do I know if** my customer **will need to pay taxes upon delivery?** \ It depends on the destination country’s import rules, declared value, or the destination country’s customs regulations. In practice, within the Print-on-Demand (POD) industry, cases where buyers are required to pay additional taxes or import duties upon delivery are relatively uncommon. 4. **What if I don’t have an IOSS number?** \ If no IOSS number is provided for EU shipments, BurgerPrints will collect and remit the applicable VAT on your behalf using our IOSS registration. This helps ensure smooth customs clearance and avoids unexpected charges for your customer. 5. **Who is responsible for paying customs duties and taxes?** \ For orders shipped from outside into the EU (subject to IOSS) and orders produced within the EU for delivery within the EU (subject to EU VAT), the user is responsible for tax payment if they fail to provide a valid IOSS number or VAT ID for each specific case. \ For other international shipments, import duties and local taxes (if any) are generally your customer’s responsibility, depending on the destination country’s regulations. ### Related Articles * [How do I check shipping fees on BurgerPrints?](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/how-do-i-check-shipping-fees-on-burgerprints) * [How to update IOSS information for EU's orders](/shipping-and-delivery/special-service/how-to-update-ioss-information-for-eus-orders) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints' shipping policy](/shipping-and-delivery/general/understanding-the-burgerprints-shipping-policy) # Policies ### About Policies Category The Policies category outlines the key terms, responsibilities, and service standards that govern your use of BurgerPrints. It includes guidance on terms of use, quality standards, and design copyright to help you operate in compliance with platform requirements and avoid potential disputes. This section also explains return, reprint, production error, cancellation, and order change policies — clarifying when each applies and how to submit requests properly via support tickets. In addition, it introduces the ProActive Tracking service policy, structured as a practical guide with overview, best practices, FAQs, and related resources. Together, these articles ensure you understand your rights, responsibilities, and available solutions throughout the order lifecycle. ### Related Resources * [Understanding terms of use, quality, and design copyright](/policies-and-quality-assurance/policies/understanding-terms-of-use-quality-and-design-copyright) * [Understanding return, reprint, and production error policies](/policies-and-quality-assurance/policies/understanding-return-reprint-and-production-error-policies) * [How to apply full and partial cancellation policies](/policies-and-quality-assurance/policies/how-to-apply-full-and-partial-cancellation-policies) * [How to change your order](/policies-and-quality-assurance/policies/how-to-change-your-order) * [Understanding ProActive Tracking service policy](/policies-and-quality-assurance/policies/understanding-proactive-tracking-service-policy) # Understanding terms of use, quality, and design copyright ### Overview This article explains BurgerPrints’ current policies related to **terms of use, product quality, and design copyright**. It is for users who upload designs, sell products, and fulfill orders using BurgerPrints. This guide helps you understand your responsibilities, system limitations, and how to avoid policy violations that may affect orders or accounts. Before reading, make sure you have an active BurgerPrints account and access to the Dashboard. ### About BurgerPrints Terms of Use and System Policies BurgerPrints operates based on **Terms of Service** and **system-level policies**. These documents define how the platform works, what BurgerPrints provides, and what responsibilities belong to users. This article summarizes key points to help users understand and comply with current policies. It does not replace the official Terms of Service or Terms and Conditions published by BurgerPrints. After reading this article, users should understand: * How BurgerPrints policies apply to daily platform usage * What users are responsible for when uploading designs and fulfilling orders * How quality and copyright policies impact products and accounts ### Terms of Use and User Responsibilities #### What the Terms of Use mean for users By creating an account and placing orders, users agree to follow BurgerPrints’ Terms of Use. These terms define acceptable use of the platform and outline responsibilities for both BurgerPrints and users. #### User responsibilities Users are responsible for: * All information and content submitted through the Dashboard * Ensuring designs, product details, and listings comply with applicable laws * Using the platform in accordance with published policies and guidelines #### Important disclaimers * BurgerPrints does not verify design ownership or legal rights on behalf of users. * BurgerPrints is not responsible for issues caused by user-provided content. * Accounts may be restricted, suspended, or terminated if policies are violated. ### Product Quality Policy #### How product quality is defined BurgerPrints uses standardized production processes to maintain consistent product quality. However, final results depend on the design files and product configurations provided by users. #### What BurgerPrints covers * Confirmed production defects * Errors caused by printing or fulfillment processes #### What users are responsible for * Uploading design files that meet recommended specifications * Verifying design placement and mockups before publishing * Understanding that minor color variation may occur due to materials and printing methods #### Quality disclaimer * Mockups are visual references only and may not exactly match the final physical product. * Quality issues caused by low-resolution designs or incorrect setup are not considered production defects. ### Design Copyright and Intellectual Property #### Design ownership and usage rules Users must own the rights or have legal permission to use all designs uploaded to BurgerPrints. This applies to images, text, logos, characters, and all other design elements. #### Users must not * Upload copyrighted or trademarked content without authorization * Use third-party brand names, logos, or characters without a valid license * Assume designs found online are free to use #### If a copyright violation occurs * Infringing designs or products may be removed * Related orders may be canceled * Repeated violations may result in account suspension or termination Users are fully responsible for any legal claims related to design copyright violations. ### How To Review Current Terms and Conditions * Log in to the Dashboard * Choose the Document and review the Terms & Conditions
### Tips and Best Practices * Read the Terms of Service before uploading designs or selling products. * Keep records proving design ownership or licensing. * Avoid using copyrighted content, even for test or sample products. * Review mockups carefully before publishing products. * Contact support if you are unsure whether a design or setup complies with policies. ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Does BurgerPrints check design copyrights for users?** No. Users are responsible for ensuring their designs comply with copyright and trademark laws. 2. **What happens if I violate the Terms of Use?** Violations may result in design removal, order cancellation, or account restrictions. 3. **Are all quality issues eligible for refunds or replacements?** No. Only confirmed production defects are covered. Issues caused by design files or incorrect setup are excluded. 4. **Which document is the authoritative version of the policy?** The official Terms of Service and Terms and Conditions published by BurgerPrints are authoritative sources. ### Related Articles * [How to create an order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-create-an-order-on-burgerprints) * [Understanding Product Design and BurgerPrints' design standard](/design-and-product/designs/understanding-product-design-and-burgerprints-design-standard) * [Understanding advanced design guidelines and best practices](/design-and-product/designs/understanding-advanced-design-guidelines-and-best-practices) # Understanding return, reprint, and production error policies ### Overview This article explains the return, reprint, and production error policies on BurgerPrints Fulfillment. It helps you understand how BurgerPrints handles returned orders, when reprints apply, and what conditions qualify for refunds. These guidelines ensure clear standards for production issues, shipping delays, and incorrect or damaged items. ### Request Support Via Ticket For Returned/Undeliverable Orders If your order is undeliverable, returned, damaged, or has a verified production/shipping issue caused by BurgerPrints, you can submit a claim through the Ticket system. This helps you clearly describe the issue you’re facing, and allows BurgerPrints to validate the case and apply the correct resolution (Remake or refund). For step-by-step instructions on submitting return or reprint requests via Ticket, please refer to [**How to manage an order on BurgerPrints**](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-manage-an-order-on-burgerprints)**.** ### **About Return And Reprint Policies** #### **Return** When an order returns to a location, BurgerPrints reviews the return reason and handles it under the following rules: * If you provide correct customer information, BurgerPrints asks you to confirm details if needed and produces a replacement order. The replacement follows the same production stage and shipping & delivery time as the original order. Please notify your customers about this timeline. * If the customer provides an incomplete or incorrect address, or if the shipping carrier cannot deliver the order (based on tracking details), the order is not eligible for reshipment. * This applies because return requests are costly, packages may become damaged during return transit, and return times are long. * You are responsible for checking tracking information regularly and placing a new order for your customers when needed. * In this case, you should proactively handle the resolution, such as: * Create a new order with the corrected address (recommended fastest solution) * Negotiate an alternative solution with the customer (partial refund, store credit, resend after collecting a new address, etc.), depending on your store policy. #### **Reprint** When BurgerPrints causes a mistake, BurgerPrints produces a reprint ~~replacement~~ order immediately and does not require a return. Click [**HERE** ](https://dash.burgerprints.com/admin/document/policy)to read the full fulfillment policy. ### **About Production Error and Refund Conditions** #### **1. Refund conditions for delivered orders** BurgerPrints reviews refund requests individually. You are eligible for a refund only when the delivered product meets one of the following conditions: * The product arrives damaged. * The print shows visible defects. * The item size does not match the selected size based on the BurgerPrints standard size chart. * The item's color or material differs from the order. * The delivered design does not match the design file. * The product style is incorrect (Example: Long Sleeve Shirt instead of T-Shirt). * The print or finish quality is visibly poor. * The order ships to an address different from the one you provided. {% hint style="info" %} **Note:** If your customer claims they did not receive the package but tracking shows **Delivered**, BurgerPrints supports you with carrier information. This situation **does not** qualify for a refund. {% endhint %} #### **2. Refund conditions for orders still in production or shipping** You may request a refund during the production or shipping stage when the order meets the applicable time thresholds below (based on EST): * **Printed apparel and mugs (US → US)** * No tracking update after 10 business days from payment * Not delivered after 17 business days * **Printed apparel, mugs, and posters (EU → EU)** * No tracking update after 9 business days * Not delivered after 17 business days * **Posters (US → US)** * No tracking update after 10 business days * Not delivered after 20 business days * **International orders** * No tracking update after 15 business days * Not delivered after 25 business days * **Shipments to AOPs, FPOs, AE/AO/AA/AP, islands, unincorporated territories (PR, VI, GU, MP, AS), HI, AK** * No tracking update after 20 business days * Not delivered after 45 business days * **Other cases** * Lost in transit after BurgerPrints verification **Notes:** * Refund policy applies to standard orders with 1 item. For orders with 2 or more items, add 1 additional business day. * These timelines do not apply when customers request delivery changes, ask carriers to hold packages, or when carriers cannot complete delivery due to external conditions. * “Tracking link does not update” refers to statuses such as *Shipping label created*, *USPS awaiting item*, *Pre-shipment info sent to USPS*, *Parcel created*, *Electronic shipment data received*, etc, remaining unchanged past the applicable timeline. 3. #### Refund procedure * BurgerPrints reviews and responds to refund-related tickets within **24 hours**. * If the issue is **validated** (based on evidence and order/tracking details), BurgerPrints will process the refund to your **B-Wallet** on the same working day or make a reprint order according to your request. * If more information is needed, the support team will request additional proof (e.g., photos or clarification) to complete validation. ### How To Access BurgerPrints' Fulfillment Policy #### **Step 1: Log in to** the BurgerPrints dashboard at [**https://dash.burgerprints.com**](https://dash.burgerprints.com/)
#### **Step 2: On the dashboard, go to Document, then click the Fulfillment policy tab**
### Tips And Best Practices * Check tracking updates frequently to avoid delays in assisting your customers. * Remind customers to provide full, accurate delivery addresses. * Keep photos or videos of products your customers report as defective; clear evidence speeds up resolution. * Review product variants carefully before placing each order to avoid mismatched sizes or colors. ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Do I need to return an item for a reprint?**\ No. When BurgerPrints causes an error, BurgerPrints produces a reprint without requiring any return. 2. **What happens if my customer provides the wrong or incomplete address?**\ Orders with incomplete or incorrect addresses do not qualify for reshipment. You need to place a new order for your customer. 3. **Does “Delivered” tracking status qualify for a refund if my customer says they did not receive it?**\ No. BurgerPrints assists you with contacting the carrier, but this does not qualify for a refund. 4. **Do I have to pay for a reprint order?** No. If the issue is **verified as BurgerPrints’ fault** (production defect, incorrect item, etc.), you **do not need to pay** for the order. 5. **How does this policy help protect my store’s reputation with customers?** The policy ensures fast validation and guaranteed solutions (reprint or refund) for any issue caused by BurgerPrints. This helps you resolve customer complaints confidently and maintain a professional buying experience for your store. ### Related Articles * [How to apply full and partial cancellation policies](/policies-and-quality-assurance/policies/how-to-apply-full-and-partial-cancellation-policies) * [How to change your order](/policies-and-quality-assurance/policies/how-to-change-your-order) * [How to manage an order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-manage-an-order-on-burgerprints) # How to apply full and partial cancellation policies ### Overview This article explains how full and partial cancellation policies work on BurgerPrints and how to request them correctly. It helps you decide when to use full or partial cancellation based on order status, including cases involving production, shipping, or refunds through the Ticket system. Besides seller-requested cancellations, BurgerPrints may also initiate order cancellations in certain cases. These cases are also managed through the Ticket system. Before you begin, make sure your order is **Paid**, as Tickets can only be created for paid orders. ### Understanding Full vs. Partial Cancellation To ensure fast production and early delivery, BurgerPrints uses automation to shorten the post-payment in-review time. Order processing time starts counting from the moment payment is completed successfully. These automated steps help BurgerPrints operate efficiently and meet delivery expectations. Order status changes automatically based on timing, which directly affects whether you can apply for a full or partial cancellation. The system displays a confirmation notice when you proceed to payment, informing you that completing payment means the order information can no longer be freely edited.You have 30 minutes after payment to request changes or cancellation through a Ticket, before the order enters production.
#### Full cancellation A full cancellation means the entire order is canceled, including products and shipping. You should request a full cancellation when: * The order was created by mistake * The order is still within the **Paid - Cancelable** window (approximately **30 minutes after payment**), before it enters the production stage If approved, BurgerPrints credits the refund to your **B-Wallet** within the same business day. Full cancellation is **not** supported when: * The order has entered the production stage and production is completed * The order has already been shipped and handed over to the carrier #### Partial cancellation A partial cancellation means only part of the order is canceled or refunded. This usually applies when the order has passed the **Paid - Cancelable** window but has not been shipped yet. Common cases include: * For design change requests submitted after the order has entered the production stage, only the shipping can be cancelled * Order information such as address cannot be changed after production starts, so you request shipping cancellation instead In these cases, clearly state your main request and fallback option in **one Ticket**. Partial cancellation is **not** supported when: * The order has already been shipped and delivery is in progress ### How To Submit A Ticket #### Step 1: On the Dashboard, select **Orders**, then click Edit the order you want to change
#### Step 2: Click Create Ticket
#### Step 3: Click Refund, select Cancel order, describe your issue, then click Create Ticket to finish
### Finding Refund Tickets In some cases, BurgerPrints may cancel an order after internal review, such as policy, compliance, or restricted-content checks. These cases are handled through the Ticket system and include a standard cancellation message in the ticket conversation. To help you locate these tickets more quickly, the **Search** field on the **Tickets** page supports searching by ticket conversation content. **Recommended keywords include:** * IP * Intellectual Property * Copyright * Trademark * Compliance * Restricted content * Policy violation {% hint style="success" %} **Notes:** * Search is not case-sensitive. * Only tickets containing the searched keyword in the conversation will be returned. * If the keyword does not appear in the conversation, no results will be found. {% endhint %} ### Tips and Best Practices * After payment, orders remain cancelable for approximately 30 minutes, so review order details carefully during this time to avoid missing the cancelable window. * Avoid submitting multiple Tickets for the same order, as this may delay support and cause you to miss the cancelable window. * Always include fallback requests on the first Ticket. ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Is submitting a Ticket guaranteed for full or partial cancellation?**\ No. Submitting a Ticket does not guarantee that a full or partial cancellation can be applied. Each request is reviewed by the system based on the current order status and production stage, and you will receive an official response once the review is completed. 2. **Can I request a design change after the order enters production?**\ No. Design changes are not supported once production starts. If the request is submitted at this stage and before the shipment, only the shipping fee can be refunded. 3. **Where do refunds go after a successful cancellation?**\ Approved refunds are credited to your B-Wallet. 4. **How long does it take to get a response to a Ticket?**\ BurgerPrints reviews and responds to Tickets within 24 hours after submission. ### Related Articles * [Understanding return, reprint, and production error policies](/policies-and-quality-assurance/policies/understanding-return-reprint-and-production-error-policies) * [How to change your order](/policies-and-quality-assurance/policies/how-to-change-your-order) * [Understanding terms of use, quality, and design copyright](/policies-and-quality-assurance/policies/understanding-terms-of-use-quality-and-design-copyright) * [How to contact the BurgerPrints support team](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-contact-the-burgerprints-support-team)
# How to change your order ### Overview This article explains how to request changes to an order after payment, including updating the shipping address, changing the design file, or adjusting product details. This guide helps you understand when changes are possible, how to submit a ticket correctly, and what refund options apply if changes cannot be made. ### How To Change Your Order on BurgerPrints As a paid order may already move into the production stage, not all changes are possible. After payment, all order change requests must go through a support ticket, and approval depends on the current order status and whether production has started. To avoid missing the critical time window and to understand possible refund outcomes, please follow the instructions below carefully. #### Option 1: Cancel the order and create a new one (Recommended) After creating an order, you have **30 minutes** to proactively cancel it directly from the **Order tab** on the **Dashboard**. This is the fastest and safest way to change order information, including the shipping address or design file. When an order is successfully canceled, BurgerPrints refunds the order amount to your **B-Wallet** on the same working day, allowing you to place a new order immediately. After 30 minutes, cancellation is subject to the current order status. Once the order enters the Production stage, you can no longer cancel it manually. In this case, submit a support ticket and follow the instructions in ***Option 2***. #### Option 2: Change the order via ticket If the order exceeds 30 minutes and has already entered the **Production stage,** you must submit a ticket to request a change. This request is to check whether the order information can be changed and does not guarantee that the change can be applied. The system reviews the order status to determine eligibility before responding to the ticket. ### How To Cancel An Order #### Step 1: On the Dashboard, select **Orders**, then click Edit the order you want to change
#### Step 2: Click Create Ticket
#### Step 3: Click Refund, select Cancel order, describe your issue, then click Create ticket to finish
**Note:** * You can view the ticket you have just created right in the **Orders** tab.
* Or click the **Tickets** tab to see the ticket status and reply from BurgerPrints' Support team
### How To Submit A Ticket To Change Order Information #### Step 1: Go to Orders, select Edit
#### Step 2: Click **Create ticket**
#### Step 3: Select **Adjust/Check, choose Change Order Information, describe your issue, and click Create ticket to finish** In the **Describe your issue** field, clearly state your request: * **Change address:** Enter the full **new shipping address**. * **Change design:** Attach the **new design file** or provide the updated design link. Changing the design file is more restricted than changing the shipping address once production starts.
#### Select a fallback option Add a fallback option in case the system cannot apply your requested change: * **Continue processing the order** to avoid holding the order * **Cancel shipping and refund shipping cost** (Partial refund) If changes are no longer possible, canceling shipping helps you recover part of the cost instead of losing the entire order value. Read more about partial refunds and how they work. ### Tips and Best Practices * Review your order carefully and cancel within the first **30 minutes** to ensure changes are guaranteed. * Submit **one ticket per order** and include complete information in your first request. * Always provide the **full new shipping address** or the **correct design file or link**. * Late requests or incomplete information may cause you to miss the intervention window. ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Is submitting a ticket guaranteed to change my order?**\ Order changes are guaranteed only if you cancel the order within the first **30 minutes** after creation. After 30 minutes, changes are **not guaranteed** and depend on the current order status. The system reviews the ticket and confirms whether the change is possible.\ BurgerPrints recommends reviewing your order carefully and canceling within 30 minutes to ensure any changes are applied. 2. **When do I receive a refund after canceling an order?**\ BurgerPrints processes the refund to your **B-Wallet within the same working day** once the order is successfully canceled. 3. **What refund do I receive if shipping is canceled?**\ If you select **Cancel shipping**, BurgerPrints refunds the **shipping fee only**. The product cost is not refunded if production already starts. ### Related Articles * [How to manage an order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-manage-an-order-on-burgerprints) * [How to apply full and partial cancellation policies](/policies-and-quality-assurance/policies/how-to-apply-full-and-partial-cancellation-policies) * [Understanding return, reprint, and production error policies](/policies-and-quality-assurance/policies/understanding-return-reprint-and-production-error-policies) * [Understanding terms of use, quality, and design copyright](/policies-and-quality-assurance/policies/understanding-terms-of-use-quality-and-design-copyright)
# Understanding ProActive Tracking service policy ### Service Overview ProActive Tracking is a service designed to help users improve early tracking visibility for orders using valid USPS tracking numbers, with the goal of reducing the risk of missing handling time or delivery-related requirements imposed by marketplaces. This service focuses on **proactive tracking visibility within the carrier system** and **does not replace or alter** the actual production, shipping, or final delivery process of any order. ### Service Scope ProActive Tracking applies to orders that meet all of the following conditions: * The order is recorded as **paid successfully** * The order uses a **valid USPS tracking number** * The ProActive Tracking service is registered **before processing begins** ***Temporary Update:** ProActive Tracking Service is temporarily unavailable for WW destinations. US-bound orders remain eligible for coverage. Further updates will be announced when there are any changes.* ### Processing Time & Tracking Update 1. #### Processing start time The processing time of ProActive Tracking starts from the exact moment an order is recorded as **paid successfully in the system**, calculated down to the **hour, minute, and second (US time)**. This timestamp is automatically recorded and serves as the official reference for determining tracking update timelines under this policy. 2. #### Processing time frame Processing time is calculated based on **US business days**. ProActive Tracking operates from **Monday to Saturday**, excluding **official US holidays**. US holidays are **fully excluded from processing time** and **are not considered delayed tracking updates**. 3. #### Tracking update commitment * The first tracking event is expected to appear **within 48 hours** from the time the order becomes eligible for processing (calculated in US business days). * The service maintains a **delayed tracking update rate below 2%**. 4. #### Delayed tracking updates In certain circumstances beyond operational control, tracking updates may appear later than expected, including but not limited to: * Abnormal or severe weather conditions * Carrier system interruptions * Technical or operational issues on the carrier’s side For orders experiencing delayed tracking updates: * Tracking updates are **prioritized on the next business day** * The tracking update will **not exceed 72 hours** from the time the order becomes eligible for processing ### Tracking Display Behavior * Tracking events may appear from **various USPS processing locations**, depending on USPS system behavior. * The location shown in tracking updates **does not represent** the actual production, packaging, or fulfillment location of the order. * ProActive Tracking **does not guarantee** a fixed or specific tracking status. Tracking statuses may include, but are not limited to: * USPS in possession of item * USPS picked up item * Departed Post Office
### Eligible Labels ProActive Tracking **only supports**: * USPS shipping labels * Labels containing **valid USPS tracking numbers** Label requirements: * Standard size **4 x 6 inches**, **PDF format** * Clear, readable information without blurring or distortion * Tracking numbers must not be altered or reused Users are responsible for ensuring that uploaded labels are accurate and compliant. {% columns %} {% column %}

USPS

{% endcolumn %} {% column %}

DHL

{% endcolumn %} {% endcolumns %} ### User Responsibilities & Compensation Exclusions 1. #### Invalid label cases The service **does not support processing** and **does not apply compensation** for orders that fall into any of the following cases: * Uploading **non-USPS labels** (e.g. FedEx, UPS, DHL) * Uploading files that are **not shipping labels** * Uploading USPS labels that: * Do not follow the **4 x 6 inch standard** * Are rotated or displayed in an incorrect orientation * Contain unclear, blurred, or unreadable information * Label files that: * Are **password-protected** * Cannot be opened, read, or processed by the system {% columns %} {% column %}

This label is uploaded with an incorrect orientation. The label content is rotated and does not display properly in the required vertical layout.

{% endcolumn %} {% column %}

This label is not compliant with ProActive Tracking requirements because it is not formatted in the standard 4 x 6 inches size

{% endcolumn %} {% endcolumns %} 2. #### Handling of invalid labels For invalid label cases: * BGP will notify users to upload a valid replacement label * Processing time resumes **only after** a valid label is provided * The waiting period for user updates **is excluded** from service processing time 3. #### Compensation exclusions * Any delayed tracking update caused by **invalid labels or incorrect uploads** is **excluded from the compensation policy**. * Compensation applies **only** to orders that: * Have valid labels uploaded from the initial submission * Fully meet all service requirements * Do not require user-initiated corrections ### Service Limitations & Disclaimers ProActive Tracking: * Does not guarantee final delivery time * Does not guarantee successful delivery * Does not interfere with carrier routing, transportation, or delivery processes * Is not responsible for tracking behavior or updates controlled by USPS Tracking updates may: * Remain unchanged for a period of time * Update intermittently * Change status based on USPS system behavior ### Compensation Policy If no tracking update appears **after 72 hours** from the time the order becomes eligible for processing: * Users may request a **refund of the ProActive Tracking service fee** for that order * Compensation is **strictly limited to the service fee paid** * Compensation does **not** apply to: * Indirect damages * Marketplace penalties * Cases defined in **Section 6** ### Policy Updates & Enforcement BGP reserves the right to update, modify, suspend, or terminate the ProActive Tracking service at any time to ensure operational safety and policy compliance. All changes take effect immediately upon publication. ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **What is the purpose of ProActive Tracking?**\ ProActive Tracking helps improve early tracking visibility for orders using USPS tracking numbers. The service is designed to reduce the risk of missing handling time or delivery-related requirements enforced by marketplaces. 2. **Does ProActive Tracking guarantee delivery or shipping speed?** No. ProActive Tracking **does not guarantee delivery time, shipping speed, or successful delivery**. The service focuses solely on tracking visibility within the carrier system. 3. **When does the 48-hour tracking update timeline start?** The 48-hour timeline starts from the exact moment an order is recorded as **paid successfully**, calculated down to the hour, minute, and second (US time), and is measured based on **US business days**. 4. **Are US holidays included in the processing time?**\ No. Official US holidays are **excluded from processing time** and are not considered delayed tracking updates. 5. **Why does the tracking location look different from my actual fulfillment location?**\ Tracking locations are generated by the USPS system and **do not represent** the actual production, packaging, or fulfillment location of your order. 6. **What happens if I upload an invalid label?**\ If an invalid label is uploaded, BGP will notify you to provide a valid replacement. Processing time resumes only after a valid label is submitted, and the waiting period is excluded from service processing time. 7. **Will I receive compensation if tracking updates are delayed?**\ Compensation applies **only** if no tracking update appears after 72 hours from the time the order becomes eligible for processing, and only for orders that meet all service requirements. Delays caused by invalid labels or incorrect uploads are excluded from compensation. 8. **Does ProActive Tracking work with non-USPS carriers?**\ No. ProActive Tracking only supports **USPS tracking numbers and USPS shipping labels**. 9. **Can ProActive Tracking be suspended or changed?**\ Yes. BGP reserves the right to update, modify, suspend, or terminate the ProActive Tracking service at any time to ensure operational safety and policy compliance. ### Related Articles * [Understanding the BurgerPrints's shipping policy](/shipping-and-delivery/general/understanding-the-burgerprints-shipping-policy) * [Understanding the BurgerPrint's fee structure](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/understanding-the-burgerprints-fee-structure) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints's packaging and delivery](/shipping-and-delivery/general/understanding-the-burgerprints-packaging-and-delivery) * [How to create an order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-create-an-order-on-burgerprints)
# FAQ # Which products are eligible for Ship by Marketplace? ### Overview Ship by Marketplace is available only for selected products that meet marketplace and regional fulfillment requirements. Sellers can check product eligibility by reviewing the labels displayed in the product catalog, which indicate Ship by Marketplace support by region (US, EU, or UK). Each region supports specific label types and standard label sizes, which should be verified before listing or fulfilling orders. ### Supported Label Types by Region * **US label**: Products eligible for Ship by Marketplace (US) * **EU label**: Products eligible for Ship by Marketplace (EU) * **UK label**: Products eligible for Ship by Marketplace (UK) ### Standard Label Requirements To be eligible for Ship by Marketplace, shipping labels must meet the following standard requirements: * **Label size**: 4×6 inches * **Label format**: Black border * **File type**: PDF Sample Standard Label:
{% hint style="info" %} **Note:** * Labels that do not meet the above requirements may **require additional processing time and could impact the committed SLA.** * Sellers are advised to carefully verify the supported label type and standard label size for each region before fulfilling orders. {% endhint %} ### How to Check Products Eligible for Ship by Marketplace #### Use The BurgerPrints System Catalog **Step 1: Log in to the BurgerPrints system and access the Catalog** Login link: dash.burgerprints.com
**Step 2: Select the “Order With Label” filter** Products displayed under this section are available only for selected products that meet marketplace fulfillment requirements.
Sellers can review the available products for their target marketplace by checking **the suffix assigned** to each product, which indicates the supported region (**US, EU**, or **UK**).
#### Use The Public Catalog Public catalog link: Sellers can search for specific products they want to check in the BurgerPrints public catalog. Please make sure to review the suffix assigned to each product, which indicates the supported region (US Label, EU Label, or UK Label).
### Related Articles * [Understanding the BurgerPrints Platform label](/design-and-product/products/understanding-order-with-label-on-burgerprints) * [Understanding the BurgerPrint's fee structure](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/understanding-the-burgerprints-fee-structure)
# How do I check shipping fees on BurgerPrints? ### Overview This article explains how to check shipping & delivery fees for each product and location, so you can build accurate retail pricing. You learn 2 ways to review shipping fees: directly on the product detail page in the Catalog, or by downloading the SKU list to compare fees in bulk. Shipping fees shown in the Catalog are reference rates for pricing planning purposes. Final shipping costs are calculated at checkout and may vary slightly. **Peak season surcharges are not included in the Catalog rates and will be communicated separately via email before the peak period begins.** ### How BurgerPrints defines shipping fees On BurgerPrints, **shipping fees** are defined differently depending on the product type. * **For standard products**, the shipping fee is the cost of delivering the package to the final delivery address. This fee is paid to the shipping carrier and covers transportation from the fulfillment location to the delivery destination. * **For products with the "Label" suffix**, the shipping fee is treated as a **label fee**. This fee covers the operational cost for the fulfillment location to manage, print, and apply the correct shipping label to each package. For some locations, this fee may also include **priority production handling** to help maintain active tracking and shipment performance standards. Understanding this distinction helps you interpret shipping fees correctly when reviewing prices in the Catalog or the exported SKU list. ### How To Check Shipping Fees Directly From The Catalog #### **Step 1**: Open the SKU in the **Catalog** * On the Dashboard, go to **Catalog**. * Search for the SKU you want to check. * Open the product detail page.
#### **Step 2**: Select a fulfillment location * On the product detail page, locate the **Fulfillment location** section.
* Review the available locations where this product can be produced. * Select a fulfillment location to: * Confirm whether this location supports shipping to your target destination. * See which shipping services are available for that destination.
After you select a fulfillment location, the Shipping destination section updates based on the selected location. #### **Step 3**: Select a shipping destination In **Shipping destination**, review these fields: * Shipping destination: The country or region you ship to * Shipping service: The shipping service package you use (Standard, Express, Priority Express) * Delivery time: The estimated delivery time. This may change during peak seasons or due to force majeure events such as carrier delays, weather conditions, or other unforeseen circumstances * Shipping carrier: The shipping carrier used to deliver the order Not all shipping services are available for every destination.
#### **Step 4**: Check First item and Additional item fees After you select a destination, check: * **First item:** Shipping fee for 1 product * **Additional item:** Extra shipping fee added for each additional product in the same shipment
Shipping fees shown in the Catalog are standard reference rates and may vary slightly based on carrier updates or destination-specific surcharges. ### How To Check Shipping Fees Using The SKU List Download #### **Step 1: Download the SKU list from the product detail page** * On the product detail page, click **Download SKU**.
#### **Step 2: Find shipping fees in the downloaded file** In the SKU list, shipping fee columns are organized by **destination, shipping service, and item quantity type**. To select the correct shipping fee, you need to understand how these factors work together.
**How shipping fee columns work** Each shipping fee column corresponds to a specific combination of: * **Shipping destination** (where your customer’s order is delivered) * **Shipping service** (Economy, Standard, Express, Priority Express) * **Item quantity type** (1st item or Additional item) You should always select shipping fee columns that match your customer’s **actual delivery address** and the **shipping service you plan to offer.** **Shipping fee calculation** When using the exported SKU file, shipping fee columns are listed by **shipping service** and **item quantity type**. State or destination details may be omitted in the column name. Use the following formulas to calculate shipping costs: * **Economy shipping** Total shipping = 1st item Economy shipping fee + (Additional item Economy shipping fee × Additional item quantity) * **Standard shipping** Total shipping = 1st item Standard shipping fee + (Additional item Standard shipping fee × Additional item quantity) * **Express shipping** Total shipping = 1st item Express shipping fee + (Additional item Express shipping fee × Additional item quantity) * **Priority Express shipping** Total shipping = 1st item Priority Express shipping fee + (Additional item Priority Express shipping fee × Additional item quantity) These formulas help you calculate shipping costs accurately based on the selected shipping service and the total number of items in the order. ***Example:***
*You order **30 T-shirts** with the Standard Shipping fee* *Standard shipping: **$8.89 for the first item** and **$2.49 for each additional item**.* *Total shipping = **$8.89 + $2.49 × 29 = $81.20*** {% hint style="info" %} **Note:** The Additional item shipping fee applies only when all items in the order are the same product type and fulfilled by the same Location. If an order includes different product types, products with significantly different sizes, or items fulfilled by different Locations, the 1st item shipping fee applies to each item separately. {% endhint %} **Understand shipping services before choosing a column** Before checking shipping fees, make sure you understand the available shipping services so you can select the correct columns: * **Economy shipping**: The lowest-cost option, with the longest delivery time * **Standard shipping**: A balanced option between cost and delivery time * **Express shipping**: Faster delivery with higher shipping fees * **Priority Express shipping**: The fastest option, available only for some SKUs and destinations Not all SKUs support all shipping services. If a shipping service is not supported, the corresponding column shows **NA** or **na**. **Understand multiple shipping columns** Shipping fees may be split into multiple columns because costs can vary by delivery address, even within the same region or country.In some markets, different postal codes or state codes can result in different shipping fees due to distance, carrier routing, or delivery complexity. **Example: United States** In the SKU list, you may see shipping columns grouped by specific US state codes, such as: * US State (AA, AE, AP, AS, GU, AK, HI, PR, PW, VI, MP) – 1st item Standard shipping fee * US State (AA, AE, AP, AS, GU, AK, HI, PR, PW, VI, MP) – Additional item Standard shipping fee * US State (AA, AE, AP, AS, GU, AK, HI, PR, PW, VI, MP) – 1st item Express shipping fee * US State (AA, AE, AP, AS, GU, AK, HI, PR, PW, VI, MP) – Additional item Express shipping fee These state codes represent military addresses, islands, and non-continental territories. Although they are part of the United States, shipping to these locations costs more than mainland deliveries due to longer distance and limited carrier routes. Therefore, these destinations are grouped into separate shipping fee columns, and users must select shipping fees based on the exact delivery location, not just the country. **Understand NA / na values** If a cell in the SKU list shows **NA** or **na**, it means: * That shipping service is not supported for this SKU and destination, or * The selected fulfillment location does not offer shipping to that destination using that service Do not use **NA** or **na** values for pricing calculations. ### Tips and Best Practices * **Always select the correct Shipping destination before you finalize your retail price.** The shipping fee for the same SKU can vary by country/region, and some destinations may include additional surcharges. * **Estimate shipping by order size (quantity), not just for a single item.** If customers often buy 2–3 items, use this quick formula to plan bundle pricing or a free-shipping threshold:\ **Total shipping** = 1st item shipping fee + (Additional item shipping fee × Additional item quantity) * **When using the SKU list, filter by location group and variant (size/color) to avoid mistakes.** Shipping fees can differ by destination group and variant, so make sure you’re viewing the correct location cluster before using the numbers. ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Why do shipping fees change when I change the destination?**\ Shipping fees depend on the shipping destination, and some destinations may include extra charges. 2. **How do I calculate shipping for multiple items in the same order?**\ Use: \ **Total shipping** = 1st item shipping fee + (Additional item shipping fee × Additional item quantity)\ This helps you forecast total shipping for bundles. 3. **Do shipping fees change based on shipping services?**\ They can. If you switch **Shipping service**, the fee and delivery time may change. Not all products support multiple shipping services. Always confirm the service you plan to offer. ### Related Articles * [Understanding the BurgerPrints Product Catalog](/design-and-product/products/understanding-the-burgerprints-product-catalog) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints' shipping policy](/shipping-and-delivery/general/understanding-the-burgerprints-shipping-policy) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints' fee structure](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/understanding-the-burgerprints-fee-structure)
# Does BurgerPrints provide gift boxes or gift messages? ### **Overview** This article answers common questions about gift box and gift message services on BurgerPrints. It is intended for branding sellers and users preparing for holiday-season campaigns who want to enhance the unboxing experience for their customers. ### **Frequently Asked Questions** #### **Q1: Does BurgerPrints currently provide gift boxes?** Gift box packaging is not available as a standard service on BurgerPrints at this time. #### **Q2: Can I add a gift message or personalized note to my orders?** Yes. BurgerPrints now supports **Gift Message** as an On-demand Custom Branding service for eligible orders fulfilled by **Matterhorn**. You can add a Gift Message in **Step 3: Finalize Order** under **Additional Services**, then upload your design before placing the order.
For more details about the Gift Message service and its artwork requirements, learn more [HERE](/design-and-product/designs/understanding-burgerprints-custom-branding-services). For short messages **under 40 characters**, you can add the message in the **APT / Suite / Other** field in the **Shipping info**, or in the **Shipping Address 2** column when uploading orders via CSV. This message will appear on the **shipping label** of the package.
#### **Q3: Will gift box or gift message services be available in the future?** Gift Message is now available for eligible orders fulfilled by **Matterhorn**. BurgerPrints will continue to expand its Custom Branding and packaging services over time. Updates on newly available services will be announcedthrough the Help Center and Dashboard notifications. #### **When to contact Support** Contact the BurgerPrints Support team if: * You need clarification about packaging options for a specific product or fulfillment facility * You want to confirm whether special packaging is supported for your order type ### **Related Articles** * [How can I use my voucher or discount code?](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/how-can-i-use-my-voucher-or-discount-code) * [Does BurgerPrints provide fulfillment contracts or invoices?](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/does-burgerprints-provide-fulfillment-contracts-or-invoices) * [Understanding BurgerPrints' custom branding services](https://leadsgen.sg.larksuite.com/docx/Ur55dqiYVoXuCyxWoRMlvT19gqb)
# What is the difference between DTF and DTG printing? ### Overview This article explains the differences between DTG (Direct-to-Garment) and DTF (Direct-to-Film) printing technologies used at BurgerPrints. It helps users understand how each method behaves on different fabrics and design types. It is for users who are unsure which printing method is more suitable for their products, designs, or target customers. After reading this article, you will understand how each method works, when to use DTF or DTG, and how printing choices affect fabric compatibility, print quality, and durability. This helps you avoid incorrect printing selections that may lead to unsatisfactory results or unnecessary reprints. ### About DTF and DTG Printing BurgerPrints supports both DTG (Direct-to-Garment) and DTF (Direct-to-Film) printing for apparel products. Each technology processes ink differently. Because of this, the same design file can produce different visual results depending on the printing method and fabric type. Choosing the correct printing method is not about which technology is better. It is about: * How ink interacts with the fabric * How your design is structured (solid colors vs transparency, bold vs soft effects) * What final look and feel your customers expect * How the product will be used and washed over time Most post-production claims related to printing quality come from: * Selecting a cotton-based printing method for blended fabrics without reviewing expected results * Using transparency-based designs on a method that does not support smooth fading * Expecting glow, metallic, or special effects that standard ink printing cannot reproduce * Applying the same design across different fabric types without adjusting expectations Understanding the technical behavior of DTG and DTF helps you control expectations before launching a product. ### How DTF (Direct-to-Film) Printing Works DTF (Direct-to-Film) printing prints the design file onto a special PET transfer film using water-based inks. Adhesive powder is applied to printed ink, then cured with heat. The finished transfer is later heat-pressed onto the garment. Because the design is transferred as a physical layer, the ink sits on top of the fabric instead of being absorbed into it. This behavior is the key reason DTF works across many fabric types. #### DTF printing process 1. Print the design file onto a special PET transfer film 2. Apply adhesive powder to the printed ink area 3. Cure the adhesive powder using heat 4. Heat press the transfer onto the garment 5. Peel the transfer film (hot or cold peel, depending on material) Although DTF involves multiple steps, the production time per item remains short and is well suited for scalable fulfillment. #### **DTF performs best with** * Designs featuring bold colors and solid shapes * Glow, sparkle, metallic-style, or high-contrast effects * Designs that DTG cannot process effectively * A wider range of fabric types, including blended materials Because the print layer is applied onto the garment surface, DTF offers strong color visibility and defined edges across different fabrics.

Same design printed by DTF and DTG on cotton-polyester blend showing texture and color differences

#### **Limitations of DTF printing** DTF printing still involves a physical print layer and adhesive bonding process. While DTF supports a broader range of visual effects, it has its own constraints: * The printed layer may crack or peel over time, especially under frequent washing or heavy use. Overall durability may be lower compared to DTG in long-term wear * Semi-transparent areas may not blend as smoothly as expected. * Low-opacity elements can appear slightly uneven or less consistent. * DTF is **not optimized** for designs with fade-out transitions, low opacity elements, smoke, mist, or soft transparency effects, designs that rely on subtle blending between colors

Close-up of semi-transparent DTF print showing uneven white underbase speckles

Designs with extensive low-opacity effects, fade-outs, or atmospheric textures should be reviewed carefully when printed using DTF. DTG is generally the safer choice for these design types. #### **Halftone vs transparent gradients in DTF designs** DTF printing does not reproduce transparent gradients reliably. Effects that fade from color to transparency - such as glow, smoke, or mist - may print unevenly or lose detail. For better results, prepare DTF designs using **halftone patterns** instead of transparency. Halftones use dots at 100% opacity that gradually change in size and density, allowing smoother visual transitions and more consistent ink coverage.
#### **Best practice for DTF designs** * Use 100% opacity for key elements * Avoid gradients that fade into transparency * Replace transparency-based effects with halftones * Gradients between solid colors are acceptable ### How DTG (Direct-to-Garment) printing works DTG (Direct-to-Garment) printing is a method where ink is sprayed directly onto the garment using specialized printers. The ink absorbs into the fabric, creating a soft, breathable print that feels natural when worn. DTG printing is one of the most common printing methods in print-on-demand. #### How the DTG Printing Process Works The DTG printing process includes: 1. Place the garment on a printing platen 2. Apply a pre-treatment solution to help ink bond with the fabric 3. Spray water-based ink directly onto the garment 4. Cure the ink using heat to create a durable print This process requires fewer steps than DTF printing and works efficiently for single items. #### **DTG performs best with** * Designs that include fine details and smooth gradients * Photographic artwork * Designs with fade-out effects, low opacity areas, smoke, or soft texture transitions * Products made from 100% cotton, where ink absorption is optimal Because the ink bonds directly with the fabric, DTG prints generally maintain good color stability and durability when applied to suitable materials. #### **Limitations of DTG printing** DTG printing quality depends heavily on fabric composition and color interaction: * Blended fabrics may produce less consistent results compared to 100% cotton fabrics * Print configuration must adjust based on garment color and design color balance, which means a single print setup cannot apply uniformly across all products * DTG is **not optimized** for designs that rely on: * Glow or sparkle effects * Reflective or fluorescent colors * Matte finishes * Designs with many sharply separated color blocks or complex layered color effects In these cases, DTG may produce muted results or lose the intended visual impact. Designs with strong visual effects or solid color separations are better suited for DTF printing. #### **Fabric composition and DTG printing behavior** DTG (Direct-to-Garment) printing results vary depending on the fabric composition of the product. This is normal material behavior and not considered a printing defect. **100% Cotton fabrics** (such as Solid T-Shirt, Lady T-Shirt, Tank Top) absorb water-based DTG ink more evenly. Because the ink penetrates the cotton fibers effectively, prints on 100% cotton typically appear: * Smoother and more consistent * Sharper in fine details * More stable in color saturation **Blended fabrics** (such as Hoodies, Sweatshirts) contain polyester fibers that do not absorb DTG ink in the same way as cotton. On these blended materials, DTG prints may: * Appear slightly lighter or less saturated * Show more visible fabric texture * Have a different surface feel compared to prints on 100% cotton

Same design printed on blended fabric and 100% cotton fabric, showing different printing textures

These visual differences come from how ink interacts with different fiber types and are expected outcomes of DTG printing on blended fabrics. They do not indicate production errors or quality issues. When selecting products for DTG printing, users should consider fabric composition as part of the design and product choice to ensure the final result matches their expectations. ### DTG or DTF Printing: Practical Comparison The table below highlights the key differences between DTG and DTF printing based on common decision factors such as fabric compatibility, print quality, durability, and use cases.
Comparison criteriaDTF (Direct-to-Film) printingDTG (Direct-to-Garment) printing
Printing methodPrints the design on film, then transfers it to the product using heatPrints ink directly onto the fabric
Fabric compatibilityWorks on most fabric types, including cotton, polyester, nylon, fleece, and blendsWorks best on cotton and natural fabric blends
Printing on dark productsDoes not require pre-treatmentRequires pre-treatment for dark products
Print feelSlightly thicker print layer that sits on top of the fabricSoft and breathable print that blends into the fabric
Color vibrancyStrong and consistent colors on all fabric colorsColor intensity depends on fabric absorption
Design complexitySupports photos, bold graphics, detailed artwork, and gradientsSupports detailed designs, but gradients may appear softer
DurabilityResistant to cracking and washing damage when cared for properlyDurable, but colors may fade slightly over time
Production flexibilitySuitable for a wide range of product variantsBest for focused product lines (mainly cotton)
Best use casesMixed fabrics, colorful designs, logos, and versatile catalogsCotton products, detailed artwork, small order quantities
### How To Choose The Correct Printing Method Before publishing or scaling a product, review these 3 factors: #### Check fabric composition first * If the product is 100% cotton → DTG is usually optimal. * If the product contains high polyester or blended fibers → DTF often performs more consistently. #### Review your design structure Choose DTG if your design includes: * Photographic elements * Soft fades * Low-opacity textures * Fine detail work Choose DTF if your design includes: * Solid bold shapes * High contrast graphics * Logo-style artwork * Strong color blocks #### Align with customer expectations Based on your customer expectations, you can align the suitatble printing method. Before choosing DTG or DTF, consider the following: * If customers expect a soft and natural print feel: DTG printing is generally more suitable. Because the ink absorbs directly into the fabric fibers, the final print feels lighter, softer, and more breathable. This option is ideal for customers who prioritize comfort and a subtle finish. * If customers expect strong color contrast and defined edges: DTF printing may be more appropriate. Since the design is transferred as a surface layer, colors often appear more vibrant and outlines more clearly separated, especially on blended or synthetic fabrics. * If customers expect smooth fade effects or soft gradients: DTG is typically the safer choice, as it reproduces low-opacity elements and gradual transitions more naturally. * If customers prioritize fabric flexibility across multiple product types: DTF can offer more consistent results across cotton, polyester, and blended fabrics. Understanding what your target customers value most—softness, vibrancy, fine detail or versatility—helps you select the correct printing method and reduce the risk of dissatisfaction after production. Choosing based on customer expectations ensures that the final product matches both visual and tactile expectations. ### Tips and Best Practices * Always review fabric composition before selecting a product variant. * Do not apply the same design across all SKUs without reviewing material differences. * Avoid transparency-heavy designs when using DTF. * Use **300 DPI** high-resolution design files. * Follow washing instructions carefully to maintain durability. * Order samples when launching a new design style or testing a new product type. * Educate your customers about realistic print expectations (no real glow, no metallic ink unless specified). ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Can I choose DTF or DTG printing manually for my orders?** \ Printing methods depend on product type and material. Available options are shown in the product details on the Dashboard. 2. **Which printing method is better for dark-colored products?**\ DTF printing is more suitable for dark-colored garments because it delivers stronger color vibrancy. 3. **Does DTG printing crack after washing?** \ DTG prints are durable when care instructions are followed, but they are best suited for cotton fabrics and light to medium color ranges. 4. **Can the same design be printed using both DTF and DTG?** \ Yes, but the final result may look different due to how ink interacts with the fabric in each method. 5. **Which method should I choose for bulk orders?** \ DTF printing is often preferred for bulk orders across multiple fabric types, while DTG works well for small batches or one-off orders. ### Related Articles * [Understanding the fulfillment process](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/tracking/understanding-the-fulfillment-process) * [Understanding advanced design guidelines and best practices](/design-and-product/designs/understanding-advanced-design-guidelines-and-best-practices) * [Which positions on the product does BurgerPrints support printing?](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/which-positions-on-the-product-does-burgerprints-support-printing) # Does BurgerPrints support taking product photos or recording videos after printing? ### Overview This article explains whether BurgerPrints supports taking product photos or recording videos after printing. It is for users who want to showcase real printed products in their marketing materials or stores. You understand the availability of this service, its limitations, and when you should contact BurgerPrints Support for confirmation. ### Frequently Asked Questions #### Q1: Does BurgerPrints support taking product photos or recording videos after printing? Yes. Currently, BurgerPrints supports taking product photos or recording videos after printing. However, this service depends on the fulfillment facility that handles your order. #### Q2: Why is this service not available at all fulfillment facilities? BurgerPrints works with different fulfillment facilities that operate under different production processes: * Some fulfillment facilities use **manual production processes**. These facilities can support taking product photos or recording videos after printing because products are handled individually by staff and the workflow allows additional steps after printing. * Some fulfillment facilities use **automated production processes**. These facilities do not support this service due to workflow and system limitations because products move through a fixed, continuous workflow that cannot pause for photos or videos. Because of this difference, the availability of product photos or videos is not guaranteed for every order. #### Q3: What photo or video services are supported, and which fulfillment facilities support these services? The supported photo or video services depend on each fulfillment facility and its production capabilities. You can identify fulfillment facilities that support post-print services (such as taking product photos or recording videos) by checking whether they support **test print or sample requests**. Fulfillment facilities that support test prints or samples also support taking product photos or recording videos after printing. To check this information: * Go to **Catalog** * Select **Fulfillment location**
* Choose a fulfillment facility
* Open the **SLA** tab * Select **Decoration Capabilities**
* Check the field **Support for test print/sample request** If this field shows **Yes**, the fulfillment facility supports taking product photos or recording videos after printing.
### When to contact support Contact BurgerPrints Support when you need to take product photos or record videos after printing. Support helps you: * Confirm whether your order’s fulfillment facility supports this service * Understand available photo or video options * Follow the correct request procedure, if supported ### **Related articles** * [How to contact the BurgerPrints Support team](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-contact-the-burgerprints-support-team) # Which positions on the product does BurgerPrints support printing? ### **Overview** This article explains the print positions BurgerPrints supports for each product type. It helps you understand the designated print areas available across the catalog. ### **Frequently Asked Questions** #### **Q1: Which print positions does BurgerPrints support?** BurgerPrints supports printing only within the predefined print areas of each product. Common print positions include: * **Apparel:** Front, back; some models support sleeve printing. * **Mugs:** One-side, two-side or full wrap (depending on the model). * **Blanket/Canvas/Poster:** Full front print according to the template. * **Ornaments/Plaque/Acrylic:** Full front print. * **Pillow:** Single-side or double-side print. * **Tumbler/Water bottle:** Full wrap or one-sided print as defined in the template. * **Other products:** Print areas follow the fixed zones shown in the template or design frame. #### **Q2: Does BurgerPrints support large print sizes, edge-to-edge printing or neck label printing?** * **Large print areas (Apparel):** Some apparel products support large print zones on the front or back, depending on the product model. In some cases, the print size can be up to 15 x 19 inches. You can check whether a product supports a large print area directly in the product catalog. * **Edge-to-edge/full wrap (Mug):** Selected mug models support full wrap printing around the mug body. {% hint style="warning" icon="pen" %} *Note: All print areas must follow the official product template and cannot exceed the safe print zones.* {% endhint %} * **Neck label printing:** Currently not supported; may be added in the future. **To check the exact print position on a product, you can:** * Visit the Product Catalog:
* Search for the product you want to review
* Select the fulfillment provider (printer) you would like to check
* Scroll down to the **Decorations** section to review the size specifications for each print position * Download the official **product template** (if available) to verify the print area dimensions and safe zones
*The template and Decorations section provide detailed information about print placement and size limits to help ensure your design meets production requirements.* #### **Q3: Can I customize the print position however I want?** You can customize the print position within the supported print zone. Designs cannot be placed outside the fixed print areas shown in the product template or design tool. However, you can freely control the exact position of your design inside that print zone. **How it works:** * Each product has a defined print zone, such as a square or rectangular area on the front or back. * Wherever your design is placed inside that zone, it will be printed in the same relative position on the actual product. * Areas of the print zone not covered by your design will remain transparent. **Example:** If a T-shirt supports a 14 x 16 inch front print area, you can place a small design, such as a logo icon, on the left chest area, as long as the entire design stays within the 14 x 16 inch print zone that is positioned on the printable area of the shirt.
**Quality notice:** When using **Create Product**, you can drag and reposition your design within the print zone. However, excessive scaling or repositioning may affect print quality. For best results, please follow the official templates and recommended size guidelines.
#### **Q4: Where can I see the print positions of each product?** You can view the print areas directly in the product catalog: * Visit the catalog:
* Select the product you want to check, for example: **Unisex T-Shirt | Gildan 5000 (US)**
**On the product page, you can:** * View the supported print positions * Check the exact print dimensions for each position * See the same size information under the Decorations section
### **When should I contact Support?** Contact the [BurgerPrints Support team](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-contact-the-burgerprints-support-team) if you: * Need clarification about the print area for a specific product * Want to confirm whether your desired print position is supported ### Related Articles * [How to download design templates from the catalog](/design-and-product/designs/how-to-download-design-templates-from-the-catalog) * [How to create an order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-create-an-order-on-burgerprints) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints product catalog](/design-and-product/products/understanding-the-burgerprints-product-catalog) * [Understanding product design and BurgerPrints' design standard](/design-and-product/designs/understanding-product-design-and-burgerprints-design-standard) * [Understanding advanced design guidelines and best practices](/design-and-product/designs/understanding-advanced-design-guidelines-and-best-practices) # Does BurgerPrints offer credit terms (100% or 20–30% deferred payment)? ### **Overview** This article addresses common questions about credit terms on BurgerPrints. It is intended for high-volume sellers who are exploring ways to optimize cash flow and want to understand whether deferred payment options are supported when fulfilling orders on the platform. ### **Frequently Asked Questions** #### **Q1: Does BurgerPrints offer credit terms or deferred payment options?** BurgerPrints currently follows a prepaid fulfillment model, so credit terms or deferred payment options (such as 100% or 20–30%) are not offered as part of the standard payment setup. For sellers who are exploring cash-flow optimization, BurgerPrints may periodically collaborate with trusted third-party financing partners to introduce external funding options. When available, these opportunities are shared through official announcements or introduced by the Support team (for example, current collaborations with partners such as **Dowsure**). #### **Q2: Can I fulfill orders first and pay later on BurgerPrints?** To ensure stable production and fulfillment operations, orders need to be fully paid before entering the production stage. This payment flow helps fulfillment facilities process orders without delays or interruptions. If you require temporary funding support to maintain order volume, you may explore external financing solutions recommended or introduced by BurgerPrints when such programs are available. #### **Q3: What should I do if I want to test BurgerPrints before scaling up order volume?** If you are a high-volume seller evaluating BurgerPrints, it is recommended to: * Start by fulfilling a smaller batch of orders on BurgerPrints * Monitor production quality, fulfillment speed, and shipping performance * Gradually increase order volume once the workflow fits your business needs This approach helps you validate BurgerPrints fulfillment without impacting your cash flow significantly. #### **When to contact Support** Contact the BurgerPrints Support team if: * You need clarification about payment requirements before production * You want guidance on managing order volume during onboarding * You have questions about payment workflows or B-Wallet usage ### **Related Articles** * [How to top up your balance and pay for orders](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/how-to-top-up-your-balance-and-pay-for-orders) * [How to set up Payment integration](/integrations-and-store-connections/integrations/how-to-set-up-payment-integration) * [How long does Top-up approval take?](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/how-long-does-top-up-approval-take) # Are there discounts or pricing support for high-volume sellers? ### **Overview** This article explains how BurgerPrints offers pricing incentives for users with high sales volume. It is for users who want to optimize their fulfillment cost and understand the available discount options. You learn what types of volume-based incentives exist and how to request eligibility review. ### Frequently Asked Questions #### **Question 1: Are there discounts or pricing support for high-volume users?** Yes. Pricing incentives depend on your sales volume and may include cashback programs or tier-based pricing. These incentives help you reduce fulfillment costs as your business scales. #### **Question 2: How do those volume-based incentives work?** **Tier program** **About tier program** The BurgerPrints tier program is a points-based system that assigns users to tier levels and unlocks corresponding benefits. Users earn Points for every fulfilled order, and each product type awards a different amount: * Printed apparel: **0.5 Points** per fulfilled item * Accessories: **0.25 Points** per fulfilled item * Special-offer or exclusive products: **0 Points** The system totals all points at the end of each month and uses this total to set your tier for the following month. Your tier level and benefits update automatically on the **1st day of each month**, based on the points earned in the previous month. **Valid point calculation rules** * Valid points are counted only for items from orders with **successful payment status** within the month. * Points are recorded from **12:00 AM on the first day** of the month to **11:59 PM on the last day** of the month (EST). * Tier levels update automatically at **12:05 AM EST on the 1st day** of each month, based on the points accumulated during the previous month. Users receive the corresponding tier benefits from this time until the next monthly update. * Items that enter **Hold-on, Cancel, Refund, Re-make or Re-place** status within the month are **not eligible** for points. Any points previously earned from these items are deducted if the item changes to one of these statuses. * Points used for tier calculation reset each month and do not carry over. **How to view your tier?** **Step 1: Go to the Dashboard at and log in with your account**
**Step 2: Find the Tier block and click View more**
Or you can click your **Avatar**, and then select the **Tier Program** tab.
Choose **View Details** to see more information about the program.
**Cashback programs** At certain times throughout the year, BurgerPrints introduces cashback programs tied to users’ order volume. All program details are communicated through our official channels: * Notification on the [**Dashboard**](https://dash.burgerprints.com/) * [The official Facebook fanpage](https://www.facebook.com/BurgerPrintsPOD) * [The official Telegram group](http://t.me/BurgerPrints) * Private support groups for users on Facebook or Telegram (shared by BurgerPrints' Sales Team or Account Manager) ### Related Articles * [How can I use my voucher or discount code?](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/how-can-i-use-my-voucher-or-discount-code) * [How to contact the BurgerPrints Support team](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-contact-the-burgerprints-support-team) \
# How does BurgerPrints charge tax during fulfillment? ### Overview This article explains how taxation works on BurgerPrints and guides you through adding your VAT ID and checking tax information when creating a test order. ### Does BurgerPrints charge tax during fulfillment? BurgerPrints does not always charge tax during fulfillment. Whether tax is applied depends on the fulfillment location, the destination country, and the tax information you have provided. To help you understand this better, the following sections break the topic down step by step, starting with the basics. ### What is VAT? Value-Added Tax (VAT) is a consumption tax applied to goods and services sold or used within the European Union. It applies to domestic sales within an EU country, cross-border sales between EU member countries, and goods imported into the EU from non-EU countries. ### How VAT is calculated? VAT is automatically calculated as a percentage of your order subtotal (before discounts) and added to the total order amount. The exact VAT rate applied depends on the destination country of the order. ### **Is the VAT tax reclaimable?** Yes, VAT tax can be reclaimable if you are registered as a VAT payer. You may reclaim VAT charged by BurgerPrints to avoid double taxation and prevent VAT from becoming a business expense. To do this, click "**Download invoice**" button available for orders with ‘**Paid**’ status and include the invoices in your VAT declaration.
### When VAT is applied? * Orders fulfilled outside the EU and shipped into the EU:\ VAT always applies if orders are fulfilled outside the EU shipped into the EU. If you do not provide an IOSS number when creating an order, BurgerPrints will use its own IOSS and charge VAT into your total order amount. However, if you provide a valid IOSS number, BurgerPrints will not charge VAT, as it assumes you will collect and remit VAT through your own IOSS registration. * Orders fulfilled within the EU: Whether VAT is charged depends on where your product is fulfilled, where it is shipped to, and whether you have submitted a valid VAT ID to BurgerPrints. The VAT scenarios for EU-fulfilled orders are explained below: * VAT is **not charged** only if **all** of the following conditions are met: * You have submitted a valid VAT ID * The destination country and the fulfillment partner’s country are different countries * The destination country is not Estonia * Example: You have submitted VAT ID of Poland, your order is fulfilled in France and the order is shipped to Finland * VAT **will be charged** when at least **one** of the following conditions is met: * You have not submitted a valid VAT ID * The destination country and the fulfillment partner’s country are the same country (example: Order is shipped from France to France) * The destination country is Estonia (example: Order is shipped from France to Estonia) ### What are the differences between IOSS and VAT ID? IOSS and VAT ID serve different purposes and apply in different situations. The differences are explained below: | Topic | VAT ID | IOSS | | ------------------------ | ----------------------------- | ------------------ | | **Used for** | EU → EU sales | Non-EU → EU sales | | **Fulfillment location** | Inside the EU | Outside the EU | | **Buyer type** | B2B / B2C | B2C only | | **VAT collection** | At checkout or reverse charge | Always at checkout | | **Customs involvement** | No | Yes | To learn more about IOSS and how it applies to EU orders, you can read it [here](/shipping-and-delivery/special-service/how-to-update-ioss-information-for-eus-orders). ### How to submit VAT IDs to BurgerPrints? #### Step 1: Access Taxes page On the side navigation, access **Taxes** submenu under the **Billing** menu
#### Step 2: Review your account details Make sure that all of your business details are correct. You can update business details by clicking the "**Edit in my account**" button.
#### Step 3: Enter your VAT IDs * Select the EU issuer country of the VAT ID that you registered. * Enter your VAT ID number. Each country has a different VAT ID format. Make sure you include the country prefix in VAT ID. * You can submit multiple VAT IDs.
#### Step 4: Submit VAT ID * Tick the confirmation box to **confirm that the VAT ID provided is registered to your business and should be used for billing and tax reporting going forward.** * Click the "**Submit VAT ID**" button. After submitting, the system will take some time to check the validity of the entered VAT ID. You can view the validity status and delete your VAT IDs.
### How to check tax information using a test order? You can create a test order allowing you to preview how tax will be applied before going live. Follow the steps below to verify your tax settings. #### Step 1: Confirm your tax profile Before creating a test order, make sure: * Your business information is correct and complete. * Your VAT ID has been submitted and validated.
#### Step 2: Create a test order 1. Go to **Orders** and click "**Create order**" button. 2. Add one or more products to the order. 3. Choose a shipping destination country. To fully test tax behavior, you may want to create multiple test orders using different fulfillment locations and destination country (EU vs non-EU).
#### Step 3: Review the Tax In the fulfillment cost summary, check: * Whether VAT is applied. * The VAT rate used. * The taxable amount (product price, shipping, applicable fees) without discounts. * Which product lines are taxable (EU vs non-EU fulfilled items).
#### Step 4: Adjust If Needed If the tax result does not look as you expected: * Double-check your VAT ID submission. * Verify fulfillment origin and shipping destination. * Review discounts, as they affect the taxable amount. After testing how tax is applied, you can delete the test orders. ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **How is tax calculated if my order has both EU and non-EU products?**\ If your order contains products fulfilled from both EU and non-EU countries, VAT is calculated **only on the product lines fulfilled outside the EU**, including their related fees.\ **Example:** If an order includes products fulfilled in the US and France and is shipped to Poland, VAT is applied only to the product lines fulfilled in the US. ### Related Articles * [How to update IOSS information for EU's orders](/shipping-and-delivery/special-service/how-to-update-ioss-information-for-eus-orders)
# How can I use my voucher or discount code? ### Overview This article explains how to use a voucher or discount code on BurgerPrints when creating orders or managing rewards. It is for users who receive promotional codes, partner discounts, or reward vouchers and want to apply them correctly. You learn the difference between direct deduction codes and reward vouchers, where to apply each type, and how to avoid common mistakes when checking out. Before you begin, make sure you are logged in to your BurgerPrints Dashboard and have a valid voucher or discount code. ### How To Use A Direct Deduction Discount Code **Quick reminder:** Direct discount codes apply during order creation only. #### Step 1: Create a new order * Log in to your BurgerPrints Dashboard. * Go to **Orders**, then click **Create order**.
* Select products and enter shipping information as usual. You now see the order summary page.
#### Step 2: Apply the discount code * Find the Discount code field on the order creation page. * Enter your direct deduction code exactly as provided. * Click **Apply**. The discount amount is deducted immediately from the order total.
#### Step 3: Review and submit the order * Check the updated total to confirm the discount applies successfully. * Complete payment and submit the order. The order is created with the discounted price. ### How To Use Reward Vouchers From Rewards Credit **Quick reminder:** Reward vouchers apply through Rewards Credit and are used automatically at checkout. #### Step 1: Go to **Rewards credit** * Log in to your BurgerPrints Dashboard. * Go to Billing, then click Rewards credit. You see the Rewards credit page with the **Coupon code** field.
#### Step 2: Apply the reward voucher * Enter your reward voucher code in the Coupon code field. * Click **Apply**.
The voucher is added to your Rewards credit balance.
#### Step 3: Use Rewards credit when creating an order * Go to Orders and create a new order as usual. You do not need to manually enter the voucher again when placing an order. * On the order summary or payment section, the system automatically applies available Rewards credit. The order total updates reflect the deducted reward amount. ### Tips And Best Practices * Use direct deduction codes only at order creation. They do not apply after the order is submitted. * Check the expiry date and usage limits of your voucher or discount code. * Make sure you enter codes exactly as provided, including capital letters if applicable. * Rewards Credit applies only if you have enough balance to cover part or all of the order total. * One order may have limitations on combining multiple discounts or rewards. ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Why does my discount code not work?**\ The code may have expired, been entered incorrectly, or may not be valid for the selected products. Double-check the code details and try again. 2. **Can I apply a discount code after submitting an order?**\ No. You must apply direct deduction codes during order creation before submitting the order. 3. **What is the difference between a discount code and a reward voucher?**\ A discount code applies directly at order creation, while reward vouchers apply through Rewards Credit in your Dashboard. 4. **Can I combine a discount code and Rewards Credit in one order?**\ This depends on the promotion rules. Some orders allow only one type of discount. 5. **Where can I see my remaining Rewards Credit?**\ You can view your available Rewards Credit on the Dashboard in the Rewards section. ### Related Articles * [Are there discounts or pricing support for high-volume sellers?](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/are-there-discounts-or-pricing-support-for-high-volume-sellers) * [How to create an order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-create-an-order-on-burgerprints) * [How to manage an order on BurgerPrints](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/orders/how-to-manage-an-order-on-burgerprints) * [How to top up your balance and pay for orders](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/how-to-top-up-your-balance-and-pay-for-orders) # Where can I find my order tracking number? ### Overview Once an order moves into the shipping stage, BurgerPrints assigns a tracking number to help sellers monitor delivery progress. Tracking numbers are not available immediately after payment and only appear after the carrier has accepted the shipment. Sellers can find this information either within the order itself or through the Tracking management page, which provides a consolidated view of all tracking activities. This guide outlines where tracking numbers appear, which order statuses support tracking, and how to choose the best screen for your tracking needs. ### Find the Tracking Number from the Tracking Management Page **Step 1: Navigate to Tracking management** From the left navigation bar, click **Tracking management**.
**Step 2: Get the tracking code and check the tracking information** You can search by: * Order ID * Reference ID * Customer name * Customer email And filter by: Date range and StoreEach row displays: * Shipping method and carrier (e.g. *Standard – USPS*) * Tracking number * Quick actions such as: * Copy tracking number * Download label with order label
**Step 3: Open carrier tracking details** * In the **Tracking number** column, tracking numbers are displayed as **clickable links** * When you **click on a tracking number**, the system will: * Automatically open the **official tracking page of the shipping carrier** (for example: USPS, DHL, etc.) * Display the **latest shipment status**, including: * Pickup confirmation * Transit updates * Out for delivery * Delivery confirmation or exceptions
This allows sellers to view detailed, real-time tracking information directly from the carrier, without manually copying and pasting the tracking number.In addition to opening carrier tracking pages, you can quickly monitor the overall status of your orders directly on the **Tracking management** screen. Use the **Last event** and **Status** columns * The **Last event** column shows the most recent update reported by the carrier. * The **Status** column displays the current summarized delivery status of the order (such as *Info received*, *In transit*, *Out for delivery*, *Delivered*, *Exception*, or *Not found*). By reviewing these two columns, sellers can: * Quickly understand the **c**urrent progress of each shipment * Identify delayed or problematic orders without opening individual tracking links * Prioritize which orders require further investigation or customer follow-up
### Find the Tracking Number from the Orders Page #### Step 1: Go to Orders From the left navigation bar, click **Orders** to access the order list.
#### Step 2: Search for the order you want to track Use the search bar at the top of the Orders page to locate the order you want to track.You can search for one of the following criteria: * Order ID * Reference ID * Customer name * Customer email Select the appropriate search option from the dropdown, enter the corresponding information, and click **Search**.
#### Step 3: Select a paid order From the search results, click the order you want to track.Make sure the order has: * Payment status = Paid * Fulfillment status that allows tracking (Fulfilled, Shipped,...)
#### Step 4: Find the tracking number In the order list or order details view: * Check the **Tracking** column * The tracking information will display: * Shipping method (Standard, Express, etc.) * Carrier name (for example: USPS) * Tracking number
### Tips And Best Practices * Orders with **multiple products** may have multiple fulfillments and multiple tracking numbers. If an order contains multiple tracking numbers, the Orders list page does not display all tracking numbers. Instead, the system displays one tracking number with a “+ N” indicator to show that the order has additional tracking numbers.\ Example: If an order has 2 tracking numbers, the Orders list will display: `921449037401530058**** + 1` \ This means: * `921449037401530058****` is one of the tracking numbers * `1` indicates there is one additional tracking number associated with the order To view all tracking numbers, open the order details page, where each fulfillment and tracking number is listed separately. * Use the **Tracking management** page when you want to: * Quickly open carrier tracking pages * Investigate delayed, pending, or exception shipments * Monitor multiple orders efficiently * Clicking the tracking number ensures you are viewing the **most up-to-date carrier data**, which may be more detailed than the summary status shown in BurgerPrints. * If a tracking number shows **Info received** or **Not found** for more than **3 days**, contact BurgerPrints Support for assistance. ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Can I quickly check the current status of my orders without opening the carrier’s tracking page?**\ Yes. On the **Tracking management** page, you can review the **Last event** and **Status** columns to quickly understand the overall progress of each order without clicking into individual tracking links. 2. **What is the difference between “Last event” and “Status”?** **Last event** shows the most recent update provided by the carrier (for example: Picked up by shipping partner or In transit to the next facility).\ **Status** shows a summarized shipment state (such as Info received, In transit, Out for delivery, Delivered, or Exception).\ Together, these two columns provide a quick overview of each order’s delivery progress. 3. **What happens when I click on a tracking number in Tracking management?** When you click on a tracking number, BurgerPrints automatically opens the official tracking page of the shipping carrier, where you can view detailed, real-time shipment updates. 4. **Do I need to manually copy the tracking number to track my order?** No. Tracking numbers in the **Tracking management** page are clickable links, allowing you to open the carrier’s tracking page with a single click. 5. **Why does my order show a status like “Info received” or “Not found”?** These statuses mean the carrier has not fully updated the tracking information yet. If the order remains in this status for more than 3 days, the order may move to Pending, and you should contact BurgerPrints Support for further assistance. 6. **Which page should I use to monitor multiple orders at once?** The Tracking management page is recommended for monitoring multiple orders, as it provides a centralized view of tracking numbers, shipment events, and delivery statuses. ### Related Articles * [When will my order update a tracking status?](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/when-will-my-order-update-a-tracking-status) * [How do I check shipping fees on BurgerPrints?](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/how-do-i-check-shipping-fees-on-burgerprints) * [How to track the status of your order after payment?](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/tracking/how-to-track-the-status-of-your-order-after-payment) * [How to use the Logs feature for order tracking?](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/tracking/how-to-use-the-logs-feature-for-order-tracking)
# When will my order update a tracking status? ### Overview This article explains when your order tracking status is updated on BurgerPrints. It is intended for users who are tracking their orders and wondering why some orders show tracking early while others take longer. After reading this article, you can more easily estimate when tracking will appear and know exactly where to check for the most up-to-date tracking information. ### About Order Tracking Status Tracking information does not always appear immediately after an order is placed. The timing of tracking updates depends on the **Fulfillment Location** processing your order. Each Fulfillment Location follows a different process for providing tracking information. To clarify this process, BurgerPrints groups locations into **2 categories** based on whether they support early tracking. ### Fulfillment Locations That Support Early Tracking With these locations, tracking information may be available quite early, even during the initial production stage. #### Supported Locations In the US Fulfillment Locations * Grand * Vini * Matterhorn * Blanca * Breva * Helia In the EU Fulfillment Locations * Rocky * Snowdon In the VN Fulfillment Location * Truong Son #### Typical tracking update time * **Within 1–2 hours** * Matterhorn * Breva * Helia * **Within 5–6 hours** * Snowdon * Blanca In most cases, orders from these locations show tracking within **1–24 business hours**. ### Fulfillment Locations That Do Not Support Early Tracking Some locations provide tracking information only after the order has **fully completed the production stage** and the package is ready to be handed over to the shipping carrier. #### Fulfillment Locations In the US Fulfillment Locations * Denali * Spire * Barnett * Vega * Hatta * Moraine In the EU Fulfillment Locations * Nevis * Emory * Pura In the VN Fulfillment Location * Fansipan Other Locations * China * India #### Production time before tracking appears * **Apparel:** 1–3 business days * **Full Prints:** 3–5 business days For these locations, it is completely normal not to see tracking during production. Tracking appears shortly after production is finished. ### How To Check Tracking Updates #### Check tracking from the Orders page **Step 1: Go to the Orders page** From the left navigation bar, click **Orders** to open the order list.
**Step 2: Search for the order you want to track** Use the search bar at the top of the Orders page to find the order using one of the following criteria: * Order ID * Reference ID * Customer name * Customer email Select the appropriate option from the dropdown, enter the corresponding information, and click **Search**.
**Step 3: Select a paid order** From the search results, click the order you want to track.\ Make sure the order has: * Payment status = **Paid** * A fulfillment status that allows tracking (Fulfilled, Shipped, …)
**Step 4: Find the tracking number** In the order list or order details page: * Check the **Tracking** column * The tracking information includes: * Shipping method (Standard, Express, …) * Carrier name (for example: USPS) * Tracking number
**Step 5: Review tracking updates** \ **Click the tracking number, then scroll down to the Timeline to view the shipment progress of the order.**
*** #### Check tracking from the Tracking management page This section is appropriate when you want to monitor shipping status in detail, especially in the following cases: * The order is processed at a Fulfillment facility that supports early tracking but has not yet been handed over to the shipping carrier. * The tracking number has appeared, but the shipping status has not been updated. * You need to review multiple orders at the same time and monitor them using specific filters. {% hint style="danger" icon="pen" %} Note: For orders that support early tracking, the system may display the tracking number during the production stage. {% endhint %} However, at this time: * The shipping carrier may not have scanned the package yet. * The carrier’s tracking page may show a status such as “Label created” or no data available. In this case, you should continue monitoring the order in **Tracking management** to check when the carrier begins updating actual statuses such as **In transit**, **Out for delivery**, or **Delivered**. **Step 1: Access Tracking management** From the left navigation bar, click **Tracking management**.
**Step 2: Review tracking and shipping information** You can search by: * Order ID * Reference ID * Customer name * Customer email And filter by: * Date range * Store Each row displays: * Shipping method and carrier (for example: Standard – USPS) * Tracking number * Quick actions, including: * Copy tracking number * Download the shipping label with the order label
**Step 3: Open carrier tracking details** * In the **Tracking number** column, tracking numbers appear as clickable links. * When you click a tracking number, the system will: * Automatically open the official tracking page of the shipping carrier (for example: USPS, DHL, …) * Display the latest shipment status, including: * Pickup confirmation * Transit updates * Out for delivery * Delivery confirmation or exceptions
\ Here, sellers can view detailed tracking information and monitor shipment progress directly from the shipping carrier, without manually copying the tracking number. ### Tips and Best Practices * Whether tracking appears early or later depends on the **Fulfillment Location** processing the order, not only on the order status. * If an order is still in the **production stage** and has no tracking, this is **completely normal** for locations that do not support early tracking. * To check whether tracking has appeared, you should: Go to **Orders** or **Tracking management** on the Dashboard to review the tracking information. * If you feel anxious because tracking has not appeared yet: * Check whether the order has **completed the production stage** * Tracking usually appears **immediately after the package is handed over to the shipping carrier** * If you need **early tracking for future orders**: * Check the **Fulfillment Location** and **product type** when creating the order * Some locations and products support earlier tracking depending on their production workflow ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Why doesn’t my order have tracking yet?** \ Your order may still be in the production stage or processed by a Fulfillment Location that does not support early tracking. You can check again after some time. 2. **Where can I check my tracking information?** \ Go to **Orders** or **Tracking management** in the Dashboard to view the latest tracking information. 3. **For orders processed at Fulfillment Locations that do not support early tracking, when will tracking appear?** \ Tracking is updated shortly after the order completes production and is handed over to the shipping carrier. ### Related Articles * [Understanding BurgerPrints' shipping policy](/shipping-and-delivery/general/understanding-the-burgerprints-shipping-policy) * [Understanding BurgerPrints' packaging and delivery](/shipping-and-delivery/general/understanding-the-burgerprints-packaging-and-delivery) * [Where can I find my order tracking number?](/faq-and-troubleshooting/faq/where-can-i-find-my-order-tracking-number) # How long does Top-up approval take? ### Overview This article helps sellers understand that each Top-up method has a different review and approval time depending on the payment partner. This allows sellers to better plan their balance and ensure smooth order fulfillment. Currently, BurgerPrints only supports order payments by deducting funds directly from the Top-up wallet. ### Frequently Asked Questions #### Question 1: How long does it take for a Top-up to be approved and added to my balance? The approval time depends on the Top-up method you use. Typically, Top-up are approved within 1–24 hours and appear in your B-wallet. Top-up methods such as Payoneer, PingPong, PayPal Mass Payment, Lian Lian and Wise usually have faster automatic approval times compared to other methods. #### Question 2: The transfer shows as completed on the seller’s side. Why hasn’t it appeared in Top-up yet? Some payments may show as completed on the sender’s side (seller) but still require additional time for BurgerPrints to receive the funds. Please contact BurgerPrints Support for assistance and more information. #### Question 3: Does Top-up by credit card require approval time? No. Funds are added to your B-wallet immediately after the transaction is completed. #### Question 4: If the Top-up approval takes longer than expected, who should I contact for support? Please contact the BurgerPrints Support team and provide the following information so we can help verify your transaction: * Proof of successful payment from your side * Screenshot confirming the Top-up submission on the BurgerPrints system ### Related Articles * [How to top up your balance and pay for orders](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/how-to-top-up-your-balance-and-pay-for-orders) \
# What is BurgerPrints' refund/remake policy? ### Overview This article explains BurgerPrints’ refund and remake policy, including which order issues qualify for a refund, how remake or replacement requests are handled, and how users should submit these requests correctly. It is for users using BurgerPrints fulfillment services who need clear guidance when orders arrive with defects, production errors, or delivery issues. This article helps you avoid submitting invalid requests and understand the required timeframes and evidence. Before you begin, make sure you have access to the BurgerPrints Dashboard and the relevant order details. ### Where to Find the Refund and Remake Policy #### Step 1: Log in to the Dashboard Go to [https://dash.burgerprints.com](https://dash.burgerprints.com/) and sign in using your email and password.
#### Step 2: Open the Fulfillment Policy From the Dashboard, go to Documents or Help Center, then select Fulfillment Policy.
### About Remake and Refund Conditions #### Eligible remake and refund cases Your order qualifies for a refund or remake if you receive a product with one or more of the following issues: **1.** **Product-related issues** * Damaged products * Printing defects or quality issues * Wrong size, color, style, or design * Missing products **2.** **Production and shipping-related issues** * The order ships to an address different from the one you provided * Printed Apparel and Mugs (US to US): Tracking does not update after 10 business days from payment date (EST). Order is not delivered after 17 business days from payment date (EST) * Printed Apparel, Mugs, and Posters (EU to EU): Tracking does not update after 9 business days from payment date (EST). Order is not delivered after 17 business days from payment date (EST) * All-Over-Print Apparel (EU to EU): Tracking does not update after 12 business days from payment date (EST). Order is not delivered after 22 business days from payment date (EST) * All-Over-Print Apparel (China to US): Tracking does not update after 13 business days from payment date (EST). Order is not delivered after 30 business days from payment date (EST) * Posters (US to US): Tracking does not update after 10 business days from payment date (EST). Order is not delivered after 20 business days from payment date (EST) * International orders: Tracking does not update after 15 business days from payment date (EST). Order is not delivered after 25 business days from payment date (EST) * Shipments to special or remote areas: Includes AOPs, FPOs, AE, AO, AA, AP, islands, unincorporated territories (PR, VI, GU, MP, AS), Hawaii (HI), and Alaska (AK): Tracking does not update after 20 business days from payment date (EST). Order is not delivered after 45 business days from payment date (EST) * Orders officially confirmed by BurgerPrints as lost in transit after internal investigation #### Non-eligible refund and remake cases Refund or remake does not apply when: * Tracking shows Delivered successfully but the buyer claims non-receipt * The issue results from incorrect design files or order information submitted by the user #### How to request a remake or refund From the Dashboard: * Go to Orders and select the order you want to make a change
* Create a support ticket requesting a remake or refund
* For orders with multiple items, please select the correct quantity of the defective items
* Attach clear photos as evidence Requests without sufficient evidence may be rejected or delayed. ### Tips and Best Practices * Submit refund or remake requests within 20 days after delivery * Always provide clear and complete photos or videos as evidence * Review product details carefully before submitting orders * Monitor tracking information regularly ### Frequently Asked Questions 1. **Can I request a refund after the order is delivered?** Yes. You can request a refund if the product has defects or errors and you submit the request within the allowed timeframe. 2. **Are shipping costs refunded?** It depends on the shipping method used for the order: * For Ship by seller orders: BurgerPrints refunds shipping costs if the order qualifies due to a confirmed production or fulfillment issue. * For Ship by marketplace orders: BurgerPrints does not refund shipping costs for marketplace-shipped orders ### Related Articles * [Understanding the Production and Fulfillment process](/orders-production-and-fulfillment/tracking/understanding-the-fulfillment-process) * [Understanding the BurgerPrints' shipping policy](/shipping-and-delivery/general/understanding-the-burgerprints-shipping-policy) * [Understanding return, reprint, and production error policies](/policies-and-quality-assurance/policies/understanding-return-reprint-and-production-error-policies)
# Does BurgerPrints provide fulfillment contracts or invoices? ### **Overview** This article answers common questions about whether BurgerPrints provides fulfillment contracts or invoices. It helps you understand which documents are available and how to access or request them when needed. ### **Frequently Asked Questions** #### **Q1: Does BurgerPrints provide fulfillment contracts?** Yes. BurgerPrints provides a fulfillment contract if you need an official agreement between two legal entities with signatures. To request this contract, please contact Support for assistance. If you do not need a contract, using the BurgerPrints service means you automatically agree to the public policies available on the website: * Privacy Policy: * Fulfillment Policy: * Terms of Service: You can find these links at the bottom of the BurgerPrints homepage.
#### **Q2: Does BurgerPrints provide invoices?** Yes. BurgerPrints provides payment invoices for each order. These invoices are available directly in the Dashboard within the order details. If you need a consolidated invoice for multiple orders within a specific time range, you can contact Support to request it. #### **Q3: How can users access available documents?** **For individual order invoices:** * Go to **Dashboard** * Click the **Orders tab** and choose **Orders** sub-tab * Click **Order ID,** **Order Details,** and the button "**Download Invoice**"
**For consolidated invoices:** Contact Support and include the following information: * Date range for the invoice (e.g., month, week, custom range) * Email address to receive the document * Business details that should appear on the invoice (company name, address, tax ID if applicable) ### **When to contact Support** You should contact Support when: * You need a fulfillment contract with official signatures * You need customized or consolidated documentation * You cannot find invoices or payment records in your Dashboard * You need official confirmation for third-party platforms or accounting requirements ### **Related articles** * [Understanding the BurgerPrints' fee structure](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/understanding-the-burgerprints-fee-structure) * [How to manage payment and invoicing](/payments-billing-and-taxes/payments/how-to-manage-payment-and-invoicing) * [Understanding customs, tax and international charges](/payments-billing-and-taxes/taxes/understanding-customs-taxes-and-international-charges) * [How to contact the BurgerPrints Support team](/getting-started/quickstart-and-support/how-to-contact-the-burgerprints-support-team)
# Troubleshooting # Latest update # Feedback # Feature request